Category: Leading Article

  • Photograph by Nathaniel St. Clair

    Civil discourse is preferable to the alternatives of coerced silence and violence. Coerced silence means that one side has exercised power to end conversation—to say, in effect, there is no point in further discussion; be quiet and accept that our desires will prevail. Violence means that reason has failed and we are reduced to the condition of resolving disputes by means of fang and claw, rock and club, bullet and bomb.

    Despite the dismal historical record of our species, as a professor I have held out hope that humans are capable of doing better. Ordinarily this would imply support for any effort, in universities or elsewhere, to promote civil discourse. But the efforts we see now—the selling of civil discourse as the solution to problems of polarization and rancor on our campuses and in society more generally—are a problem, because their main effect is to block change.

    In recent years we’ve seen a proliferation of university-based programs ostensibly intended to promote civil discourse. There is the Civil Discourse Project at Duke; the Dialogue Project at Dartmouth; the Dialogues Initiative at Georgetown; the Civil Discourse Lab at Vanderbilt; ePluribus at Stanford; the Project on Civic Dialogue at American University; and School of Civic Life and Leadership at UNC-Chapel Hill. This is to name but a few.

    The claim most often made to justify these programs is that students today don’t know how to carry on mutually respectful dialogue or debate, and thus end up yelling at each other or, worse, yelling at administrators and members of university governing boards. An adjacent claim is that faculty—usually meaning leftist or liberal professors—have failed to impart these skills. And so it has been necessary, the argument goes, to create new programs and curricula devoted to teaching the arts of listening and of rationally exchanging views, especially about emotionally fraught topics.

    Advocates of these programs have pointed to the campus anti-genocide protests last spring as evidence that special tutelage in civil discourse is needed now more than ever. The problem with those protests, civil discoursers allege, is that they were sometimes loud, got in the way of people moving about campus, made Zionist supporters of Israel feel unsafe, and were thus by definition uncivil. If students had only mastered the skills of polite civic engagement, no disruptions would have occurred, fewer feathers would have been ruffled, and more views would have been productively shared.

    These appeals to make dialogue civil again are seductive. Of course we should strive to listen to each other carefully and speak to each other calmly and rationally. Of course we should try to hone our abilities to do these things, because these abilities in turn enable us to find the common good, identify what is just and unjust, and pursue change peacefully. Of course higher education should nurture these abilities. And yet, in the context of entrenched inequality, calls for civil discourse—and the university programs that sacralize it—are often conservative ploys to impede the pursuit of justice.

    This is evident if we consider who is in a position to demand civility of whom, and who has the power to define what is civil. Historically, it has been those in power who demand civility from those who seek redress of grievances. “Speak politely, in soothing tones,” the subtext goes, “or we won’t listen to you at all.” The further message is that an inability to remain calm when trying to be heard, when trying to end an abusive state of affairs, will be taken as a sign of the irrationality of the demand. Today, we would call this gaslighting.

    Consider, for example, a request made by student protesters to discuss a university’s complicity in genocide. This would seem like an eminently civil first step. What is uncivil is the refusal on the part of administrators and governing bodies to engage in good-faith discussion of such matters. Which is exactly what we saw in last spring’s protests against Israel’s assault on Gaza. Protesters’ requests for dialogue were typically ignored, leading to escalation: louder voices, encampments, rallies, unauthorized postering, spray painting. Administrators defined these actions as disruptive, calling in police to make arrests. That isn’t civility; it’s a reassertion of domination.

    But what we are supposed to believe now, according to those who celebrate civil discourse, is that anti-genocide protesters—those who sought dialogue and a peaceful path to change—are at fault and in need of remedial instruction. Administrators who violently quash the expressive activity of protesters are lauded as voices of reason. Protesters who raise their voices in an attempt to be heard are dismissed as troublemakers undeserving of an audience. This smear tactic works because of differences in power between the groups confronting each other—ordinary people of conscience on one side, agents of the U.S. imperialist state on the other.

    Another problem with most current calls for civil discourse is that the goal of discerning the truth is shunted aside. Instead, the goals are said to be a sharing of views, an exchange of stories, a chance to see things from the perspective of the other. Discourse itself, it seems, is sometimes the only goal. All this might be fine if the issues at hand concerned aesthetic judgments or quirks of personal experience. But what if we need to determine and agree upon the facts of the matter in a case of genocide? For this, sharing views is not enough.

    I suspect that it is well understood, if seldom admitted by advocates of civil discourse, that sharing stories and views is not enough—that is, not enough to alter the behavior of political elites, the capitalist class, or the U.S. government. A feckless expenditure of energy is perhaps the real goal of the tactic: transform protest into well-contained talk so that business as usual can go on, leaving nothing changed at a larger level. Vent among yourselves if you like, share your views, but don’t get disruptive, or else the velvet gloves will come off.

    In the case of Israel’s assault on Palestinians, the call for civil discourse is cynical and galling, as if mere misunderstanding is what’s wrong. Do the many anti-Zionist Jews who belong to Jewish Voice for Peace, If Not Now, and B’Tselem not understand the Zionist view? By now, does any adult who has read the news in the past year not understand the Zionist narrative about Israel? It offends reason to claim that the problems of land dispossession, apartheid, daily humiliation, and genocide will be solved by politely sharing views in university seminar rooms. These problems can be solved only by changing the behavior of the U.S. government and the behavior of the Israeli state in Palestine.

    What’s required—what Frederick Douglass reminded us is always required when confronting power—are demands that will inevitably be defined as uncivil. That’s why protest movements tend to escalate from petitions to marches, from marches to boycotts, and from boycotts to strikes and other forms of civil disobedience. Only when the costs of carrying on business as usual become greater than the costs of making concessions will concessions be made. In the face of vast inequality, that’s how change occurs. Only among equals who cannot coerce each other is civil discourse alone likely to be enough.

    None of this is to say that civil discourse is not to be strived for. I still hold out hope that we can do better than beat each over the head as we try to end oppressive social arrangements—in Palestine, in the U.S., and around the planet. But the reality is that those who benefit from inequality will not be rationally argued into relinquishing power and privilege. History leads us to expect no such thing. In the world today, the powerful will first respond rhetorically—calling insistent demands for change uncivil; demanding in turn endless debate about complexities and nuances and impossibilities—as a prelude to responding violently.

    If there is to be a peaceful transition to a more just and equal world, it will not come through a polite exchange of views between the powerful and powerless. Nor will it come from sharing views in forums of the powerless, unless those forums are also aimed at discerning the truth, making plans for change, and putting those plans into action. Our best hope then is for collective action that disrupts the status quo not by violently confronting the powerful, but by withholding co-operation until the once powerful are left with no one to wield their guns, drop their bombs, or tell their lies. That is the kind of civility worth fighting for.

    The post Civil Discourse in a Time of Genocide appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.






























































  • I know this for a fact, you don’t like how I act
    You claim I’m sellin’ crack,
    but you be doin’ that
    I’d rather say “See ya” ’cause I would never be ya
    Be an officer? You wicked overseer
    You hotshot, wanna get props and be a savior?
    First show a little respect, change your behavior

    Change your attitude, change your plan
    There could never really be justice on stolen land
    Are you really for peace and equality?
    Or when my car is hooked up, you know you wanna follow me
    Your laws are minimal
    ‘Cause you won’t even think about lookin’ at the real criminal
    This has got to cease
    ‘Cause we be gettin’ hyped to the sound of da police

    – Sound of da Police, KRS-One

    California Highway Patrol riot squads firing “rubber” bullets and tear gas at antiwar students on the campus of UCLA.

    January

    + On the night of December 4, Niani Finlayson, a 27-year-old black woman living in Lancaster, California, called 9/11 for help, as she was being beaten by her former boyfriend. The audio from the call records Finlayson shouting: “He won’t get out of my house … He will not leave me alone … I need the police here right now.” She can be heard screaming on the tape and telling the man repeatedly to get off of her.

    A few minutes later two Los Angeles Sheriff’s deputies arrive at her apartment complex and knock on the door. Finlayson answers with her young daughter, Xaisha, standing next to her. The body cam footage shows that Finlayson is holding a kitchen knife in one of her hands and begins to tell the cops that she trying to defend her daughter, who her ex has been hurting. The daughter says the man had “punched” her. The female deputy enters the room and Finlayson and her daughter move back. Then Deputy Ty Shelton comes through the door, holding a Taser in one hand and his gun in the other. Three seconds later Shelton opens fire, hitting Finlayson four times, as her daughter stands beside her. The ex-boyfriend can be heard screaming: “No, no, why did you shoot?”

    This is Shelton’s second lethal shooting while responding to a domestic disturbance call. In 2020, a few weeks after the murder of George Floyd, Shelton shot Michael Thomas in the chest during a verbal argument with his girlfriend. Thomas, a 61-year-old black man, was unarmed. Shelton didn’t have his body cam on and he wasn’t charged.

    + A new report by the National Registry of Exonerations documented 129 cases in which people were falsely convicted at least partly because of flawed hair analysis and testimony. Fifteen of these defendants received a death sentence.

    + U.S. mass shootings over the past ten years:

    2014: 272

    2015: 332

    2016: 383

    2017: 347

    2018: 335

    2019: 414

    2020: 610

    2021: 689

    2022: 646

    2023: 654

    + Keith “KJ” Frierson, a 10-year-old boy living in Sacramento, California was shot dead over the weekend when the shooter, who was also 10 years old, got mad after losing a bicycle race, grabbed his father’s gun and opened fire. In Largo, Florida, a 14-year-old boy fatally shot his sister in an argument over Christmas gifts, only to be shot moments later by his own teenage brother.

    + A North Carolina pastor was arrested after trying to shove a man’s head into a McDonald’s deep-fryer.

    + Violent crime in the US is down almost everywhere, but San Francisco, where it has been on the rise since Chesa Boudin was removed from office and “tough-on-crime” Brooke Jenkins took his place.

    + A West Virginia woman says a bartender working on a Margaritaville at Sea cruise ship slipped her a date rape drug, then snuck into her cabin in the middle of the night and raped her. She became pregnant and her rapist later forced her to get an abortion.

    + In keeping with last year’s pardons, which freed no one from prison, Bidenhas issued a new round of pardons that will free no one from prison

    + During his 2020 campaign, Biden pledged to cut the federal incarceration rate in half. When Trump took office, the federal prison population stood at 185,617. When he left office, there were 155,562 people incarcerated in federal lockup, a decline of 30,055. Under three years of Biden, the number of federal prisoners has increased by 1,149 inmates for a total of 156,711 people behind federal bars.

    +++

    + During his campaign, Biden pledged to end the federal death penalty. But his Justice Department just announced it would seek the death penalty in the racist mass murder at a Buffalo supermarket, even though the defendant, Payton Gendron, is already serving a life without parole sentence in New York State. Janai S. Nelson, director of the NAACP’s Legal Defense Fund denounced the decision, saying the organization “roundly condemns the pursuit of the death penalty in all circumstances.” Nelson said that the 2022 mass shooting was a “heinous act of white supremacist violence that had a devastating impact on the black community in Buffalo and beyond. We stand with the Buffalo community as it continues to reel from this painful event and works to continue to heal. We also demand that the federal government pursue an all-of-government approach to the hate motivated incidents that leads with prevention of and protection from white supremacist violence. We do not, however, believe that the death penalty is part of this equation.”

    + Not only is Rudy Giuliani’s personal reputation in tatters but so is the reputation of the tough-on-crime policing system he supervised as mayor of NYC in the 90s. There have now been 18 overturned convictions from that era based on the testimony of a single corrupt NYPD detective, Lou Scarcella. 

    + In 2021, Philadelphia created a Police Oversight group. Nearly three years later it hasn’t investigated a single case.

    + An LA Sheriff’s deputy shot a coworker’s gang tattoo off on a camping trip. Internal documents on the incident uncovered by the LA Free Press show:

    + Investigators never asked about tattoos or deputy gangs

    + Shooter & victim lied in statements

    + 22 people, incl. 1 known deputy gang member attended

    + It’s official: Police in the US killed more people in 2023 than any year in the last decade:

    + At least 1,232 killed, a rate of more than 3 a day 

    + 445 victims were fleeing police 

    + There was a rise in killings by sheriffs and in rural areas 

    + Black people were killed at a rate 2.6 times higher than whites

    + California K-12 schools have more police officers than social workers and more security guards than nurses, according to state data released earlier this month. Police stopped 6,441 kids in schools in 2022. Black youths are handcuffed at twice the rate of white youths.

    + The cop convicted of brutally killing Elijah McClain avoided prison, instead he was sentenced to 14 months in jail with authorized work release. The judge cited his “positive social history and service to his country and community.”

    + Police in Phoenix went on a foot chase of a man accused of domestic violence. They tackled the suspect in an alley, fired beanbags at him, then shot him with a shotgun and ran over him in a police SUV. The cops were agitated because the man had pointed a pellet gun at them in self-defense. All along, the cops had been chasing the wrong guy.

    + At a press conference last week, NYC Mayor Eric Adams first denied that a passage in his 2009 book in which he fired a gun at school ever happened, then blamed a coauthor (none is listed), and finished off by claiming to be unaware that his own book had been published at all. Speaking of the Mayor, the NY Daily News reports that Adams’ legal defense fund has been fattened by donations from Leonard Blavatnik, a billionaire businessman with ties to a US-sanctioned Russian oligarch, and crypto mogul Brock Pierce.

    + NYC Mayor Eric Adams to the graduating class of the Department of Corrections, telling the new Rikers guards he’ll always have their backs no matter what abuses they commit: “People are trying to take away your power and authority to do the job right…But…you have a Goddamn mayor that believes in what you’re doing, and I will fight like all hell to be with you.”

    + In an attempt to slow the rate of re-incarceration, a bill in Colorado would give people up to $3,000 after release from prison. If passed, it would make Colorado the first to codify a program like this into state law.

    + Tony D. Vick, who has been incarcerated in Tennessee for the last 27 years: “The private, for-profit prison I’m housed at does not offer fruit or milk on any of the meal trays, nor fresh vegetables or anything that has any hope of pleasing the palate or the stomach.”

    + Members of the Texas National Guard “physically barred” US Border Patrol agents from trying to rescue three migrants (a woman and two children) who drowned in the Rio Grande. Doesn’t this qualify as negligent homicide, at the very least?

    + When someone calls 911 in Santa Monica now, a drone is dispatched from the roof of the police station.  In as little as 30 seconds, it can start collecting information before officers arrive. Meanwhile, Serve Robotics, a company that delivers food for Uber Eats, provided footage filmed by its robots to the LAPD as evidence in a criminal case. Emails show that the robots, which are now a ubiquitous presence in the city, are being used for surveillance.

    + Yet another dead prisoner in Alabama has been found missing all of his organs, including his brain.

    February

    + New York Post (Not the Onion)…

    + The NYPD is the most lavishly funded police department in the world. It has a budget of $11 billion a year, plus an additional $1 billion in overtime. All with little or no accountability. In order to fund the police, the Mayor wants to slash funding for schools, libraries, health care, and housing….

    + Last week NYC Mayor Eric Adams quietly vetoed a measure passed by the City Council to ban solitary confinement in city jails.

    + Nearly all the copies of a small-town Colorado newspaper were stolen from newspaper racks on the same day the Ouray County Plaindealer  published a story about the alleged rape of a 17-year-old girl that took taken during an underage drinking party held at the police chief’s house, while the chief was home.

    + Several DC police have been caught turning over confidential information on crash victims to local attorneys in exchange for referral fees.

    + The war on drugs has also been a war on women. Women’s drug arrests have risen 216% since 1985. More than 25% of women incarcerated today are held for drug crimes.

    + Last year, the Alabama Parole Board held 3,583 parole hearings in fiscal year 2023; yet it granted parole in just 297 cases–or roughly 8%–even though the board’s own guidelines suggest more than 80% of eligible prisoners should qualify for release.

    + After Brittany Wise was briefly jailed over a traffic ticket in Georgia, she couldn’t regain custody of her seven children because she didn’t have stable housing. The children have been in foster care for nine months.

    + Two former LA County Sheriff’s deputies have now been sentenced to federal prison for abducting and framing a skateboarder in Compton in 2020. In his victim impact statement, Jesus Alegria told the former deputies: “What goes around comes around.”

    + At least 45 people died while in LA County’s custody at the Men’s Central Jail last year. Three people already died there in the first three weeks of 2024.

    + The FBI raided the homes of four Albuquerque cops and the law office of a local attorney. They also towed away a patrol car, apparently as part of an illicit DUI scheme. The raids took place shortly after Albuquerque DA Sam Bregman threw out more than 150 DWI cases these officers were involved in. Cops who work DUI cases are some of the highest-paid officers largely because of the amount of overtime they earn while testifying in court.

    + Without dissent, the Supreme Court cleared the way for Alabama’s experimental execution of Kenneth Smith with nitrogen gas, an unprecedented method, on Thursday.

    + “I’ve never seen rats jump so high, so fast and look so agitated. They broke their nails trying to claw their way out. It was horrible to watch” – A doctor who used nitrogen to euthanize rats.

    + Federal Judge Jill Pryor of the 11th Circuit on Alabama’s effort to execute Kenny Smith with nitrogen gas after a previous failed attempt to execute him by lethal injection: “The cost, I fear, will be Mr. Smith’s human dignity, and ours.”

    + New York City will purchase millions of dollars of medical debt and then erase it in effort to help as many as 500,000 city residents, I loathe Eric Adams but why Biden isn’t doing stuff like this every day (even if he has no intention of fulfilling his promises) makes absolutely no political sense…Instead, he’s going to war against YEMEN. It’s political malpractice.

    +++

    Kenneth Smith was executed by the state of Alabama for a contract killing. He was paid by a pastor to murder his wife. The state of Alabama paid an execution squad to strap Kenneth Smith to a death gurney, clamp a mask over his face, and suffocate him to death with nitrogen gas. Smith thrashed and convulsed for at least four minutes as the nitrogen squeezed the oxygen out of his lungs. What is the message here?

    Nitrogen hypoxia was touted as an efficient and humane method of killing humans. Compared to what? The lynchings of 340 people that took place in Alabama between 1877 and 1943? The electric chair? Hanging? Firing squad? Lethal injection, which the state previously used to try to kill Smith and failed? It took Kenneth Smith at least 22 minutes to die, gasping for breath, his stomach heaving, vomiting into his gas mask. Is this the new definition of humane? Is 22 minutes to death a new measure of efficiency?

    According to Alabama’s State Attorney General, Steve Marshall, it was a “textbook” case of execution. Who wrote the textbook, Dr. Mengele?  Marshall bragged about the execution as if Alabama had been the first state to land a man on Mars: “As of last night, nitrogen epoxy as a means of execution is no longer an untested method; it is a proven one.” Marshall sounded like a pitchman for an execution franchise.

    Even though they managed, barely it seems, to kill Kenneth Smith,  the state still can’t find any doctors willing to supervise its lethal gassings and lend the killings medical legitimacy. They can’t even find a willing veterinarian.  Will Alabama state colleges and universities replace their sociology degrees with a BS in Death Penalty Administration? Will community colleges offer certificates in the proper application of Execution Technologies?

    But did the execution of Kenneth Smith really go as smoothly as Marshall claimed? We were told that Smith would slip into unconsciousness almost immediately after the valves were opened and the nitrogen began to flow into his lungs. He didn’t. We were told that the execution would be painless. It wasn’t.  We were told it would all be over in minutes. It wasn’t.

    It’s impossible to know the full details of what really happened to Kenneth Smith. How much agony he experienced, how long he struggled for breath, how long it took him to die. Why? Because the state of Alabama closed the curtain on the death chamber before Smith was pronounced dead. The handful of witnesses allowed in the execution viewing room weren’t able to witness his death, only the preamble of his killing. What is the state hiding behind its fatal curtain? An affinity for torture?

    How long did it take Kenneth Smith to die? We don’t know for sure. At least 22 minutes. But perhaps as long as 28 minutes. A long time. But perhaps that’s the kind of death Alabama wants. Given the blood-thirsty statements of Governor Kay Ivey and AG Marshall, you’d be forgiven for thinking so.

    +++

    + On a summer day in 2020, four young black girls were going out to a nail salon with their mother, Brittney Gilliam, when they were pulled over by police in Aurora, Colorado, who mistakenly believed the car Gilliam was driving had been stolen. As Gilliam was led away in handcuffs, the four girls, one of whom was 6 years old and wearing a pink tiara, were forced to the pavement in parking at gunpoint. Two of the girls had their wrists handcuffed, and one of them cried out“Mommy.” The cops held their guns drawn for about three-and-a-half minutes, and only removed the girls’ handcuffs after eight-and-a-half minutes, once they realized the car Gilliam was driving wasn’t stolen. Gilliam sued and this week the troubled Aurora Police Department settled for $1.9 million. Two of the officers who terrorized the young girls remain on the police force.

    + The NYPD makes 40 times more arrests for fare evasion at the Atlantic Av. L station in Brownsville/East New York than at an average stop in the City.

    + A Louisiana law allows judges to profit from their own decisions in criminal cases, taking money from the poorest people in our society and using it for luxury benefits. An in-depth piece by Type Investigations shows that judges across the state have “used these Judicial Expense Funds (JEFs) to pay for expenses ranging from the staff salaries and law library subscriptions to luxury cars and rooms at the Ritz Carlton.” The practice continues even though these court-funding mechanisms that originated in the Jim Crow era were ruled unconstitutional by two federal court decisions in 2019.

    + From 2019 to 2021, the number of children killed by gun violence has increased by about 50 percent to a new high of 4,733.

    + Hawai’i’s Supreme Court ruled this week that its state constitution does not protect an individual right to bear arms. In his majority opinion, Justice Todd Eddins takes direct aim at the deeply flawed reasoning of the US  Supreme Court in its recent gun cases. Eddins writes:

    History is prone to misuse. In the Second Amendment cases, the Court distorts and cherry-picks historical evidence. It shrinks, alters, and discards historical facts that don’t fit…Bruen unravels durable law. No longer are there the levels of scrutiny and public safety balancing tests long used by our nation’s courts to evaluate firearms laws. Instead, the Court ad-libs a “history-only” standard.

    + On Saturday, LAPD officers shot and killed a man in Skid Row in downtown Los Angeles. The man was allegedly waving a plastic fork.  Here’s how LAPD spokesperson Lt. Letisia Ruiz defended the shooting to KTLA: “Any object can cause harm, depending on how it’s used.”

    + RIP  Craig Watkins, the first black DA in Texas history, who created the first nationally recognized Conviction Integrity Unit, presided over more than 35 exonerations, and designed a roadmap for addressing legitimate post-conviction claims of actual innocence.

    + San Francisco Mayor London Breed is backing a March 5 ballot measure that would require single adults on welfare to be screened and treated for illegal drug addiction or else lose cash assistance. This is squarely within the New Democrat tradition. Drug testing of impoverished single mothers was one of the punitive features of Bill Clinton’s welfare “reform,” which was pushed through the Senate by Joe Biden.

    + Justin Davis, a Pennsylvania pastor who was fired by his Church after he appeared in a video welcoming LGTB parishioners to the congregation, decided to run for office in Harrisburg to denounce the deadly conditions in the Dauphin County jail. Although he ran a shoestring campaign, Davis won a surprise victory and flipped the balance of the county government. Now Davis aims to improve the conditions inside one of the most notorious jails in the country, where at least eighteen prisoners have died since 2019.

    + Rep. Jason Shoaf, a Republican from Port St. Joe, Florida, wants the state to adopt a “stand your ground”-like law targeting what he describes as bearsthat are on crack” kicking people’s doors down in the middle of the night.

    + A video taken by a high school student shows an Indiana lawmaker flashing a gun to students who were visiting the statehouse to talk to legislators about gun control.

    + Alabama Democrat Rep. Juandalynn Givan has put forth a bill that calls for convicted rapists to be either castrated or given a vasectomy, Newsweek reported.

    + Lawsuits against prison guards are costing the state millions a year. Ten years ago, a state fund paid out $177,567 related to lawsuits against Alabama Department of Corrections employees and leaders. In 2023, it paid $3.5 million. And, according to the Alabama Daily News, in the first three months of fiscal 2024, it has already shelled out $1.3 million. The prisons being hit with the most claims, and most expensive lawsuits, are St. Clair Correctional Facility ($4.47 million) and Donaldson ($2.48 million).

    + A panel recommended ex-LA Sheriff Alex Villanueva be ineligible for rehire after finding he violated county policies by discriminating against & harassing the Inspector General.

    + In Mississippi, incarcerated women were sent to work at Popeye’s for less than minimum wage and even “hired” out to individuals to do housework, yardwork, etc.

    + Massachusetts Governor Maura Healey just nominated her former romantic partner, Gabrielle Wolohojian, a corporate lawyer known for defending businesses against consumer class action suits, for a seat on the state’s supreme court.

    + Justin Mohn, a MAGA man from Levittown, Pennsylvania, beheaded his father, whom he denounced as a “20-year federal employee,” then posted a video of the decapitated head in a bloody plastic on YouTube, while calling for a “revolution” against the “woke mobs” and the “Biden regime” and to fight an “army of illegal immigrants.” Meanwhile, down in Palm Beach a 44-year-old MAGA man named Brian McGann, Jr. became so enraged when he learned that his father had been vaccinated against COVID that he drove his pickup truck to Brian McGann, Sr.’s house and beat him to death. We’re going to have to revise Oedipus for the MAGA era.

    March

    + Alicia White, one of the cops involved in the police killing of Freddie Gray, landed a plum new job Department’s Public Integrity Bureau, where she will oversee Internal Affairs, the division which investigates and disciplines corrupt and killer cops.

    + A Kentucky cop named Brent Hall responded to a call about an extremely drunk woman. She went to the ER. Upon her return home hours later, the cop showed up at her house, gave her vodka, got her even more drunk and raped her. Hall’s now been charged.

    + Ruth Wilson Gilmore: “They’re planning jails for kids whose parents haven’t been born yet.”

    + Three people were caught bringing fentanyl over the Paso del Norte border last week. They were all US citizens.

    + In an unsigned opinion a panel of the 11th Circuit Court of Appeals found that the prosecution improperly withheld evidence of Florida death-row prisoner Harry Phillips’ mental illness and presented false arguments at trial. Even so, the court upheld his conviction and death sentence.

    + Almost 40% of LA Sheriff’s Department personnel don’t live in LA County.  At least 51 of them live in states like Idaho and Arizona. One lives as far east as Kentucky.

    + In the last thirty years, the number of violent and property crimes solved by California police through an arrest dropped by 41%. During the same 3 decades, the police budgets in the state increased by 52%.

    + Dominic Choi, the new interim chief of the LAPD, will be paid ($400,000) almost twice as much as California’s governor ($234,000).

    + Percent of people in state prisons who have been diagnosed with a mental disorder: 43%

    + Percent of people in state prisons currently receiving therapy or counseling from a professional: 6% (Source: Prison Policy Institute)

    + From 2014 to 2021, there were over 300 preventable deaths in US prisons, including 187 suicides, 89 homicides and 56 deaths deemed “accidental.”

    + Back in November, I wrote about the case of Timothy Murray, the 11-year-old from Brownsville, Texas was locked up in solitary confinement for three days, following a dispute with his school’s principal. Last week, a judge dismissed all charges against him.

    +++

    + There’s no question Thomas Creech committed some awful crimes. But perhaps none as awful as what the state of Idaho did to him last week when it tried to carry out its first execution in 12 years, using, in the words of Creech’s lawyers, “unknown individuals with unknown training” who attempted to “inject him with the State’s mysteriously acquired pentobarbital.” The members of the Idaho Department of Corrections’ death squad jabbed Creech 10 times, searching futilely in both of his arms and both of his legs for a vein that would hold the lethal IV needle. Creech is one of the oldest prisoners on death row. He has been in prison most of his life. He was sentenced to death in 1981 by a judge not a jury and Creech’s challenge to that sentence as a violation of his Eight Amendment rights was dismissed by the Idaho Supreme Court as “untimely.” Idaho has a history of purchasing execution drugs from what Creech’s lawyers called “shady sources.”

    + Michel Foucault: “It is comparatively easy to give up chopping off a few heads, because the blood makes a mess, because this is something that is no longer done in polite circles, and because there is the risk one may occasionally kill an innocent person. One gets into a more serious and difficult debate when it comes to giving up the death penalty in terms of establishing the principle that no public power (no more than any individual) has the right to take anyone’s life. At that point, you immediately come to the questions of war, the army, compulsory military service, and so on.”

    + Iran hanged at least 834 people in 2023, the second-highest number of executions in at least twenty years.

    + Violent crime in the US has declined by 49 percent since it peaked in 1991.

    + Things people have been holding when shot by the LAPD: phones, lighters, a bike part, a car part, a wooden board and, most recently, a plastic fork.

    + A new report from the Texas Defender Service found that 20 of the 21 people sentenced to death in Harris County were people of color.

    + In the U.S., Black women are six times more likely to be killed than white women, according to a new study in The Lancet. In some states, the rate is even higher. In Wisconsin, Black women were 20 times more likely to be killed.

    + A former Missouri car salesman named Harry Trueblood, who sold at least 250 guns across the state, thirty of which ended up at crime scenes, including murders and suicides, was convicted of selling guns without a license and sentenced to…probation.

    + Only a couple of weeks after New York Governor Kathy Hochul was ridiculed for saying she reserved the right to obliterate Canada if it decided to cross Lake Erie and raid Buffalo, Hochul announced that she is dispatching the National Guard into the subways of NYC, authorizing the troops (under no known constitutional provision) to search bags at stations predominately used by poor and minority subway riders. As John Teufel pointed out, the Governor’s theatrical move comes despite the fact subway crime was down 2.5 percent in 2023 over the previous year and “ is on par with 2013/2014 numbers, when everybody was crowing about how safe the subway is.”

    + Hochul: “[Riders] can refuse. We can refuse them. They can walk.”

    + Hochul has that demented HRC gaze and haughty rectitude, revealed by the too-wide open eyes and icy smirk–as if she’d just taken a hit of amyl nitrate and is ready to bomb Benghazi or invade the Bronx…

    + Ending stop and frisk in NYC resulted in 44% fewer children dropping out of school due to contact with the criminal court system.

    + Police chases kill around 700 people a year. Most of the victims aren’t even the fleeing drivers. San Francisco just voted to

    + Cops kill more than 10,000 pet dogs every year.

    + For three decades, as the Democrats went Full-Metal Neoliberal, they tried to keep the Left in line at election time by vowing to be the guardians of the Supreme Court. In that time, the Court moved farther to the right than it’s been since Plessy v. Ferguson and they did nothing to expand the court or restrict the reach of its judicial review.

    + Thousands of former Confederates, including Jefferson Davis, were disqualified from running for office under the 14th Amendment. None of them were disqualified by an act of Congress. So much for originalism.

    + The Courts aren’t broken but working as they almost always have from Dred Scott (1857) to Plessy (1896) to Lochner (1905) to Buck v Bell (1927, eugenics) to Korematsu (1944) to Bowers (1986, sodomy) to Bush v. Gore (2000) to Citizens United (2010) to Bruen & Dobbs (2022).

    + Democrats in the Senate still haven’t subpoenaed Harlan Crow or Leonard Leo.

    +++

    “The police in this country make no distinction between a Black Panther or a black lawyer or my brother or me. The cops aren’t going to ask me my name before they pull the trigger.”

    —James Baldwin

    On Wednesday night, the State of Georgia, abetted by the US Supreme Court, executed Willie Pye. It was the first execution in Georgia in four years, long one of the leading death machines in the nation.

    Georgia’s pause in executions wasn’t voluntary. It was a consequence of the COVID pandemic, which had caused the prison system to restrict visits to inmates, even visits by lawyers, which meant that the counsels for death row prisoners couldn’t adequately prepare appeals or applications for clemency.  All of those limitations remain in place today, even on death row.

    But this rule didn’t apply to Willie Pye. The reasons are too legally obtuse and arbitrary to go into. When Georgia, the state without mercy, decided to restart the death machinery, Pye was at the top of the list, a list he shouldn’t have been on in the first place.

    Willie Pye was black. No surprise there. Since the death penalty was re-constitutionalized in 1976, 34% of the defendants executed have been black. The rate is even higher in Georgia, which has put to death 77 people since 1976, 29 of them black (38%). 

    Willie Pye was a black man sentenced to death by an overwhelmingly white jury (there was only one black member) in a Georgia county so notorious for its racism that a confederate monument stood in front of its courthouse until the late 1960s. It now resides in the local cemetery.

    Willie Pye was poor. Too poor to afford a lawyer, so a public defender was appointed for him. A bad one and the only one in town. Pye’s lawyer, Johnny Mostiler, put on what could charitably be called a perfunctory defense, neglecting to present a range of mitigating factors that might have spared Pye’s life, such as the abuse and violence he endured as a child and the fact that he may have suffered from fetal alcohol syndrome. Both of Pye’s parents were alcoholics. And his father, who labored on a prison chain gang when Pye was born, was a violent alcoholic, who frequently flailed on the Pye children and their mother.

    Yet, the only witness Pye’s lawyer called during the entire trial was…Willie Pye, rarely a winning courtroom strategy. Indeed his lawyer was so ineffectual at trial that in 2021 a three-judge panel of the 11th Circuit Court of Appeals took the rare step of vacating Pye’s death sentence on the grounds of inadequate legal representation. But a year later the ruling was reversed by the full court, citing the Anti-Terrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act, one of the merciless federal crime bills of the Clinton Era crafted by Joe Biden. The appeals court didn’t dispute the ineptness of Pye’s lawyer, but simply ruled that under the Clinton/Biden law he no longer, in the interest of “effectiveness,” had the right to challenge it.

    Willie Pye wasn’t the only person convicted for the crime he, alone, was sentenced to death for. Two other men were also arrested for the murder of 21-year-old Alicia Lynn Yarbrough. Both of those men, Anthony Freeman and Chester Andrews, pled out and were sentenced to life in prison. Pye, who maintained his innocence, risked going to trial with a lawyer who didn’t even probe the holes in the story told by his alleged co-conspirators. He paid the ultimate price for making the state prove its case against him. (Freeman, after serving 24 years behind bars, is now free.)

    Willie Pye’s lawyer was not only incompetent, he was also, according to other lawyers and courthouse watchers, a racist, and frequently made racial slurs about his own clients, telling one colleague he thought “young black men were lazy” and saying of another client facing execution: “This little nigger deserves the death penalty.”

    One of Mostiller’s most egregious failings was not to have Pye given a mental health evaluation before his trial or examine his school records. When Pye’s appellate attorneys did so, they discovered that Pye had an IQ score of only 68, which should have excepted him from execution under the Supreme Court’s decision in Atkins v. Virginia, which ruled that putting to death people with mental disabilities or brain trauma violated their Constitutional rights under the Eight Amendment. But the current Supreme Court rarely feels obliged to follow their own precedents anymore, especially in death penalty cases, and refused to hear Pye’s appeal on these compelling grounds. The Thomas-Alito Court is so obsessed with history and tradition that it seems only a matter of time before it finds a constitutional basis for lynching.

    So nearly 30 years after being convicted and sentenced to death in a trial so deeply flawed that three of the jurors who voted for the death verdict pleaded for his life to be spared, the State of Georgia stuck a needle into 59-year-old Willie Pye’s arm and injected him with a dose of phenobarbitol that spread through his system until his heart stopped beating at 11:03 pm.

    Willie Pye is dead and Georgia is back in the execution business. 

    +++

    Source: Death Penalty Information Center.

    + Willie Pye was the third person executed in the US in 2024. There are 29 other scheduled executions for the remainder of the year, 13 in Oklahoma, 8 in Ohio, 3 in Texas, 2 in Missouri, and one each in Alabama, Georgia and Idaho. Of those, 14 have pending death warrants.

    + The morning of Pye’s execution the editorial board of Scientific Americancame out against the death penalty, saying capital punishment “does not deter crime, is not humane and has no moral or medical basis.”

    + In the last 12 months, police have shot and killed 1,137 people in the US. They’ve killed at least 10,000 people since Michael Brown was shot and killed in August 2014.

    + NYC judge to a public defender, prior to denying bail to his impoverished client: “No judge has ever lost their job setting bail on someone.”

    + In 2023, children unintentionally shot and killed 157 people in the US and injured another 270.

    + NYPD overtime pay budget $671 million 2022; cuts to NYC libraries budget $58.3 million

    + During his campaign for office, LA district attorney George Gascón promised to prosecute killer cops.  But thus far his office has charged only 8, securing only one conviction, former LA Sheriff’s deputy Andrew Lyons, who served a mere 12 days in the LA county jail for killing Ryan Twyman, an unarmed father of 3.

    + More than 1000 people in Pennsylvania are serving life without parole sentences for murders they personally didn’t commit–60% of them are black.

    + A Mississippi cop named Michael Green forced a man to drink his own urine, according to a new federal lawsuit: “Green removed his duty vest and filmed B.E. while B.E. got on the ground and licked his urine. B.E. gagged when he made contact with the floor. In response to B.E.’s gagging, Green told B.E., ‘Don’t spit it out.’ B.E. gagged again. ‘Lick that shit up. Drink your fuckin’ piss.’”

    + More than 40% of U.S. exonerations involve cases in which no crime ever occurred. Child sexual assault cases have among the highest rates of false accusations and nearly 250 people have been wrongly convicted of child sex abuse that never happened.

    + Hate crimes committed in K-12 schools have quadrupled in states that have passed anti-LGBT legislation since 2020, according to a Washington Post analysis of FBI data.

    +  Democrats in the New York General Assembly introduced a bill that would expand the definition of “domestic terrorism” to include blocking a public road or bridge. The “crime” would be punishable by a sentence of up to seven years in prison.

    + Rat fur, arsenic, copper, PFAS “forever” chemicals, DDT, coal ash, and radioactive radon are just some of the toxic substances detected in the drinking water of US prisons.

    + Here’s how San Bernardino County Sheriff Shannon Dicus defended the lethal shooting of Ryan Gainer, a 15-year-old black high school student, who deputies shot three times while he held a gardening tool: “Certainly juveniles can be dangerous. He’s large of stature. He is physically fit.”

    + On Tuesday, cops in El Cerrito, California pursued a burglary suspect onto the Bay Bridge. The suspect was driving into oncoming traffic, and crashed head-on into another car, killing the driver. San Francisco voters approved Prop. E, earlier this month, would give police even more leeway to engage in these kinds of chaotic chases.

    + The Legal Aid Society has released a list of NYPD officers with the most claims against them. One of the cops, Sergeant David Grieco, has had 48 cases filed against him since 2013, amassing a total of $1,134,825.35 in lawsuit payouts. Grieco remains on the force. In all, NYC taxpayers have paid out more than half a billion in settlements for lawsuits against the city’s police for misconduct.

    + Last February, an LA Sheriff’s deputy accosted Emmett Brock, after Brock had flipped him off when he saw the cop having a confrontation with a woman on the sidewalk. The deputy ordered Brock, who is transgendered, out of his car, then threw him to the pavement in the parking lot of a 7/11 and began punching him repeatedly in the head. The beating was captured on video. The ≠deputy, Joseph Benza, claimed that Brock, a 23-year-old school teacher, had bitten him. Brock was arrested and taken to jail, where he says deputies demanded to inspect his genitals. Brock was charged with felony resisting arrest, which soon caused him to lose his job as a teacher at Frontier High School.  This week a judge ruled there was “no evidence” that Brock bit the deputy and declared him “factually innocent.” Brock is still unemployed. Benza is on the job and has faced no disciplinary action for the violent false arrest.

    April

    + Ironically, Biden’s shameful backtracking on his campaign pledge to end the federal death penalty may save Julian Assange from being extradited to the US, since the Justice Dept. has refused to assure the UK it will not try to execute him under the terms of the Espionage Act.

    + The wife of James Ho, one of the circuit judges who banned mifepristone last year, took multiple payments from the group that brought it to court.

    + Federal judge Charles R. Breyer writing in his dismissal of Elon Musk’s suit against the Center for Countering Digital Hate, for documenting the rising swill of hate speech on Twitter since Musk took it over: “Sometimes it is unclear what is driving litigation, and only by reading between the lines of a complaint can one attempt to surmise a plaintiff’s true purpose. Other times, a complaint is so unabashedly and vociferously about one thing that there can be no mistaking the purpose. This case represents the latter circumstance. This case is about punishing the Defendants for their speech.”

    + Meanwhile, the Intercept’s Sam Biddle acquired documents through a FOIA request showing that Elon Musk’s Twitter/X was selling user data for government surveillance at the very same time it was allegedly fighting government surveillance in court.

    + The city of San Jose has put cameras on a municipal vehicle to train AI systems to detect homeless encampments. The city sends the footage to private computer vision companies who are using it to build homeless-encampments-detection algorithms.

    + Shortly after midnight on March 21, 17-year-old Karadius Smith was walking home with some friends in Leland, Mississippi, when a town cop began chasing him in a police cruiser and, according to Smith’s mother, ran him over from behind, leaving tire tracks on his back. The black teen died in the hospital later that day from his injuries. The cop who ran over Smith remains on the job and the police department has refused to let the family or their lawyer see the unedited footage of the chase and collision.

    + NYPD officials say they will deploy 800 more officers into the subway to “stop” fare evasion.

    + Earlier this week, 19-year-old Win Rozario, in the midst of a severe mental crisis, phoned 9/11 for help. When the NYPD arrived at his family’s apartment in Queens, they saw the 140-pound Rosario holding a pair of scissors and they tasered him. As he writhed on the floor, Rosario’s mother rushed to comfort him, dislodging the taser prongs. When Rosario reached for the scissors, the two cops shot him dead.

    + When MLK was bailed out of the Birmingham jail, he didn’t finance his own bond. The United Auto Workers, and others, raised tens of thousands of dollars to free him. Now the state of Georgia has passed a law banning bail funds from contributing to people’s bonds.

    + On his first day in his office, the new coroner in St. Tammany Parish, Louisiana called in a bomb threat that wasn’t a bomb [it was a box filled with body bags that had been in the office for 10 years], suggested his office had bugged by his predecessor and shut down a rape kit program because he’s “a businessman” and “it’s not a moneymaker.”

    + More than 60 percent of suspended driver’s licenses in the state of Ohio don’t originate from bad driving offenses, but because the driver owes an unpaid debt.

    +++

    + Using Andres Malm’s “How to Blow Up a Pipeline” as the pretext, three House Republicans, Oversight Committee Chairman Rep. James Comer of Kentucky Glenn Grothman of Wisconsin and Mike Waltz of Florida, are launching a probe into “potential threats against critical domestic energy infrastructure after a spike in calls for violence by radical eco-terrorists.”

    + “With radical environmentalists around the world commonly engaged in the destruction or attempted destruction of art and other property, blocking transit, disrupting private gatherings, and delaying energy infrastructure projects,” the three wrote in a letter announcing the probe. “The Committee seeks to understand the threat that environmental violent extremists also pose to the physical energy infrastructure of the United States and implications for national security.” 

    + When FBI director Christopher Wray appeared before the Committee last month, Rep. Waltz grilled Wray on the dangers of the book (published Verso) being taught on college campuses:  “We have 16 universities teaching [Malm’s book]  as part of their curriculum. Sixteen universities! I would consider that facilitating domestic terrorism.” the book by Andreas Malm. As a point of reference, there are around 4,000 colleges and universities in the U.S. A film of Malm’s book made many top 10 lists last year, including my own.

    + If Comer and Company were really worried about exploding pipelines, they’d be investigating the pipeline companies, themselves. Since 1986, there have been more than 8,000 pipeline explosions, causing more than 500 deaths, 2,300 injuries and $7 billion in damages, according to data from the federal Pipelines and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration. None of the incidents are attributed to sabotage. They blow up on their own.

    +++

    + Columbia students were right in 1968. History proved it. Columbia students are right today. The university has no good answers to their demands that the school stop investing in genocide. Calling in the NYPD proves it.

    + Abbie Hoffman: “The only reason you should be in college is to destroy it.” In Columbia’s case, the administration is doing the job for the students.

    + Columbia Professor Rebecca Jordan-Young: “The faculty who are supporting the students do not all agree on the issue of Israel and Palestine, [but] we are astonished and disgusted with the way the university has cracked down on the students.”

    + From Wednesday’s House interrogation of Columbia University’s President, Minouche Shafik…

    + God also wanted Abraham to slit his son Isaac’s throat, which is pretty much what Shafik did when she called the NYPD goon squad on the kids in her care. When it comes to protecting academic freedom, Giordano Bruno she’s not…What Shafik is, by contrast, is a former vice president of the World Bank,  a former Deputy Managing Director of the IMF, and a former Deputy Governor of the Bank of England, who also enjoys a life peerage in the House of Lords. She’s going to serve the university’s donors not its students.

    + Since Eric Adams became mayor of NYC, at least 31 people have died while awaiting trial at Rikers.

    + Before the eclipse, prisons in New York State handed out eclipse glasses to the inmates, then just before the solar event took place the prisons were placed on lockdown. “Then after it was over, they collected the glasses, and the prison literally opened up the doors an hour after it happened, and it was regular movement,” inmate Joseph Perez told HellGate. “Once in a lifetime event, missed.”

    + Police reform advocate Dana Rachlin has filed a federal lawsuit against the NYPD. Rachlin charges that officials in the department leaked informationabout rape allegations she had made, as retaliation for her criticism of violent policing.

    + NYC agreed to a $17.5 million payout for women forced by NYPD to remove hijabs.

    + Newly released documents show that at least 12 Minneapolis police officers were disciplined after the George Floyd protests of 2020. One sergeant was fired for pepper-spraying a Vice reporter. Another was let go for brutally beating Jaleel Stallings, a 29-year-old Army veteran who was out after curfew. Eight were suspended for using excessive force on protesters, failing to de-escalate encounters or turning on their body-worn cameras. The city has paid out $50 million in police brutality cases since the murder of Floyd.

    + The US is the only country in the world that sentences children to life without parole, meaning many of them will die in prison.

    + The Appeal has published the first national database of prison commissary prices, revealing an exploitative system that forces incarcerated people to pay up to 5 times the market price for some items. For example, Indiana prisons charge $33 for an 8-inch fan. A similar one sells online for $23 at Lowe’s. In Georgia, where prison labor is unpaid, a 10-inch electric fan is marked up more than 25% to $32. In 2023, the commissary vendor for the Texas state prisons raised the price of water inside by 50%.

    + Kwaneta Harris on how Texas prisons control what women read: “People in solitary aren’t allowed to go to the prison library… we qualify for one book a week… the librarian always sends a Christian-themed book. In 2018, I asked her, “Why don’t you give me what I request?” She said, “I’m called to save your heathen soul.”

    + It sounds like something out of Kafka or Stalinist Russia. Someone stole the identity of William Woods. Woods was later arrested by the LAPD, who believed the man who swiped his identity over him.  A judge later sent Woods to a mental hospital because he continued to insist that he was the real William Woods. He spent two years locked up before he was finally released.

    + A cop in Indian River, Florida was arrested on child porn charges, after he was recognized during a call at a high school by one of his victims, who said the officer had been contacting her police that the officer had been contacting her on Snapchat, asking for naked and topless photos. The deputy, Kai Cromer, was arrested on his first day on the job. Cromer is 19 years old and had told friends, ‘I’m going to be law enforcement, I’m very powerful.’ 

    + A St. Louis judge awarded almost $23.5 million to Luther Hall, a former police officer who was beaten by colleagues when he was working undercover during a protest. Hall suffered several herniated discs and a jaw injury that left him unable to eat.

    + The Albuquerque Police Department has been under federal oversight for the last 10 years. In that time,  Albuquerque police have continued to shoot people at a higher rate than any other large city in the US. In 2014, when the Department came under a federal consent decree, Albuquerque cops killed 9 people. Last year, they killed 13.

    Texas Lt. Gov. Dan Patrick.

    + Texas Lt. Gov. Dan Patrick says that if the government locks up 15% of the population, there will be no crime: “Only about 15% of all Americans commit 100% of the crime … If you lock up the 15%, we don’t have any crime.” In other words, he wants to lock up nearly 50 million people. Patrick calls himself a “libertarian.”

    + Louisiana’s House of Representatives passed a bill giving the police the power to arrest anyone who can’t produce identification to the arresting officer and take them in for fingerprinting.

    + A federal judge ruled this week that Los Angeles city officials altered and fabricated evidence to support the city’s defense against allegations that it illegally seized and destroyed the property of homeless people in the city.

    + For decades Idaho has locked psychiatric patients in maximum-securityprison cells. The patients haven’t been convicted or, in many cases, even charged with a crime.

    + Brent Hall, a police officer in Bullitt County, Kentucky, died of a heart attack while chasing some teens when he was off duty. Hall had previously been fired from the Bullitt County Sheriff’s Office after being accused of rape and sodomybut quickly landed a job in the Pioneer Village Police Department in the very same town.

    + Jonathan Stone, county chair of the Trump campaign, in New Hampshire is a former cop who threatened to kill his colleagues in a shooting spree, murder the chief of police and rape the chief’s wife because he was suspended by the department 5 days after it was revealed he had been having a relationship with a 15-year-old high school girl. The incident occurred in 2006 but was just made public last week, after a court case brought by a local paper. After Stone was fired from the department, he opened a gun store and later gave Trump an inscribed AK-47. He now serves as a New Hampshire State representative.

    + The story the Chicago cops told was that they pulled Dexter Reed over in Humbolt Park on March 21 for not wearing his seat belt, then in the next 41 seconds shot at him 96 times. But a video released this week shows that the police officers couldn’t have seen into Reed’s car, given their location and the GMC Terrain’s darkly tinted windows. Three of the four officers emptied their guns and reloaded and continued firing at Reed as he staggered out of the car, unarmed. One officer fired “at least 50 times.” Reed was shot three times while he was on the ground.

    May

    California Highway Patrol riot squads firing “rubber” bullets and tear gas at antiwar students on the campus of UCLA.

    America, why are your libraries full of tears?

    – Allen Ginsburg, “America”

    + As America’s liberal elites declare open warfare on their own kids, it’s easy to see why they’ve shown no empathy at all for the murdered, maimed and orphaned children of Gaza. Back-of-the-head shots to 8-year-olds seem like a legitimate thing to protest in about the most vociferous way possible…But, as Dylan once sang, maybe I’m too sensitive or else I’m getting soft.

    + Here’s the political background to the police raids against antiwar students on campuses across the country this week, violent crackdowns that have Joe Biden’s fingerprints all over them: On Tuesday, Biden demonized the protesters as hate groups. On the same day 22 Democratic House members called for the students at Columbia to be cleared from the campus, this was followed by Chuck Schumer speaking on the floor of the Senate denouncing the occupation of Hind Hall as an act of terrorism. Then the NYPD did its vicious nightwork at Columbia and CCNY. On Wednesday morning, the Biden White House compared these brave students–from Columbia to UCLA, Indiana to Texas–to the white power tiki torch thugs at Charlottesville. On Thursday, Biden gave a speech that would have condemned the tactics of the Civil Rights Movement, women’s movement, Native American Rights movement, anti-Vietnam War movement, Stonewall, anti-apartheid movement, BLM and the labor movement he claims to venerate (not to mention the Boston Tea Party) as outside the American tradition of free speech. Biden is the author of the most repressive crime laws in the history of a nation whose statutes are full of repressive crime laws. He hasn’t changed. In fact, he’s gotten worse as his brain demyelinates and his grip on power becomes more and more tenuous.

    + In contrast to Biden’s reactionary blandishments of the antiwar movement, here are the words of the most successful progressive leader in the US today, Shawn Fain, head of the UAW:

    The UAW will never support the mass arrest or intimidation of those exercising their right to protest, strike, or speak out against injustice. Our union has been calling for a ceasefire for six months. This war is wrong, and this response against students and academic workers, many of them UAW members, is wrong. We call on the powers that be to release the students and employees who have been arrested, and if you can’t take the outcry, stop supporting the war.

    + Perhaps the UAW will now retract its premature endorsement of Biden? Unlikely, of course. The endorsement itself probably doesn’t matter much. Many of the UAW’s rank-and-file will still vote for Trump. The campaign money might. The endorsement lends Fain’s very clear statement even more weight. Fain’s statement is not going to change Biden’s mind. He’s encased himself in 50 years of pro-Israeli political concrete. But it helps to undermine the disgusting narrative put out by the White House and top Democrats that the students are naive dupes of Hamas, justifying these brutal crackdowns.

    + The “naive” students at Columbia understand the historical context of their movement and the previous movements on their campus better than any of the administrators seeking to evict, suspend, expel & imprison them. It is why, despite the police raids, expulsions and arrests, they will win and their tormentors fall in disgrace.

    + Columbia University has an endowment of $13.6 billion and still charges students $60-70,000 a year to attend what has become an academic panopticon and debt trap, where every political statement is monitored, every threat to the ever-swelling endowment punished.

    + Doesn’t the White House have anyone who speaks Arabic on staff? Perhaps they didn’t hire any–that would be a Biden thing to do. Or perhaps they’ve all quit. Who could blame them, hearing the administration equate “intifada” with hate speech? “Intifada” means “shaking off,” as in a protest or uprising, the kind of public action allegedly protected by the Constitution. In Arabic, the Civil Rights movement, the anti-Vietnam war protests, the women’s movement, the OWS protests, and the BLM protests were all called “intifadas,” as was the Warsaw Ghetto uprising.  This Intifada will likely spell the end of the Biden presidency without a single stone being thrown.

    + The Biden administration is not only incapable (more likely unwilling) of practicing peace-seeking diplomacy in Gaza or Ukraine, but here at home, as riot police batter unarmed students from coast to coast, in raids the White House’s own belligerent and bigoted statements instigated and justified. It’s a dereliction of the duties of his office and should be as impeachable an offense as any malfeasance Trump engaged in.

    + In 1970, Richard Nixon famously made a trip to the Lincoln Memorial to actually talk with anti-war protesters for more than two hours. Biden sneers at them, encourages the liberal press to smear them and university presidents to send in riot squads to clear them off campus…

    + Columbia student organizer Jon Ben-Menachem: “Joe Biden should immediately stop making statements which manufacture consent for threats to the physical safety of American students.”

    + One of the Columbia trustees that Baroness Shafik “consulted” with before “inviting” the NYPD Riot Squad to invade campus, break into Hind Hall and arrest the students in her care was Jeh Johnson, Obama’s former director of Homeland Security who now sits on the board of Lockheed. Johnson once claimed that Martin Luther King, Jr. would have supported the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq.

    + For nearly two days, the NYPD covered up the fact that one of their officers had fired a gun inside Hind Hall, while they were arresting students. Ultimately, the shooting was only revealed by the New York City DA’s office. If you call in the NYPD, you can pretty much guarantee there will be bang-bang…Is there any doubt now that the NYPD raid did more damage to the buildings at Columbia than the students? The people who invited these cops on their campus should never be guardians of students again.

    + Prem Thakker: “The dilemma for American college students is that their tax and tuition dollars are helping fund a plausible genocide; if they protest that fact, their tax and tuition dollars are then used to beat and arrest them & their teachers.”

    + Daniela Gabor: “Minouche Shafik wrote a 2021 book – ‘What We Owe Each )ther’ – where she proposes a reset of the social contract to improve intergenerational fairness. Then she went to Columbia and brought a notoriously violent police force into that social contract.”

    + John Fetterman, the oafish senator from Pennsylvania, went from being a quirky political clown to Pennywise, the clown from Stephen King’s “It”: “The protesters at Columbia demonstrated that there are two factions of the protesters–there’s the pro-Hamas and then there’s the really pro-Hamas.”

    + The great jazz pianist Vijay Iyer: “Gen Z has agitated for action on gun control, climate change, reproductive justice, trans rights, voting rights, racial justice, immigrant rights, reducing police violence, and stopping genocide. Elders have failed them at literally every turn.”

    + Judith Butler: “If calling for an end of genocide is understood as making a Jewish student feel unsafe, then the safety of the situation has been oddly co-opted by that particular Jewish student. Palestinians are the ones in need of safety [from genocide].”

    + At Dartmouth, the police threw to the ground Professor  Annelise Orleck, the 65-year-old head of the university’s Jewish Studies program.

    + Raphael Orleck on the bodyslamming arrest of the chair of Dartmouth’s Jewish Studies program, Annelise Orleck: “That’s my fucking mom—-she’s okay now and bailing out the students who got arrested. I’m so proud.” Orleck has been banned from the Dartmouth campus, where she’s taught for 34 years, for the next six months for trying to protect her students from NH riot police. Orleck has been banned from the Dartmouth campus, where she’s taught for 34 years, for the next six months for trying to protect her students from riot police.

    + The pro-Israel fanatics who attacked UCLA students Tuesday night with clubs and bottle rockets, as campus security cowered inside a building like deputies of the Ulvade police force, shouted out it’s time for a “Second Nakba!” Don’t wait for Biden or CNN to condemn this eliminationist rhetoric and violence.

    + Around 3:30 on Weds., morning, the pro-Israel mobs attacked four student journalists for the Daily Bruin on the campus of UCLA. The gang surrounded the Bruin reporters, including editor Catherine Hamilton, sprayed them with mace, pointed laser lights at their faces and verbally harassed them. Hamilton said she was punched repeatedly in the chest and upper abdomen as she tried to break free. Another student journalist was shoved to the ground, beaten and repeatedly kicked. “We expected to be harassed by counter-protestors,” Hamilton said. “I truly didn’t expect to be directly attacked.”

    + Momma, we’ve found the “outside agitators”… The Daily Beast reports that before the violent attack on anti-war demonstrators at UCLA, Jessica Seinfeld (wife of the comedian) and Bill Ackman (billionaire husband of the plagiarist Neri Oxman) gave thousands of dollars for a pro-Israel demonstration on campus.

    + UCLA professor Danielle Carr: “It’s hard to overstate the degree of outrage & betrayal on behalf of all the faculty now, especially after what happened last night, after about 200 very violent pro-Israel protesters descended on the camp and were shooting fireworks and acting real violent. And it took the university several hours to respond and secure the students’ safety. The irony that in the name of student safety the encampment will be facing a militarised police invasion tonight, probably including tear gas, it’s just hard to say fully how disgusted many of the faculty are finding this.”

    + As Professor Carr predicted, the day after the pro-Israel mob assaulted UCLA students and faculty, the California Highway Patrol arrived on campus, not to protect the students from “outside” assailants, but to open fire on them with tear gas and rubber bullets

    + During the CHP crackdown on UCLA student protesters, at least 5 students were shot in the head with rubber bullets, the cops fired flash-bang grenades directly into the crowd and more than 130 students were arrested.

    + The Los Angeles Public Defenders’ Union called the UCLA arrests “shameful and a complete failure of leadership”. President Garrett Miller said they are ready to “represent every person facing charges.”

    + There’s something happening here, but you don’t know what it is, do you, Mister Joe…?

    + Biden: “Dissent must never lead to disorder.”

    + From Martin Luther King, Jr.’s “Letter From a Birmingham Jail”:

    I have almost reached the regrettable conclusion that the Negro’s great stumbling block in the stride toward freedom is not the White Citizen’s Council-er or the Ku Klux Klanner, but the white moderate who is more devoted to “order” than to justice; who prefers a negative peace which is the absence of tension to a positive peace which is the presence of justice; who constantly says “I agree with you in the goal you seek, but I can’t agree with your methods of direct action;” who paternalistically feels he can set the timetable for another man’s freedom; who lives by the myth of time and who constantly advises the Negro to wait until a “more convenient season.”

    + Biden on the George Floyd protests: “We will not allow any President to quiet our voice. We won’t let those who see this as an opportunity to sow chaos throw up a smokescreen to distract us from the very real and legitimate grievances at the heart of these protests.” But that was then under Him, this is now under Me…

    + Contrary to Biden’s deplorable speech denouncing the student anti-war demonstrations as violent, a new report by the Armed Conflict Location and Event Data Project (ACLED) found that 99% of campus protests over Palestine at US colleges have been peaceful.

    + Biden received five draft deferments during the Vietnam War but, like Trump, never took part in the student movement to end the genocidal war in Southeast Asia. He was happy for others–poor whites, Hispanics and Blacks–to serve, kill and die in his place. No surprise he condemns the students protesting to end his wars.

    + In his memoir, Promises to Keep, Biden admitted he “never saw the war as a great moral issue.” While enjoying his draft deferment to attend Syracuse University, he described being irritated by the anti-war protests on campus. His irritation rose to fury after SDS occupied the chancellor’s office and hung banners out the window of the Administration Building. “They were taking over the building,” Biden wrote, “and we looked up and said, ‘Look at those assholes.’ That’s how far apart from the antiwar movement I was.”

    + The bike lock the NYPD held up as proof that “outside agitators” were behind the occupation of Hind Hall is available for sale on campus via Columbia’s Public Safety department under their “Crime Prevention Discount Bike, Locker and Laptop Lock Program”.

    + Chris by Bike: “Cops don’t know this is a bike lock because they’ve never investigated a bike theft in their lives.”

    + Ralph Nader: “The enforcer president of Columbia University— Minouche Shafik—is one of the wealthiest people in America. As president, she makes over $2000 an hour every weekday. In three days, she makes more than many blue-collar workers at Columbia make in a year.”

    + Professor Sami Schalk, University of Wisconsin-Madison: “At the hospital, the nurse took photos ‘in case you want to file a report.’ Report to whom? The very people who strangled me at work in broad daylight with cameras rolling? Those people?”

    + During a week of ever-escalating assaults on students and faculty, Jill Biden is hosting the first ever “Teachers of the Year” State Dinner at the White House. Some of the best won’t be there because they’re in jail, in the hospital or trying to arrange bail for their incarcerated pupils…

    + Ari Fleischer was better at his job and he was one of the worst hired liars I’ve ever seen. To compare the racist violent mob at Charlottesville to students on campuses large and small across the US is just repulsive at a personal level and self-destructive on a political one.

    + On May 6th, the Pulitzer Prizes are scheduled to be announced at Columbia University. On Wednesday., night student journalists at Columbia, many of them reporting from inside Pulitzer Hall, were threatened with arrest if they moved across their own campus to report on a police raid targeting their fellow students and faculty. They won’t win any Pulitzers, but their reporting has been far more vivid, informative and less biased than the elite media the administration and NYPD allowed on university grounds.

    + One of the lies the Adams administration used to justify the paramilitary raids on Columbia was that “a wife of a known terrorist” was inside Hind Hall with the protesters. NYC media ran with this obvious lie. This morning Deputy Police Commissioner Rebecca Weiner said the woman wasn’t in Hind Hall, wasn’t part of the protests, but had been seen on campus last week and that they “have no evidence of any criminal wrongdoing on her part.”

    + The woman Adams slanderously smeared was Nahla al-Arian wife of Sami-al Arian, the former professor of computer engineering at South Florida (and CounterPunch contributor), who was never convicted of a crime by a jury but pled to one count after a mistrial, then was wrongly held under house arrest for refusing to testify in a federal case…the charges were later dismissed. Adams falsely Sami al-Arian was “arrested for and convicted for terrorism on a federal level” and implied that Nahla, a retired elementary school teacher, had somehow helped to train the students in civil disobedience. In fact, she was in NYC with her two daughters Laila and Lama, both journalists, stopped by the encampment for about 20 minutes and, according to her daughter Lama, had some hummus and left because she was tired. Nahla called the Columbia students “beautiful and busy.”

    + “The whole thing is a distraction because they are very scared that the young Americans are aware for the first time of what’s going on in Palestine,” Nahla Al-Arian said. “They are the ones who influenced me. They are the ones who gave me hope that at last the Palestinian people can get some justice. I sat and I felt happy to see those students fighting for justice for the oppressed people in Palestine.”

    + According to Lama, one of the best young documentary filmmakers around, her mother found out this week that more than 200 of her relatives have been killed in the Israeli bombardment of Gaza.

    + Anyone who wants to know more about the bogus case against Sami Al-Arian and the decades-long harassment of his family should watch the documentary, The USA v. Al-Arian, which shows how in the post-9/11 mass hysteria the Patriot Act was used against a university professor for merely knowing someone who was a member of Palestinian Islamic Jihad years earlier.

    + Two days after the raid, Adams was still being pushed to name how many “outside agitators” had been arrested by the NYPD. Adams had no answers, because there weren’t any and shrugged off the questions, saying: “I don’t think that matters…One professor poisoning a classroom of students is just as bad as 50.”

    + A year ago, NYC Mayor Eric Adams vowed to bring what he’s learned from Israeli Police to the NYPD. That rare promise kept…

    + Adams justifying the police raids: “These are our children and we can’t allow them to be radicalized.” Adams and the Democrats have done more damage to academic freedom than Ron DeSantis and Christopher Rufo.

    + In Eric Adams, the people of NYC must endure the hybridization of the lies of a politician with the lies of an NYPD cop.

    + The real “outside agitators” on the campuses of Columbia, NYU, and CCNY were the police themselves. (For example, less than half of all NYPD officers live in NYC and only 25% of LAPD officers live in Los Angeles.)

    +++

     

    Daniel Perry awaiting the verdict at his trial for the murder of Garrett Foster.

    In one of the most egregious uses of the pardon power since Bill Clinton freed billionaire tax cheat, Israeli agent and international fugitive Marc Rich as the clock struck midnight on his lamentable administration, last week Texas Gov. Greg Abbott freed an avowed racist who ran a red light, before plunging his car into a crowd of protesters and fatally shooting a man who was trying to protect people from being run over. Abbott granted the killer a pardon, even though the gunman had been obsessed for months with the idea of killing BLM activists.

    Just before 10 o’clock on the night of July 25, 2020, a crowd of anti-police brutality protesters were crossing the intersection of Fourth Street and Congress Avenue in downtown Austin, Texas, when a car ran a red light and repeatedly drove into the mass of people.

    Several of the protesters approached the car to get the driver to stop menacing pedestrians. One of them was Garrett Foster, a 28-year-old Air Force veteran, who was pushing his wheelchair-bound fiancé, Whitney Mitchell, a quadruple amputee, across the intersection as the car honked at and rammed into the protesters. Foster was carrying an AK-47 rifle for protection, as allowed by Texas’ open-carry law.

    As Foster approached the car, telling the driver to “move on, move on,” Daniel Perry, a 30-year-old US Army sergeant, took out his own gun, a .357 Magnum revolver, shot Foster five times through the car’s window and fled the scene. Foster, who like Perry was white, died at the scene.

    Later, Perry called the police and reported his version of what happened. Seeking to shield himself behind Texas’s expansive Stand Your Ground Law, Perry claimed he shot in self-defense after Foster came toward him with his AK-47 slung over his shoulder. None of the witnesses reported seeing Foster point his weapon toward Perry or his car. And video of the incident showed Foster keeping his rifle at what gun enthusiasts call the “low-ready” position.

    Almost before Foster’s blood had dried, Perry had become a hero of the vigilante right, an adult version of the man-child Kyle Rittenhouse. And a Texan, too, with all that implies in the mythology of American masculinity. Perry was portrayed as a brawny defender of the civil order, a regular American who’d struck back at the lawlessness and anarchy, which many conservative blowhards fumed, had taken over the streets of urban America after the murder of George Floyd.

    June

    + Since Eric Adams became mayor of New York City complaints against the NYPD have spiked to a 12-year high, according to the city’s Citizen Complaint Review Board. Among the as NYC’s police watchdog agency cracks down on officers wearing ‘white supremacist’ morale patches on duty. Among the complaints investigated by the watchdog agency are reports of NYPD cops wearing white supremacist patches on their body armor: “The skull patch on subject officer 2’s uniform was a specific imagery commonly used by white supremacist groups. Subject Officer 2 stated that the patch was a gift, and the skull insignia did not have offensive connotations. The investigation found that the display of the patch on subject officer 2’s uniform was discourteous and offensive.”

    + Kudos to the NYPL for taking a direct shot at NYC’s ridiculous mayor, Eric Adams, who wants to shovel more and more money to the police at the expense of the city’s libraries…

    + Meanwhile, the NYPD spent $22 million for “ShotSpotter” surveillance technology that was supposed to detect incidents of gunfire in the city. However, an audit of 8 months of ShotSpotter alerts found that 87% of the timeNYPD officers were dispatched to a scene, there was no evidence of a shooting.

    + For decades, prosecutors in Alameda County, California (Oakland) have sought to exclude Jews and blacks from juries in death penalty cases. The handwritten records show numerous examples of DAs marking down when jurors appeared to be Jewish, disparaging Black women and using explicitly anti-gay slurs.

    + Last year saw the lowest rate of violent crime in the US in 50 years. So far this year the violent crime rate has fallen by another 15%.

    + There were only 13 homicides in Baltimore in all of May. From 2015 to 2022, the city averaged more than 32 victims each May. 13 is one of the lowest number of victims for the month of May in the city’s modern history (since 1970). Homicides in Charm City are down by more than 48% since 2022

    + More people were killed by US Customs and Border Patrol (171) in 2022 than died at the Berlin Wall in its entire 28-year existence (136).

    + Biden: “What do you think Trump would have done on January 6 if Black Americans had stormed the Capitol? I don’t think he would be talking about pardons. This is the same guy who wanted to tear gas you as you peacefully protested George Floyd’s murder.” Uh, the Portland Police Department, in one of the most “liberal” cities in the US, drenched so many protesters and nearby neighborhoods in tear gas that a war crimes team was called in to investigate it…

    + The price of freedom!  The first five months of U.S. gun violence in 2024, as of June:

    •7,038 gun deaths

    •13,154 gun injuries

    •195 mass shootings

    •322 children shot

    •1,864 teenagers shot

    •530 incidents of defensive gun use

    •593 unintentional shootings

    •286 murder-suicides

    + Psychological torture by cop in Fortuna, California: After Thomas Perez reported his elderly father missing, Fortuna cops hauled him in for a 17-hour interrogation, during which they threatened to kill his dog, and badgered him into falsely confessing to having murdered his dad. But unbeknownst to the cops, Perez’s dad was alive.

    + At least 20 elementary school children in San Bruno, California were sickened by a San Francisco Sheriff’s Office training a half-mile away from ingesting decades-old chemical weapons after officers were invited to bring and use up outside munitions.

    + An Indiana sheriff paid child support for his secret child with the county auditor by using the local volunteer firefighter association’s credit card.

    + Apache County, Arizona doesn’t have an animal shelter. So the cops round up homeless dogs, shoot them and dump the bodies by the railroad tracks.

    July

    “It is silly to go on pretending that under the skin we are brothers. The truth is more likely that under the skin we are all cannibals, assassins, traitors, liars and hypocrites.”

    — Henry Miller

    + Last Saturday a 20-year-old kitchen worker named Thomas Crooks, described as a loner nerd by friends, asked his father if he could borrow the family AR-15 semi-automatic rifle for some target practice at the local shooting range. Dad handed him the gun and sent young Tom on his way. But Tom bypassed the shooting range and drove 45 miles north from Bethel Park to Butler, Pennsylvania, where Donald Trump was presiding over an outdoor rally. Along the way, Crooks stopped to load up with 50 rounds of ammo and buy a five-foot tall ladder. 

    Crooks arrived at the scene in Butler after the Secret Service and local cops had swept the area. He used his ladder to climb to the roof of a small warehouse about 450 feet from where Trump was speaking. The warehouse was outside of the primary security area under the supervision of the Secret Service and had been handed over to local police and sheriffs, those heroic figures so often valorized as the “sovereign leaders” of rural America by MAGA. Three police snipers were inside the building Crooks used as his shooting perch, but none of them were on the roof.

    Several rally-goers told the local police they’d seen a man (or man-child) walking the perimeter of the site and then climbing onto the roof with a gun. Butler County Sheriff Michael Slupe said one of his deputies climbed to the roof and encountered Crooks, who saw the officer and turned toward him, pointing his AR-15. Rather than confront Crooks, the deputy dropped to safety. A few seconds later Crooks started firing. One of his eight shots nicked Trump’s ear (no stitches needed) and others hit three people at the rally, killing one and seriously wounding two. Crooks was then shot and killed by the Secret Service’s “counter-sniper team.” He was wearing a T-shirt with the logo from Demolition Ranch, a youtube channel featuring gun and demolition porn.

    Trump, dribbles of blood streaked across his face, was marshaled off the stage by the Secret Service, while pumping his fist and shouting, “Fight! Fight! Fight!” Trump was taken to a local hospital, where his ear was swabbed, and he was quickly sent on his way. Trump spent much of the next day playing golf.

    As for Trump’s would-be assassin, Crooks didn’t seem overtly political. His politics were the politics of the gun. He searched online for the names of Biden and Trump, equally, it seemed and was likely to have pulled the trigger on the first one who entered the sights of his AR-15. There was just a dime’s worth of difference between them as far as he was concerned. Crooks is the next variation on Kyle Rittenhouse, a fucked up white kid, working a dead-end job in a shabbily run nursing home, who ventured forth bound for glory with a semi-automatic rifle in the Republic of the Shooter.

    +++

    + Crooks fits the profile of every young, alienated white mass shooter since Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold walked into the lunchroom at Columbine looking to settle scores with anyone who’d bullied, laughed at or ignored them in gym class–only now the semi-automatic rifles can be bought more easily, openly carried nearly everywhere and amped up to full-auto with a bump stock.

    + Laura Bassett: “A white Republican man shot a white Republican man because of critical race theory?”

    + One of Crooks’ classmates at Bethel Park High School told the New York Timesthat as a freshman Crooks became a frequent object of ridicule by bullies at the school. “Those other kids would always say, ‘Hey, look, at the school shooter over there. They would tease him about his poor hygiene, body odor. He was an easy target.”

    + The family of Trump’s would-be assassin Thomas Crooks is listed in a 2016 Trump campaign database as gun-owning Republicans who live a “gun-owning lifestyle.” The Trump campaign targeted them for pro-gun messaging. When the FBI searched the Crooks’s home, they found more than a dozen guns.

    + There’s no question that the Trump shooting will increase the power of the very same “Deep State” institutions so many MAGA people fear and believe were behind the plot to assassinate him.

    + FDR not only survived an attempted coup plotted by Wall Street tycoons in 1933 but he was also shot at while riding in an open car in Miami during that same year. One of the errant bullets killed the Mayor of Chicago, Anton Cermak.

    + Nixon after George Wallace was shot in 1972 at the Laurel Shopping Center parking lot in suburban DC: “We must all stand together to eliminate this vicious threat to our public life. We must not permit the shadow of violence to fall over our country again.” There’s no originality to American politics anymore. The same trite banalities are recycled over and over.

    + Trump was shot with a 5.56×45mm bullet, commonly called a Five-Five-Six NATO round– the standard cartridge for NATO rifles. No way the US stays in NATO if he’s reelected.

    Five-Five-Six NATO round.

    +++

    + Coast Guard gunboats are patrolling the canals of Milwaukee during the RNC Convention. This will probably soon become a permanent feature of all urban waterways in the US…

    + An executive of the gay dating app Grindr described the Republican National Convention as “basically Grindr’s Super Bowl.”

    + Tuesday was Back the Blue night at the GOP convention. It says something about the truly perverse psychological state of American politics that the RNC convention spent last night heaping praise on law enforcement days after local police retreated from confronting the Trump shooter, while in Milwaukee out-of-town cops providing “security” for the RNC gunned down an unarmed black homeless veteran as a threat more than a mile from the convention.

    + Samuel Sharpe, a homeless Black veteran who was a regular at an encampment in downtown Milwaukee, was shot and killed by police today. Not by Milwaukee Police, but by a Columbus, Ohio police officer, in town to help police the RNC Convention, who shot Sharpe a mile from the convention. “Why are cops from Ohio way out here?” asked David Porter, a friend of Sharpe’s. “Had that been Milwaukee PD that man would be alive right now. I know that because they know him.”

    + As if to emphasize their indifference to the victims of the shooting, they’re having an AR-15 giveaway at the GOP convention…

    + Days after a 20-year-old tried to nail Trump with an AR-15, a federal appeals court ruled that Minnesota’s law requiring people to be at least 21 to carry a handgun in public is unconstitutional.

    + While the Democrats–for some reason comprehensible only to Democrats–have “paused” fundraising after the failed assassination attempt, a Trump-owned company is selling sneakers for $299 a pair with an image of his bloodied face after the rally shooting…

    August

    Grayson fires three shots at Sonya Massey, while his partner watches with gun drawn.

    Deputy Sean Grayson didn’t turn on his body camera until after he’d shot Sonya Massey three times. This is probably why he thought he could get away with saying he killed Massey in self-defense, as she was charging toward him with a pot of boiling water. What Grayson didn’t realize is that his partner’s body cam recorded the entire fatal encounter, showing that the diminutive, unarmed Massey was hiding from the Springfield deputy, when Grayson walked around the kitchen counter, shot her in the face and left her to bleed out. Then he lied about it…lies that were caught on tape and exposed as lies on tape.

    Grayson should never have been hired as a cop. His record contains one blemish and red flag after another, starting with his abbreviated career in the US Army. Sean Grayson joined the Army in May 2014, but his career as a wheeled vehicle mechanic lasted less than two years, before he was discharged for “misconduct, (serious offense).” During his time in the Army, Grayson pleaded guilty to charges of driving under the influence. Shortly after his discharge, he was arrested again for drunk driving. On his application for a job with the Logan County Sheriff’s Department, Grayson said he had been drunk “a lot” in his life.

    Despite this dubious resume, Grayson received his law enforcement certification in 2021 and over the next three years was hired by six different law enforcement agencies: the town police departments of Pawnee, Kincaid, Virden and Auburn, Illinois and the sheriff’s offices in Logan and Sangamon Counties. For the first couple of years as a cop, Grayson was only paid $17.50 an hour, but he was compensated by gaining the authority to exert power over people making much more or nothing at all.

    While working as a deputy for Logan County, Grayson was disciplined by the department for a high-speed vehicle chase that resulted in him wrecking his cruiser after hitting a deer. It was determined that Grayson had violated department policy on vehicle pursuits. 

    Two complaints were filed against Grayson during his short stint in Logan County, one by a woman who accused him of “inappropriate behavior” during an arrest and another by a jail inmate who claimed Grayson had “abused his power” during an interrogation in his cell. Neither complaint led to any charges or disciplinary action.

    In another incident last year, Grayson became irate when Wayman Meredith, police chief of Girard, Illinois, refused to call child protective services on a woman outside of Grayson’s mother’s home.  “He was acting like a bully,” Meredith told CBS News. “He was wanting me to do stuff that was not kosher.”

    Audio recordings obtained by CBS News show that two years before he shot Sonya Massey, Grayson was reprimanded for falsifying information in his police reports while working for the Logan County sheriff’s office.

    “If we can’t trust what you say and what you see, we can’t have you in our uniform,” a supervisor can be heard telling Grayson on one of the tapes. “The sheriff and I will not tolerate lying or deception…Officers [like you] have been charged and they end up in jail.”

    Grayson had been fired by the town of Kincaid’s police department because he refused to live within ten miles of the city limits and he left his job with the Virden police department without giving any notice. “He just stopped covering shifts,” a department spokesman said. He spent less than a year with the Auburn police department before leaving that post to Sangamon County Sheriff’s Office, where he was employed on the night he got the call about a possible prowler outside Sonya Massey’s house in Springfield, Illinois.

    +++

    Grayson interviews Sonya Massey on her porch.

    A little before one in the morning on July 6, Massey, a 36-year-old Black woman struggling with emotional issues, called 911 to report that she believed an intruder was trying to break into her home. Grayson and his partner, still unidentified, pulled up to the address, parked their cruiser and searched the front and backyards of Massey’s house. Finding no one or any sign of a break-in, Grayson and his partner went to the front porch. Grayson pounds four or five times on the door and brusquely, yells: “Are you coming to the door or not? All right. Hurry up!”

    Massey finally opens the door, holding a cell phone.  

    Massey says, “I called for help.”

    Grayson, who looms over her, replies: “What do you want help with?”

    “I heard somebody outside,” Massey says.

    “Yeah, we checked your house,” Grayson says. “We checked your backyard. I walked all the way through all these backyards. We checked the front yard. We didn’t see nobody. Nobody’s out.”

    Massey, a thin woman in a nightgown who weighed only 110 pounds, seemed to be calm, as the deputies questioned her about her 911 call and a car in her driveway. Massey told the two cops that the car, a black SUV with a smashed window, wasn’t hers. The unidentified deputy leaves for a couple of minutes to write down the license plate number of the car and call it into the station. After he returns to the porch, the deputies enter the house with Massey. Once inside, Grayson asks Massey, who is sitting on a sofa, for her ID, “A driver’s license will do, and I’ll get out of your hair.” 

    Grayson and his partner ask Massey for her ID, then tell her to remove a steaming pot from her stove.

    While the other deputy searches the house, Massey rummages through her purse and then flips through a stack of papers looking for her license. “I’ve got papers, I’ll show you my papers,” Massey says, anxiously.

    Looking a little confused now, Massey, who was recovering from a recent surgery, asks Grayson to hand her a Bible. Whatever the deputies are thinking at this point, they haven’t read Massey her Miranda Rights or placed her under arrest. In fact, Grayson tells her, “Don’t worry, you’re not in trouble.”

    One of the deputies notices a pot of steaming water on the gas stove in Massey’s kitchen and asks her to turn it off, saying “We don’t need a fire while we are here.” Massey gets up walks into the kitchen, turns the burner off and removes the pot of water. As she’s holding it, the unidentified deputy takes a couple of steps backward. 

    Massey ask why the cops are moving back, as she turns off the stove and removes the pot of water.

    “Why are you going?” Massey asks.

    “Away from that steaming water,” the deputy says.

    “Oh, the steaming water?” Massey says. “Then I rebuke you in the name of Jesus.”

    “Huh?” the deputy asks.

    “I rebuke you in the name of Jesus,” Massey repeats.

    “You better fucking not or I swear to God I’ll fucking shoot you in the fucking face,” Grayson yells, as he draws his 9MM gun (not his TASER or his mace) and points it at Massey. The other deputy, who is standing to Grayson’s right, also draws his gun.

    Grayson aims his gun at Massey as she says, “I’m sorry.”

    Massey puts her hands and says, “I’m sorry.” Then she ducks behind a breakfast bar.

    Grayson moves a couple steps to his right, yells: “Drop the fucking pot, drop the fucking pot.” Then he fires three shots. One of the shots hits Massey in the face below her left eye. As he stands over her body, Grayson again yells, “Drop the fucking pot.” The other deputy shouts into his radio, “Shots fired. Shots fired.” At this point, the cops had been in Massey’s house for less than three minutes.

    Grayson’s partner radios dispatch: “Headshot wounded female. 1078.” 

    Only now does Grayson turn his body camera on.

    The deputy puts his gun in his holster and tells Grayson,” I’m going to go get my [medical] kit.”

    Grayson says, “Nah, she’s done. You can go get it, but that’s a headshot.” Then Grayson tells his partner, “I’m not taking boiling water to the fucking head and look it came right to our feet, too. God damn it.”

    “Are you good,” the deputy asks Grayson.

    “Yeah, I’m good. Let her fucking just…What are you going to do, man?”

    The deputy leaves to get his medical kit. Grayson walks back into the living room and paces around muttering. He makes no attempt to render any medical aid to Massey. 

    When the deputy returns and applies pressure to Massey’s bullet wound, he tells Grayson she has a pulse and is gasping for breath. 

    Finally, Grayson walks out of the house to the patrol car. He comes back with his medical kit and asks if there’s anything he can do. When he’s told no, Grayson responds, “All right, I’m not even gonna waste my med stuff then.” 

    When the paramedics arrive, the two deputies struggle to remember Massey’s name. The paramedics tell the cops, they’d been there earlier in the day. Massey had been recovering from a recent surgery.

    When other deputies arrive at the scene, they ask Grayson if he’s doing okay. He says, “Yeah, I’m okay. This fucking bitch is crazy.”

    Grayson tells another deputy at the scene, “She set it up on purpose, so it is what it is.” 

    “Where’s the gun?” one deputy asks Grayson.

    “No, she had boiling water and came at me with boiling water,” Grayson says. “She said she was going to rebuke me in the name of Jesus and came at (me) with boiling water.”

    Crime scene tape is deployed around Massey’s house, as Grayson falsely tells his fellow cops that she charged toward him with a pot of boiling water.

    One of the last images on the body cam footage shows the deputy who, unlike Grayson, tried to save Massey’s life standing at the back of his patrol car, wiping her blood from his hands. Another deputy asks him, “You good?”

    “I’m fine,” he says. “I’m going to chill in my car for a second. Camera’s off.”

    Sonya Massey, mother of two, was pronounced dead on arrival at the hospital, making her the 701st person killed by police this year. (Another 59 people have been killed by police since Massey’s death on July 6.)

    +++

    + The tribute to the Central Park 5 at the DNC was moving. But given all the robust bragging this week about how she went after “street crime” in SF is there any doubt that Harris would have aggressively prosecuted the Central Park 5 had she been DA in NYC at the time?

    + A new database by Mapping Police Violence shows that police in the US use violence against more than 300,000 people every year and that incidents of police violence–tasers, pepper stay and tear gas, police dog attacks, neck restraints, rubber bullets and baton strikes–have risen since the George Floyd protests.

    + Cops are now starting to use AI Chatboxes to write their arrest reports. The device is being marketed by Axon, the company behind Tasers and body cameras. What could go wrong, HAL? 

    + At least six infants have been abandoned in Houston since June. The state’s abortion ban seems to working as planned…

    + This week police in Nassau County on Long Island made their first arrestunder a new law banning face masks, because of the backlash against anti-genocide protests and rightwing hysteria about COVID-era mandates. The arrestee? An 18-year-old Latino boy.

    + Ain’t no justice: A judge dropped charges against some of the Louisville cops involved in the shooting of Breonna Taylor, saying that Taylor’s boyfriend was largest responsible for her killing: “There is no direct link between the warrantless entry and Taylor’s death.”

    + For the first time in more than 10 years, the Democratic Party platform included no mention of eliminating the death penalty.

    + When homicides in Philadelphia went up during the pandemic, the press was quick to blame the rise on the policies of progressive DA Larry Krassner. Last year But years homicides in Philly fell by 24.9% and are down another 41.1% this year with no coverage giving credit to Krassner.

    + Already under fire for making thousands of traffic stops targeting Black neighborhoods, now comes news that the Chicago Police Department made over 200,000 secret stops last year alone in violation of a 2003 law requiring them to document every traffic encounter.

    + Newly released text messages from the NYPD’s notorious Strategic Response Group, show that before a BLM protest in June 2020, where police pepper-sprayed, beat and arrested hundreds of people, members of the unit were encouraged to be aggressive. In one message a day before the planned protest, Captain Julio Delgado told his officers: “We’re looking for arrests.” And followed this up by saying, “Can we plz play too?” As the protests were unfolding, Detective Jessica Delgado texted Delgado to “Kick their asses tonight Capt!.” 

    + Shortly after receiving the surprise endorsement of the Phoenix Police Union, Rep. Rueben Gallegos, running for US senate in Arizona against MAGA-fixture Kari Lake, Gallego, sent a letter to the US Department of Justice asking them to call off its investigations against the Phoenix police and its effort to bring the department under a consent decree.

    + Albuquerque Police Chief Harold Medina says cops have a “Fifth Amendment” right to turn their body cameras off.

    September

    + The school year in America hasn’t officially opened until there’s been a school shooting.

    + School shootings are American Exceptionalism in action. No other country does them like we do. None even come close. USA! NRA! USA! NRA! USA! NRA!

    + A country that tolerates the routine shootings of its own school children as the cost of doing business in our weird notion of a “free society” is unlikely to feel any empathy for Palestinian children killed by the weapons we sell Israel. Violence is our chief export; indifference to the bloodshed is our national characteristic.

    + While crouched in a classroom with her classmates as bullets were firing from the shooter’s AR-25 down the hall, a  16-year-old student texted her mother “I know I’ve not been a perfect daughter. I love you. I’m sorry.” This is how we build character in America.

    + Two public school teachers were murdered today protecting their students. Let the smears on them as brainwashing purveyors of communism, gender ideology and critical race theory begin…

    + Last year, the shooter threatened to kill people at school. Because there wasn’t “probable cause,” the FBI made no arrests and Georgia lacks a red flag law, the local police didn’t remove guns from the then 13-year-old’s home.

    + The father of the Georgia school shooter told the Georgia Bureau of Investigation that he purchased the AR-15 rifle for his troubled son as a Christmas present, just as Jesus would’ve wanted his birth celebrated.

    + I wonder where Dad got the idea?

    Xmas card of Rep. Andy Ogles, GOP-TN.

    Xmas card of Rep. Lauren Boebert, GOP-CO.

    Xmas card from Nevada lawmaker Michele Fiore.

    Xmas message of Rep. Thomas Massey, GOP-KY.

    + JD Vance, who now speaks at outdoor rallies inside a box of bulletproof glass, said that school shootings are now “a fact of life” in America.

    You take the good
    You take the bad
    You take them both and there you have
    The facts of life
    The facts of life

    + Number of school shootings in the US by year…

    2024: 45
    2023: 82
    2022: 79
    2021: 73
    2020: 22 (Pandemic school closures)
    2019: 52
    2018: 44
    2017: 42
    2016: 51
    2015: 37
    2014: 36
    2013: 26
    2012: 13
    2011: 15
    2010: 13
    2009: 22
    2008: 18

    + States with the highest per capita school shootings since 2008

    Louisiana: 32 shootings; 0.69 shootings per 100,000 people
    Maryland: 32 shootings; 0.52 shootings per 100,000 people13 s
    Alabama: 25 shootings; 0.50 shootings per 100,000 people
    Tennessee: 33 shootings; 0.48 shootings per 100,000 people
    Mississippi: 13 shootings; 0.44 shootings per 100,000 people
    Arkansas: 13 shootings; 0.43 shootings per 100,000 people
    North Carolina: 41 shootings; 0.41 shootings per 100,000 people
    Georgia: 41 shootings; 0.38 shootings per 100,000 people

    +++

    + Policing in America: Last Sunday, two NYPD cops started chasing a suspected subway fare evader. They tried tasering Derrell Mickles twice, but he kept running, jumped off the L train and allegedly pulled out a knife, prompting the cops to pull out their guns and shoot the suspect multiple times in the stomach. They also shot a male bystander in the head (who was later declared brain dead), a woman bystander in the leg and another cop in the armpit–all over a $2.90 unpaid subway fare. Mickels’ mother said she had no idea her son was shot. An officer left a business card at her door the day of the shooting, but she had no idea why.

    + A witness said that the alleged farebeater was walking away from police when he was tasered and then shot at nine times. The witness also says Mickles’ hands were in his pockets and that he never saw a knife.

    + Some may recall the role a mysterious knife played in the justification for arresting Freddie Gray, who Baltimore police beat up and killed during a “rough ride” in a police van. The cops said they initially stopped and arrested Gray for possession of a switchblade knife that later turned out to be a pocket knife legal under Maryland law, which the cops only found after they’d already detained him.

    + NYPD Tasers fail 40% of the time.

    + Embattled NY Mayor Eric Adams said that the NYPD cops showed admirable “restraint’ in the subway shooting. How many more bystanders should they have taken out over the $2.90 fare, Mr. Mayor?

    + Before former cop Adams was elected Mayor in 2022, the NYPD overtime pay for patrolling the subway cost the city $4 million annually. It’s now $155 million.

    + What’s interesting about this crime scare-story from the NY Daily News is that the NYPD can count their own police shootings to boost the crime stat numbers. As Rebecca Kavanaugh pointed out, the “Beware of Strangers” story “cited NYPD statistics showing 14 people killed by strangers in 2020 and 26 in 2021. What it didn’t mention is that 8 of the 2020 and 5 of the 2021 killings were by police.”

    + New York State judges allowed prosecutors to introduce evidence in more than 400 cases that appellate courts later determined police had obtained illegally.

    + Over the last couple of decades, 163 police agencies across California allowed cops charged with misconduct to quietly retire in exchange for permanently burying the misconduct cases. The cops then soon get hired for other police jobs. All of these backroom deals were engineered by the same police lobby group.

    + Two days before the state of South Carolina was scheduled to execute Khalil Divine Black Sun Allah, 46, the prosecution’s key witness at trial, Steven Golden, came forward to admit he lied at trial and that Khalil is innocent: “I don’t want [Khalil] to be executed for something he didn’t do.”

    + In order to more repressively police its students, the University of the University of California announced a list of military weaponry it wants to escalate its warfare on its students: 

    + 3000 rounds of pepper munitions
    + 500 rounds of 40mm impact munitions
    + 12 drones
    + Nine grenade launchers 

    + The US is no longer the world’s leading jailer. Even though the incarceration rate in the States has remained steady, it has been surpassed by the mass arrests taking place in El Salvador. Under the repressive Bukele regime, the incarceration rate in El Salvador has soared to nearly twice the rate in the US. 

    + Trump: “My parents would drop me off at a subway and I’d go to Union Turnpike, or I’d go to wherever. They had no fear that I was going to be disappearing. They would take me to a subway, put me on, and say, bye, darling, bye.” The murder rate in NYC in 1960, when Trump was 14, was nearly twice what it is today.

    + The sheriff of Letcher County, Kentucky, was arrested after shooting a judge at the county courthouse. But he didn’t shoot the deputy…

    November

    + Tucker Carlson, campaigning for Trump as the angry, daughter-spanking Dad America needs: “There has to be a point at which dad comes home…Dad comes home, and he’s pissed…You know what he says? ‘You’ve been a bad little girl, and you’re getting a vigorous spanking right now.’”

    + People magazine, not The Nation…

    + When asked about the possibility of political executions, Michael Flynn vowed that the Gates of Hell” will be opened if Trump is reelected.

    + An investigation by NPR found that Donald Trump has threatened to prosecute, investigate, arrest or otherwise punish perceived enemies more than 100 times since 2022.

    + Infants in the US have died at higher rates after abortion bans went into effect, according to a study published in JAMA Pediatrics. This is evidence of a national ripple effect, regardless of state-level status,” said Dr. Parvati Singh, an assistant professor of epidemiology with The Ohio State University College of Public Health and lead author of the new study The health of infants and children has never been an issue for most of the anti-abortion movement.

    + After Kim Paseka learned that she was carrying a non-viable pregnancy, she said she “felt like a walking coffin.” Paseka lives in Nebraska, which has implemented a 12-week ban on abortions and because Paseka wasn’t raped and the pregnancy didn’t pose an immediate threat to her life, her doctors told her there was nothing they could do. “I had to go back to the hospital for three more scans, Paseka said, “where I had to see the heartbeat weaken further week by week, and during this whole time, I’m so nauseous, I’m tired I’m experiencing all the regular pregnancy symptoms, but I was carrying a non-viable pregnancy.” It took nearly four weeks for Paseka to miscarry at home.

    + In a ruling striking down Ohio’s abortion restrictions, Judge Christian Jenkins cited the fact that Ohio’s Republican AG Dave Yost asked him to ignore the state’s new constitutional amendment and uphold anti-abortion laws anyway. Jenkins refused.

    + The Florida official who sent letters threatening TV stations for airing pro-choice ads has filed a declaration in federal court stating that (1) DeSantis’ office directed him to send them, and (2) he resigned rather than send more.

    + Locate X is a US government-bought tool that tracks phones worldwide without a warrant. It’s now being used to track phones at abortion clinics. Joe Cox at 404 Media obtained leaked records of the tracking device in action and watched a phone go from Alabama to an abortion clinic and back again…

    + A lawsuit filed in Norfolk, Virginia, by the Institute for Justice argues that the warrantless use of Flock surveillance cameras, which are now in 5,000 different US cities, is unconstitutional under the Fourth Amendment: “It is functionally impossible for people to drive anywhere without having their movements tracked, photographed, and stored in an AI-assisted database that enables the warrantless surveillance of their every move. This civil rights lawsuit seeks to end this dragnet surveillance program.”

    + An investigation by the Associated Press found that nearly 100 people in the US were killed or injured since 2017 in plots that included US military or veterans, most of them in service of a far-right agenda. According to the AP: “the No. 1 predictor of being classified as a mass casualty offender was having a U.S. military background – that outranked mental health problems, that outranked being a loner, that outranked having a previous criminal history or substance abuse issues.”

    + While testifying against legalizing medical marijuana, Kansas Peace Officers Association Vice President Braden Moore says he doesn’t want the pungent odor in his state. “It’s not conducive to the state of Kansas, I don’t believe.” The Official State Smell of Kansas: Industrial Hog Farms.

    + U.S. Special Operations Command is developing AI-generated social media users that “Appear to be a unique individual that is recognizable as human but does not exist in the real world” for intelligence-gathering purposes.

    +++

    + Kristi Neom, Trump’s choice to run the Dept. of Homeland Security, is banned from stepping foot on every tribal reservation in South Dakota after repeatedly slandering the tribes as acting like subsidiaries of the Mexican drug cartels…

    + The party that obsessed over the seizure and killing of P-Nut the Squirrel and Fred the Raccoon is about to make a confessed puppy killer the head of a national department that can do warrantless no-knock raids, where dogs are often killed merely for barking.

    + Sen Markwayne Mullin on Trump’s AG pick Matt Gaetz: “The first time I ever met this guy, he walked up to me, and Kristi Noem was at the podium. We were just elected, so we were going through orientation. And he walked up to me and said, ‘Man, she’s a fine bitch!’” Cabinet meetings should be a blast! Does Corey Lewandowski, with whom Noem has become especially intimate, according to reporting by Ken Silverstein, know about this?

    + Back in April, Rep. Tony Gonzalez (R-Arizona) had this to say on CNN about Matt Gaetz: “I serve with some real scumbags. Matt Gaetz, he paid minors to have sex with him at drug parties.”

    + “I hereby resign as a US representative…effective immediately, and I do not intend to take the oath of office for the same office in the 119th Congress. To pursue the position of attorney general in the Trump administration. Signed, sincerely, Matt Gaetz.”

    + The House Ethics Committee has been investigating Gaetz since 2021. Gaetz resigned from Congress on the same day Trump announced his plans to nominate him for Attorney General and two days before the House Ethics Committee was set to vote on releasing its “highly damaging” report outlining its investigation into the Republican for sexual misconduct. The committee loses its jurisdiction over Gaetz after he leaves Congress.

    + John Clune, the attorney for the woman at the center of the child sex trafficking allegations involving Gaetz, is urging the committee to release its report, saying, “She was a high school student, and there were witnesses.”

    + After being told of Gaetz’s nomination for Attorney General, Rep. Mike Simpson (R-Idaho) said: “Are you shittin’ me?”

    + Charlie Sykes, a former Republican congressman from Ohio: “Appointing Gaetz as attorney general is designed to trigger the Libs. In reality, it is humiliating the Senate’s new GOP majority. Before they even take office.”

    + To Gaetz’s credit, he has called on Trump to pardon Edward Snowden…

    December

    + Not only does Trump want to use the military in his mass deportation scheme, but he has also vowed to  invoke the Insurrection Act to use the US Army “to get crime out of our cities.” He has specifically mentioned sending federal troops into the “crime dens” of Chicago and New York City. During a campaign rally in Iowa this fall, Trump declared: “You look at what is happening to our country — we cannot let it happen any longer. Because you are not supposed to be involved in that, you just have to be asked by the governor or the mayor to come in; the next time, I am not waiting.”

    + The US is currently experiencing 41 “national emergencies.” One of them, which Jimmy Carter declared in 1979, involves freezing Iranian assets and remains in force.

    + Unless, of course, the emergency orders actually help people…

    + The mass arrests and deportations could all, well, go south very quickly. It turns out that public support for deportations in the US varies wildly, from 62% to 33%. The answer depends entirely on how the question is asked…

    + A 2022 study by a team of Stanford economists estimates that nearly a quarter of all US innovation since 1976 has been produced by high-skilled, foreign-born individuals, despite the US’s relatively onerous immigration requirements.

    + This week, Governor Greg Abbott offered 1,600 acres of Texas land for the incoming Trump administration to build detention camps for migrants.

    + Katherine Yon Ebright, Brennan Center: There is no plausible basis for saying that migration or narcotics trafficking constitutes an invasion or predatory incursion that would justify the president invoking the Alien Enemies Act. That law (deeply flawed as it is) is designed for wartime use.”

    + Jesse Watters on FoxNews: Watters: “If I was a migrant and I saw that Trump won, I’d pack my bags and get on the first flight to Nicaragua because here’s the other option: 6 AM ICE knocks on your door, puts you in a van. Your wife had already left for work. Where is she now?”

    + Watters is such a smug wheezebag that he could have gotten a job as the weekend press spokesman for Blinen’s State Department.

    +++

    + Special Forces Vet. Evan Hafer to Joe Rogan on Trump Declaring War on the Cartels: 

    “‘It is going to get wild come January 20th…If we declare war on the cartel, these dudes are not gonna understand what the fuck is going on. They are in for a world of ultra-violence they’ve never actually felt before … They have fucking no clue if we organize these Tier 1 units against them … What I would be doing if I was down there … I would be getting ready to retire right now because if Delta Force is hunting me, bro I would be so terrified.”

    + Let them force public school students to read the Scriptures and soon enough Texas schoolkids will hate the Bible as much as they do algebra and English comp…

    + Alexander Cockburn said that compulsory school prayer was the best inoculation against contracting the virus of Christianity in adulthood.

    + How can the people who constantly plead for a return to comity, civility, and decorum in politics–assuming there ever was such a prelapsarian state in the US–be counted on to fight the most outrageous policies pursued by people who don’t have those words in their vocabulary? 

    + MAGA Youth leader Josiah Moody says sexual intercourse should only be for procreation and that sex without procreation is “gay sex” and people who are infertile should remain celibate. But is it ok to spill Onan’s seed if you’re infertile?

    + A new analysis of NYPD’s “shotspotter” system shows that 83% of the street surveillance network’s alerts might not have been triggered by gunfire.

    + Baltimore is on track to end the year with fewer than 200 murders. 

    + Scared that someone might take his stuffed bunny, a 13-year-old with autism and intellectual disabilities in Tennessee told a teacher that his backpack might explode. The school called the police, who arrested the boy and charged him with a felony.

    + In the last 18 months, fentanyl deaths in the US have declined from nearly 10,000 a month to less than 6,000 a month. One reason may be the availability of NARCAN.

    + After Portland recriminalized street drugs, the Portland Police Bureauadmitted in a statement released Tuesday that Multnomah County’s drug addiction issues are “much more complex and cannot be solved solely by law enforcement activity.” How many times do they have to rediscover in a decade?

    +++

    + Biden in June on whether he’d pardon Hunter: “I am not going to do anything. I will abide by the jury’s decision.”

    + James Woods called Hunter Biden’s pardon a coverup of the “Biggest Criminal Operation in American History.” Back down, Jay Gould! Move over, Meyer Lanksy! Stand aside, Bernie Madoff! Try harder, Ken Lay! Back of the line, Marc Rich! Next time, Dick Cheney!

    + Before dismissing the charges against Hunter Biden, Federal Judge Mark Scarsi, a Trump appointee vetted by the Federalist Society, had a few words for the President: Judge Scarsi in CA dismisses Hunter Biden charges — but takes President Biden to task. “Two federal judges expressly rejected Mr. Biden’s arguments that the Government prosecuted Mr. Biden because of his familial relation. And the President’s own…DOJ oversaw the investigation. The President asserts that [Hunter] Biden ‘was treated differently’ from others ‘who were late paying their taxes because of serious addictions,’ implying that Mr. Biden was among those individuals who untimely paid taxes due to addiction. But he is not.”

    + Gavin Newsom, already angling for the next tough-on-crime Democrat from California with presidential aspirations, also condemned Biden’s pardon of Hunter:  “I took the president at his word. So, by definition, I’m disappointed and can’t support the decision.”

    + A YouGov poll asked: Do you approve or disapprove of Joe Biden’s decision to pardon his son Hunter Biden?

    Disapprove 50%
    Approve 34%
    Not sure 16%

    + The only issue I have with Biden (who has the stingiest pardon record of any modern president) pardoning his son is that in four years, he’s yet to show the same empathy for other people’s sons, moms, dads, brothers, and sisters. He should start by clearing death row and pardoning the victims of his own excessively punitive and racially motivated crime bills, many of whom are still rotting in federal prison or under federal supervision…

    + Recall that Biden was one of the bigwigs on the Senate Judiciary when it enacted a 100-to-1 crack versus powder cocaine sentencing disparity under which distribution of just 5 grams of crack carried a minimum 5-year federal prison sentence. In comparison, the distribution of 500 grams of powder cocaine carried the same 5-year mandatory minimum sentence.

    + There are 41 inmates on federal death row. If Biden doesn’t commute their death sentences, Trump will almost certainly try to kill them as quickly as he can.

    + I suppose Trump, given his animosity toward the FBI, would be more likely to finally free Leonard Peltier, a genuine political prisoner, from federal prison than Biden. Still, it’s time to right a 50-year-long injustice, Joe. Step up to the plate and do it. Then issue pardons for Reality Winner, Edward Snowdon, Julian Assange, Thomas Drake, Jeffrey Sterling, and Chelsea Manning.

    + People are saying that Biden’s pardon of Hunter is proof of his guilt, which is absurd. Innocent people are convicted every day in courts across the country. Some are executed (See: Marcellus Williams.) The only problem with the pardon power is that it isn’t used widely enough.

    + Yvonne Chisholm: “For 248 years, a POTUS never asked for immunity. Trump asked & was granted. Why? Because there’s absolutely nothing he won’t do. A Democrat POTUS will never get away with what Trump has & will do. The real thugs can stay mad… ”

    + Presidents have been committing crimes for 248 years with de facto immunity. None asked for it because they were never indicted for war crimes, surveilling US citizens without warrants, corruption, torture, and lying the country into war. The court made explicit what had been implied.

    + Even the “best” presidents did unspeakable things: Lincoln oversaw the largest mass execution in US history and FDR locked up 10s of thousands of American citizens of Japanese descent for no reason other than their race. Were there any other even remotely good ones? JQ Adams, maybe.

    + Of course, Bill Clinton foolishly rushed forth to claim that the pardon he gifted to his half-brother Roger for cocaine trafficking wasn’t comparable to Biden’s pardon of Hunter, which is an absurd thing to say. But what about Marc Rich, Bubba? 

    + The presidential pardon is a good thing. It should deployed much more generously.

    +++

    + Most Democrats kept their mouths shut after the dispiriting not-guilty verdict in the NYC subway vigilante case. Not Rep. Jasmine Crockett: “Jordan Neely was unarmed. He needed support and care.   Instead, he received a death sentence. His family grieves while the man who took his life walks free.”

    + A recent Gallup survey found that only 21% of Americans have a “great deal” or “quite a lot” of confidence in the country’s criminal justice system, down from 34% in 2004. I’d be surprised if this number doesn’t drop further under the incoming Trump administration.

    + Police horses as “therapy animals?”  I remember walking out of the Staple Center after being the “Al Gore analyst” for the BBC during the last night of the DNC in 2000 and watching LAPD officers on horseback trample screaming demonstrators in the “protest pen’ outside the stadium following RAtM’s performance…

    + Anita Dunn, one of Biden’s former top advisors, slammed the president’s pardon of Hunter: “A president who ran to restore the rule of law who has upheld the rule of law who has really defended the rule of law kind of saying, ‘Well, maybe not right now.’” Of course, it’s totally consistent with Biden’s flouting of the rule of international law when it comes to Gaza.

    + According to a poll from the AP, only 2 in 10 Americans approve of President Joe Biden’s decision to pardon his son Hunter after earlier promising he wouldn’t.

    + So Trump’s nominee for Surgeon General, Dr. Janette Nesheiwat, knocked over a box when she was 13. The box contained a gun, which discharged when it hit the floor, killing her father. Is this still a case of “guns don’t kill people, people kill people?”

    + The last eleven months of gun violence in the US…

    + 15,717 gun deaths

    + 29,985 gun injuries

    + 479 mass shootings

    + 741 children shot

    + 4,124 teenagers shot

    + 1,142 incidents of defensive gun use

    + 1,323 unintentional shootings

    + 632 murder-suicides

    Source: Gun Violence Archive.

    + Over a three-year period,  the Sheriff’s Office in Broward County, Florida, cooked its own crack cocaine so it could sell it to people that deputies would then arrest for buying crack cocaine. The DA’s office is attempting to clear the convictions.

    + On December 22, Biden commuted the sentences of 37 of the 40 people on federal death row to life in prison without parole. If the death penalty is “wrong” morally and constitutionally (cruel and unusual punishment), it’s wrong, period. Why not commute the sentences of all 40 inmates? How typical of Biden to leave the Death House door open and thereby undermine the unequivocal message he could have sent.

    + Police in the US killed at least 1273 people in 2024.

    The post The Sound of da Police: the Year Criminal Injustice appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

  • Industrial plant, Longview, Washington. Photo: Jeffrey St. Clair.

    One can be excused for worrying over what tomorrow might bring as expanded battle lines are redrawn across the globe, the world’s wealthiest nation ever consumes itself in a cataclysm of partisan hate amid a growing digital reformation, and unchecked carbon emissions continue to cause more environmental disaster by the day. Will nuclear conflict, machine control, or climate breakdown ultimately destroy our pale blue dot of a planet or is it all just more apocalyptic blather that never comes to pass?

    Not everyone agrees, aided and abetted by well-connected nay-sayers who stifle dissent and push disinformation to keep the status quo – business as usual, damn the consequences. Indeed, one has only to realize that the harbingers of doom all have the same goal – money. War keeps the arms dealers in business, tech-driven division stops us asking about corporate control, and fossil fuels reap untold riches in a protected petroleum economy as the earth grows warmer every year.

    Veracity is irrelevant if enough people believe. A 2021 University of New Hampshire survey, found that only 83% of Americans believe the earth revolves around the sun, 64% in anthropomorphic climate change, and 58% in human evolution, while a 2022 Pew survey showed that 39% (45% Republicans) believe we are actually living in the end times. Some even want to witness Armageddon in their own lifetime, hoping conflict in the biblical lands of Abraham, David, and Jesus will achieve their triumphant end. Comforted by the promise of more in another life, such fantasy grows with the body count across the Middle East. The UN secretary-general António Guterres has even called the situation in Gaza “apocalyptic.”

    The United States and Russia also control 12,000 nuclear warheads as they move closer to each other’s red lines in war-ravaged Ukraine, a more likely path to world destruction. Citing Russia’s 7 to 8% of GDP on defence spending, former Dutch prime minister and new NATO head, Mark Rutte, called on member countries to spend over 2% of GDP on defence, stating that NATO should “shift to a wartime mindset” and redirect money from “pensions, health, and social security.” Increased confrontation with China also threatens future warfare. Pushing the world closer to the edge, the atomic doomsday clock reads 23:58:30.

    As noted by statesmen and scientist Benjamin Franklin, “There never was a good war or a bad peace,” but rather than strengthening security via renewed diplomacy, militarism invites more danger as a thoroughly modern nuclear Armageddon ticks closer, started by nervous battlefield belligerents, a software glitch, or a Slim Pickens crazy. Some have even called for the nuclear briefcase to be restricted in case anyone wants to tempt the fates. Truth is what you make it, whether a long-sought requirement for entrance into the next world for the faithful or a symbolic end via the unthinkable for others.

    Thought to be written by St John the Divine circa 95 AD in a fit of anarchic allegory on the Aegean island of Patmos,the Book of Revelation oddly holds sway two millennia on, despite its long-expired prediction of “things which must shortly come to pass,” a mish-mash of convoluted messaging, and scattershot renderings of apocalyptic prophecy, including the end in a final battle between good and evil at a place called Armageddon. How we arrive at that fateful end is unknown, while none of us – the religious or the scientific – know the hour. Clearly, St John did not know of nuclear war when he wrote Revelation, but metaphor and myth can be just as dangerous. There will be no blaring of trumpets or angel calls.

    A biblical Armageddon seems crazy enough, yet the UNH survey found that many Americans either believe in or are unsure of demonstrable fictions: 19% flat earth, 25% the earth is not billions of years old, 28% microchip implant vaccinations, and 29% no NASA moon landing (more for Millennials and Trump supporters). The earth age is a bit misleading, because one may know the world wasn’t made in seven days as written in the Bible, although not the measured value of 4.5 billion years via uranium radiometric dating.

    Nonetheless, a significant percentage still believe the world is only 6,000 years old, thanks to the oddest biblical accounting in the 16th century by Bishop Ussher, who worked backwards from the begats in Matthew to calculate that creation began at “night fall preceding October 23, 4004 BC,” a very precise yet completely erroneous date. Seven of ten Americans also believe in astrology (83% Millennials, Harris, 2024), suggesting many seek to connect to a force beyond themselves, yet don’t know how. We may not survive a seventh millennium.

    Nor can we easily disregard the interpretation of those who believe these are the end days. As in the past, meaning is ripe for the picking. In John’s eschatological vision, seven is especially important (7 spirits, 7 angels, a lamb with the book of 7 seals, a 7-headed dragon) as are other ominous numerical baddies (4 horsemen, 4 beasts with 6 wings), including the second beast adorned with the infamous “666” mark. Some believe seven is perfection and thus six is one less. A presumed candidate in the first century was Nero, who fiddled as Rome burned. Emperors are often the fall guy when things go wrong and empires crumble.

    Although the end didn’t come then, conjecture remains. The Great Fire of London in 1666 brimmed with deadly potential as did the millennium bug of 2000, although the text clearly states 666 is “the number of a man.” With six letters in their names, Martin Luther, Adolph Hitler, and Joseph Stalin were all labelled as possible world-ending baddies. Ditto Albert Einstein (father of the bomb), Saddam Hussein (from “fallen Babylon”), and Ronald Wilson Reagan (“Star Wars” defence system).

    The hunt continues as Donald Trump returns to power, seated atop the US government, a second-coming if one wants to sound the alarm. If you do the math, via a simple substitution cipher (A = 1, B = 2, C = 3, …), it turns out “Antichrist is Donald John Trump” equals 333, which multiplied by 2 for his second administration equals 666. Scary stuff, but anyone can make up a cypher or quote scripture to see what they want in a Rorschach rendering of the future. Nor has cryptocurrency stopped us from buying or selling without the mark of the beast carved into our arms or foreheads – yet. Barcodes and microchip implants via forced vaccines have also been hailed as signs amid worry over world government and no borders.

    One can scare thyself silly about the possible meanings: Joseph and Benjamin led the last of the twelve tribes of Israel (Biden and Netanyahu?), warriors patrol territory by the Euphrates River that flows through the battlefields of Syria and Iraq, while the United States is home to thousands of flying eagles (albeit now an endangered species). A crown of 12 stars, virgin-male followers, dragon-female fights all feature – will Wales battle the European Union?

    Who cares if the text is gibberish as noted by Thomas Jefferson: “The ravings of a maniac, no more worthy, nor capable of explanation than the incoherences of our own nightly dreams.” In Apocalypse Now, Francis Ford Coppola reimagined Joseph Conrad’s The Heart of Darkness into a metaphor for human suffering and horror amid endless war, run by soulless administrators with barbaric goals, his cinematic take on the end days.

    In The Antichrist, Friedrich Nietzsche sees the end days as part of his vast criticism on Christianity, naming the Antichrist as the priesthood who use sin and redemption to control a watered-down religious life. To the would-be minister, son of a Protestant pastor, and unapologetic cultural critic, Nietzsche’s Antichrist is not a future mythical figure, but those who proclaim the goal of Christianity is to forgive presumed sins in a last judgement at the prescribed end, essentially a Pavlovian reward to escape today’s made-up misery.

    To Nietzsche, the priesthood – whether the synagogue, church, or upper echelons of government – is fundamentally anti-intellectual and must make science an enemy to oppose “the sound comprehension of cause and effect.” Faith is subjective and unprovable, whereas science is objective and provable, and thus must be disavowed at all costs lest the hierarchy of lies be exposed. Instead of liberating humankind, a weaponized Christianity designed by the main New Testament author Paul restrains our better instincts, creating an afterlife as a tool to control childlike masses and rule over an uninformed rabble.

    In today’s vernacular, disinformation is rampant, especially via social media that keeps us occupied with the trivial instead of sharing and celebrating verifiable truths. Citizenship becomes dumbed down to simple workmanship, while the mob is distracted by idiot entertainment, self-help nonsense, and non-stop selling. The Christian theological grip on truth remains anti-intellectual, anti-evolutionary, and anti-scientific, such as a preposterous belief in a 6,000-year-old earth made in seven days, while denial of obvious facts such as inequality, evolution, and global warming go hand in hand with control from above.

    To be sure, myth and mysticism can help explain the unexplainable. We are all alone in some way with our own worry about existence and the future. Belief in God or the moon in Jupiter offers hope, but using war as an apocalyptic flashpoint to witness the end is a myth too far, whether fought on Har Megiddo in northern Israel or delivered by a flurry of WWIII megaton nuclear warheads. Preventing war is the best option to achieve future happiness, including for the 14,400 select faithful jostling at the gates to enter the next world. Whatever happened to the blessed peacemakers in a religion of love?

    If the bombs don’t get us – divinely ordained or not – a widening political divide continues to fuel the fire of an America in disarray as the middle leaches to the extremes. Life is full of everyday conjecture, ominously so in an era of rigid opinion, hot-take judgements, and billionaire-controlled asocial media, but nowhere is the rhetoric more toxic than in the United States, where intransigence has become a negotiating tool in an increasingly bitter left-right rage. Anger over lost manufacturing jobs (especially to China), uncertain finances (as ever), and a nostalgic Archie Bunker binary “manosphere” (when “girls were girls and men were men”) add to the heat, stoked by a new breed of Internet alchemists.

    The coming revenge-filled second administration of Donald Trump – chief divider in a presumed less-than-great America – is increasing the heat even more as addictive social media brings out the worst in a carnival of hate, egged on by an unaccountable media more into mudslinging than mudraking. Trump may have other motives – White American growth, closed borders, and plutocratic rule – but the main goal is money. Witness the endless selling of Bibles, steaks, running shoes, pickleball paddles, hats, NFTs, suit fragments, …, even victory cologne as if an evangelical deodorant salesman selling to those who sweat for God and country. Everything is for sale, including government assets as the new libertarians prepare to strip anything that isn’t nailed down. Is government even needed in that America?

    Trump is the figurehead of a reformed muscular capitalism where “more is more,” falsely claiming greed as the way to higher living in a 24/7 infomercial. He is the standard bearer of redemption by consumption, opposing weak “love thy neighbor” liberal thinking after more than four decades of failed trickle-down neoliberal economics and globalism. Fear is the main tool, whether an afterlife withheld to the unrepentant or in the here and now as in obvious populist headlines or tweets, such as “Evil immigrant kills honest citizen while inept government looks on” or some other phony tabloid atrocity. Make America Great Again is another fake, quasi-religious claim about future salvation, financial or otherwise.

    In fact, true Christians act to reduce their enemies in this life rather than wait for salvation in the next. Good deeds and sharing matter more than perpetuating a priestly order over our souls. But that is of little concern to today’s fishermen doom-sayers, hell-bent on control, who purposely confuse New Testament love with Old Testament horror as they toddle off with our savings. Is it any wonder tax cuts accrue to the richest when they make the decisions, while corporations benefit from accompanying cutbacks in health, education, and environmental protection? As long as one can purchase the latest relics at Trump.com.

    The economic caste system keeps the poor stuck in mud, although few dare to point out excessive wealth as the reason, fingering sharing as a curse on individualism straight from the pages of Ayn Rand. The sugary platitudes include “The Lord helps those who help themselves,” standard libertarian sentiment for the able, yet no use to those unable to compete (and not in the real Bible). In fact, such bootstrap creation doesn’t exist, only extensions as British economist E. F. Schumacher noted in his 1973 Small is Beautiful: A Study of Economics as if People Mattered, where “the poor are more dependent on the rich than ever before, … gap-fillers for the rich.” Today, the old economics is even more rigged, further widening an already obscene inequality by insider deals and restricted-access technology.

    As noted by Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett in The Spirit Level: Why Equality is Better for Everyone, “As voters we have lost sight of any collective belief that society could be different. Instead of a better society, the only thing almost everyone strives for is to better their own position – as individuals – within the existing society.” Alas, it is difficult to unite against the greedy when Silicon Valley spends $394 million to sway the vote ($243 million by recent Trump convert Elon Musk). It is hard to include civic duty at the ballot box when votes are so easily bought and rarely make a difference.

    The free-market pendulum has been swinging to the right for decades, the New Deal sell-off starting with Ronald Reagan and his derisive “I’m from the government and here to help,” followed by Bill Clinton who repealed the 1933 post-crash Glass-Steagall Act that regulated bank investments, and Barack Obama’s 2009 bank bailout. Why not dismantle the rest and remove all government regulation? What will remain of the commons if everything is sold?

    As the digital behemoths gobble up local businesses in the name of presumed market efficiency, the growing tech takeover aims to make the wealthy even wealthier. Efficiency to the tech elites means no regulations, fairness forgotten in a “me-first” future MAGA world, where quantity matters over quality. In fact, regulation is needed more than ever to counter the proliferation of online lies, Internet scams, and fake AI-generated content. Without moderation, the Internet is another Wild West, a playground for the strongest according to classical economics and predatory capitalism. No country for weaklings in an evermore aggressive, push-button Wi-Fi and AI world.

    We are embarking on a French Revolution in reverse, restoring an aristocracy of wealth, with the king’s head glued on, well-connected as usual and proclaiming a religion of reborn greatness – Make Jesus Great Again. Trump and his billionaire cronies are readying democracy for the guillotine to restore an unabashed American priesthood, tithing included in every citizenship – a paywall Pravda – updates regularly installed at $9.99 per month.

    The goal is to replace bureaucratic and regulatory oversight with Silicon Valley savants, a lean, supposedly streamlined intermediary acting as gatekeeper to control the flow of information and money. The behavioural idealogues want to run the show like twinkling Mad Men singing from their consumerist hymn sheets. Paypal, Amazon, Facebook, and X are just four of the horsemen (X-men Musk might joke). Black Friday will be year round, run by the new cyber bullies raised to department heads. As in any gamed economy, the rich take the cash and the consumer is left holding the bill.

    Who better to lead an anti-intellectual battle against a message of equality, inclusivity, and diversity than a cabal of techno priests atop the triangle of the proposed new world “system” (one can’t call chaos and incompetence “order”). At least 12 billionaires have already been appointed to run Trump 2.0, the trimmer barons and robber mandarins of our times. Rana Foroohar of The Financial Times calls them “techno libertarians” in “a marriage of techno-determinism and libertarianism,” where “the line between Milton Friedman and tech billionaires such as Elon Musk, Peter Thiel, Marc Andreessen, and Mark Zuckerberg blurs into a philosophy that aims to end all constraints on markets.”

    One can add Amazon’s Jeff Bezos, who stated he was “very optimistic” about Trump’s plans to cut back more regulation. Indeed, Trump has been created precisely to marshal a newly invigorated corporate takeover, free from government oversight. “Modernization” means selling to the private sector. The world must not end as Frank Zappa joked in paperwork.

    “Efficiency” is the buzzword to hide the real motivation. Tech control is about the bottom line, demanding uniformity not freedom of speech and diversity (such as they are). Tech control is about cyber bullies punishing more doom-scrolling minions at the till. They never stop stealing like rust. Payday lenders rake in record profits via easy online access with obscene annual rates up to 350%, while predatory gambling and credit card debt scale to new highs.

    The big lie is that government doesn’t work and must be overthrown by an elite billionaire class, the übertech-men prescribing Trumpism for the lesser “brute-men” wearing MAGA hats like rosaries, for whom all the commandments are to be broken in the name of efficiency. Perfection is a downloadable app, without an undo or unsubscribe button when the auto-bills overflow. You too can be a winner on the backs of even lesser brute-men in a new Amway America as FOMO is raised to religion by the cyber priests whose collection plate is wired directly into the sermon through rage-to-engage social media algorithms.

    Everything is for the chop, including the Department of Education, the Consumer Financial Protection Board, and the Environmental Protection Agency. Will Bill Gates get to install his standardized testing hobby horse via Microsoft licence or receive more government funding for his so-called small modular reactors, a still unproven and costly nuclear technology? The rewiring of the brains of tomorrow has begun. But why can’t Gates use his own billions as in The Giving Pledge? – tomorrow will be too late. Even Daylight Saving Times may be cut, initially designed to conserve electricity and preserve fuel during World War One.

    Cementing his status as chief Trump-whisperer and wealth influencer, Musk exclaimed after the November 6 election, “It is morning in America again.” The world’s richest man stands to become a major benefactor after donating $240 million to Trump’s campaign, assuring his place at the libertarian high table. Access isn’t cheap, although millions mean little to a multi-billionaire. Since the sun rose on November 6, the richest ever person’s wealth has grown by 77% to over $400 billion. Will Musk become the first trillionaire thanks to Trump’s proposed tariffs against the new Department of Government Efficiency boss’s competitors?

    Perhaps Musk is protecting his own investments to ensure that the $7.5 billion, 500,000-strong, EV charging network in Biden’s Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) is rolled out across the country as planned by 2030 or that he need not unionize his growing workforce via Trump-stamped edict. Musk also called for an end to the $7,500 federal EV credit that no longer applies to his own company, Tesla having reached the 200,000 sales limit in 2018. If you can’t get your own free government credit, stopping the competition is the next best thing.

    A one-time darling of the left for engineering the electric-vehicle revolution – now at over 10% of global sales (50% in Europe) and still growing despite a Big Oil hybrid pushback – Musk is a dark horse. No doubt, he wants to pay less tax and promote union bans at the expense of workers in the name of efficiency – standard libertarian thinking that doesn’t apply to all. Reducing excessive regulations and bureaucratic management is to be welcomed, but not everyone can benefit from a presidential friendship as in a real democracy. Perhaps Musk wants to redirect NASA funds to realize his goal of dying on Mars. Or is the real goal to stop government taming the tech titans? No one is against trimming the fat as long as one doesn’t hit bone. The first Trump administration increased the US national debt by $8 trillion.

    Fast-evolving artificial intelligence, automation, and robotics don’t yet control our lives, but the tech takeover may be the scariest future world, where the transactional is codified by a zero-sum über-inequality. In that future, the rich don’t get richer, they get super richer, while the rest pay more as online sales approach parity with bricks and mortar, destroying local economies, turning warehouse workers into assembly line shop rats, and delivery drivers into slaves (check out Ben Hamper’s Rivethead and Ken Loach’s Sorry We Missed You for a glimpse into that horror). Have your credit card ready.

    Next up is planetary warming that may finish us off before any world war or tech takeover as the earth’s climate finally spirals out of control. That end has already begun as each year brings more damage. 2024 was the hottest year ever, besting 2023’s hottest. First convened in 2000 in Rio de Janeiro on the anniversary of Earth Day, the United Nations International Panel on Climate Change (IPCCC) assesses the effects of anthropomorphic global warming and reports its findings every five years. The last report in 2023 (AR6) warned that changes from greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions are now unavoidable and irreversible with “a rapidly closing window of opportunity to secure a liveable and sustainable future for all.”

    In his 2015 Encyclical Letter Laudato Si’ “On care for our common home,” Pope Francisco cited pollution, climate change, throwaway culture, biodiversity loss, global inequality, the globalization of technology, human fulfilment, and ecological education among a long list of worries. He urgently appealed “for a new dialogue about how we are shaping the future of our planet.” That was ten years ago. UN secretary-general António Guterres was more direct, noting that 2024 was a “masterclass in climate destruction.” Without any serious changes, 2025 will bring even more bad news. 2026 will be worse.

    It’s not as if we didn’t know. The petroleum industry has known for decades that carbon dioxide warms the atmosphere via the greenhouse effect, yet did nothing to counter emissions and even blocked further research. According to a 2023 Science study, the American Petroleum Institute “has been aware of potential human-caused global warming since at least the 1950s,” while Exxon “has known since the late 1970s that its fossil fuel products could lead to global warming with ‘dramatic environmental effects before the year 2050.’” As noted in a 1982 internal Exxon report on the effect of atmospheric carbon dioxide, “Our best estimate is that doubling of the current concentration could increase average global temperature by about 1.3º to 3.1º C.”

    In 1988, NASA Goddard Institute for Space Studies director James Hansen testified to the US Senate Committee on Energy and Natural Resources about his research on the greenhouse effect. He concluded that global temperatures are the highest since instrumental measurements, a causal relationship between greenhouse gases and global warming, and the beginning of extreme events. The subject was so worrisome to stumping Republican candidates that political advisor Frank Luntz proposed a less-frightening name in a 2002 memo: “It’s time for us to start talking about ‘climate change’ instead of global warming and ‘conservation’ instead of preservation.” Catastrophe was turned into crisis followed by business as usual.

    Despite the obvious scientific conclusions on anthropomorphic global warming, 36% of Americans don’t believe humans are responsible for climate change let alone planetary warming via greenhouse gas absorption from burnt fossil fuel emissions and leaked methane, not surprising when the news and government policy is set to maintain a global economy run on oil. Some even call global warming a hoax, designed to counter American economic dominance.

    Today, the incoming administration in Washington is sharpening its claws against green reforms. Expect more drilling, more fracking, and more exported liquid natural gas (LNG) as the world’s number-1 historic polluter rolls back billions of dollars in planned clean-energy funding. The United States can afford to go it alone, damn the rest, but none of the rhetoric is good for the environment as the lies are repeated to maintain the status quo and oversized investment in fossil fuels ($7 trillion in annual subsidies according to the IMF).

    How gullible must one be to believe that wind mills cause cancer, global warming is a hoax to harm rich nations, and $369 billion in green spending is a scam? Even those on the right know the truth, such as 18 Republican house members who called on speaker Mike Johnson not to axe the IRA’s clean-energy tax credits after Trump threatened to repeal some or all of the law (80% of investment and jobs are in red states). Environmental Entrepreneur’s Bob Keefe stated the new administration should support the IRA if it was “truly interested in creating jobs, driving economic growth, bringing down energy prices, because we know that solar and wind is the cheapest power that there is available in America.”

    Destroying green investment will also worsen American competitiveness with China. As the outgoing US Energy Secretary Jennifer Granholm noted, the IRA is already bringing supply chains and critical mineral processing back home with 900 new factories: “It is a bad strategy to turn your back on all this investment reshoring of manufacturing jobs.” The post-carbon revolution is under threat, however, as her appointed successor is a fracking CEO, who has stated there is no climate crisis and is unlikely to share market and political sensitivities toward clean-energy technology.

    Of course, Donald Trump and Joe Biden are little different when it comes to selling oil, including LNG to Europe as industry continues to suffer the loss of Russian gas, although Biden did pause pending export projects. War is good for business. The flow of oil also requires the United States to remain as the world’s policeman. Trump may find that “drill, baby drill” is more military than economic, where Pax Americana exists to keep the oil flowing. Trump calls it energy dominance. Democracy, dictator, it doesn’t matter.

    As hard as it is to stop what has been put in motion, developing nations cannot grow as developed nations did on the backs of coal, oil, and natural gas. The COP29 NCQG plan is a start and must be backed with action over words, calling for between $300 billion and $1.3 trillion per year in financing to developing countries by 2035. The alternative is to roll on as usual, doing more of nothing. Netflix is full of superhero movies to pass the time.

    So what to do? Electrification is one future that could halt the consequences of two centuries of burning fossil fuels. The current global electric grid is about 8 terawatts (1 TW in the US). Double that will be needed to electrify all coal, oil, and natural gas plants. Add another current grid’s worth to electrify all cars, trucks, and buses, requiring about 24 TW in total to replace petroleum. Crazy? Sure, and even crazier if we want to do it by 2050. The current percentage of green grid energy is about 1 TW or roughly 10% of electric supply and 2.4% of what we need. Turning the Titanic around might be easier. But what if we have no choice?

    Continuing to burn fossil fuels threatens our climatic future with more hurricanes, flooding, sea-level rise, acidic oceans, melting permafrost, albedo loss, and drought, today’s seven environmental plagues as scary as any apocalyptic horsemen. If one counts Exxon and Mobil as a single human entity (see 2010 Citizens United v. FEC Supreme Court ruling), the Seven Sisters also fit the dreaded six moniker. Burnt carbon is the new end, because of a continuing daily offering of 100 million barrels of petroleum (5 million in wind-rich Texas), 10 billion cubic meters of natural gas, and 23 million tons of coal – while fossil fuels still produce 88.4% of carbon dioxide emissions (coal 38%, oil 30%, natural gas 19%).

    Last year, Elon Musk downplayed the concern in a tweet, “… climate change definitely will not end the world as we know it!” And yet he funds the $100 million Carbon X Prize, a bold initiative designed to remove atmospheric carbon, albeit not affordable on a viable scale. More carbon is not the answer as in continuing to burn fossil fuels with carbon-sucking add-ons. More carbon perpetuates dangerous political regimes, pollution, and global warming. More carbon speeds us to the end.

    With time running out to tame our environmental mark on nature, one can see that oil is the master of our fate. Why not rooftop solar on every church and public school, electric engines for every government runabout and public bus (easily recharged overnight in existing warehouses), and no more trillion-dollar subsidies to the oil industry? Community solar can be the new church in a shared commons that takes pressure off piping in more supplies to even bigger cities. The new Trump administration can’t tear it all down and stay the course.

    Individual states are also strengthening their green plans to counter a potential loss of federal aid with California leading the way. The bans are coming in Europe and California. As is the competition from hybrid technology and liquid fuels that keep the petrol barons in business. China is leading the way, lapping the United States and Europe on renewable energy investment, development, and sales. Consumers want greener and cleaner energy, not just for the atmosphere, but for economic savings. Why not embrace the change? Isn’t it time to end the business of oil?

    Global warming is the most serious threat to our future. We have about 25 years to reduce 50 billion tons of greenhouse gases annually pumped into the atmosphere to essentially zero and then start sucking out the burnt carbon added since the beginning of the industrial age. With China and India ramping up their Western ways of consumption that seems unlikely. Adaptation may be all we have left.

    Applause to those trying to counter the continued pollution and warming by Big Oil, from big to medium to small (e.g., GreenpeaceExtinction RebellionThe Great Bubble Barrier). One can benefit from removing waste and concentrating on simpler goals: walk or take public transport instead of driving if you can, buy second-hand, take the stairs. Symbolic, but also important for change. We can’t wait any longer to be useful. Boos to all those who don’t care enough to stop what’s going on (primarily the fossil fuel industry and government backers).

    Ending the burning of petroleum for power and liquid fuel in a doubling or tripling of the electric grid is scary, just as the expansion of electrification was at the turn of the twentieth century that brought modernity to the world. Of course, rooftop solar is unmetered, representing a fundamental shift in the world economy. No one needs to know what I do with my own home-grown power. It’s not world government the nay-sayers fear, but no government.

    Heaven is not a future reward, but the act of doing good today. We are on our last warnings. The earth will survive our bad stewardship; humans may not. Increased electrification offers the best chance to stop more pollution and warming. Armageddon versus electrification? It’s our choice.

    Enola Gay
    Is mother proud of little boy today?
    Ah-ha, the kiss you give
    It’s never going to fade away.

    – Orchestral Manoeuvres in the Dark (Enola Gay)

    The world spins on its axis
    One man struggles and another relaxes.

    – Massive Attack (Hymn of the Big Wheel)

    I know we’ve come a long way
    We’re changing day to day
    But tell me, where do the children play?

    – Cat Stevens (Where do the Children Play)

    The post The End Days? World War, Tech Takeover, and Global Warming appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Image by Tahir osman.

    Following a ten-day siege, the Palestinian Authority began, on December 14, a violent raid on the Jenin refugee camp in the northern West Bank.

    The PA security forces used similar tactics as used by the Israeli occupation forces in their routine attacks on the area.

    The camp, which is a mere half a square kilometer in size, hosts an ever-growing population of 24 thousand refugees, mostly the descendants of Palestinians ethnically cleansed by Zionist militias during the great catastrophe, or Nakba, of 1948.

    The raid began with a tight siege, followed by an attack from multiple directions that resulted in the killing of an unarmed youth, Rebhi al-Shalabi, 19, then a 13-year-old child, Muhammad al-Amer.

    The PA forces also killed Yazid Ja’ayseh, the commander of the Jenin Brigades, who had evaded Israeli assassination attempts for his leadership role in unifying all Palestinian Resistance fighters under the umbrella of a single group.

    Expectedly, Israel is largely pleased with the PA’s action against the Palestinian Resistance, though it expects more. “The Palestinian Authority has been acting resolutely against the Hamas and Islamic Jihad fighters over the past several weeks, army and Shin Bet sources said, but the Israeli officials expressed the hope that their effectiveness could be enhanced,” Haaretz reported.

    Indeed, Israel had attempted to subdue Jenin 80 times in the last year alone, killing more than 220 people, Al Jazeera reported, citing Palestinian Ministry of Health sources.

    By attacking Jenin, the PA is helping the Israeli army in more than one way: it is killing and detaining anti-Israeli occupation Resistance fighters, consuming the energy and resources of the Resistance, allowing Israel to spare thousands of soldiers so that they may carry on with the genocide in Gaza, and more.

    For many, especially supporters of Palestine around the world, the PA’s action is confusing, to say the least. Those surprised by the anti-Resistance policies of Mahmoud Abbas and his Authority, however, are driven by the erroneous assumption that the PA is a legitimate representative of the Palestinian people, and that it behaves in ways consistent with the collective aspirations of all Palestinians.

    Nothing could be further from the truth. For many years, the PA has ceased playing any role that deviates from the interests of a small clique of pro-US and pro-Israeli wealthy elite who have enriched themselves, while millions of Palestinians continue to suffer an Israeli genocide in Gaza, and a violent system of apartheid and military occupation in the West Bank and East Jerusalem.

    The most telling and recent example is that, a short distance away from Jenin, illegal and violent Israeli Jewish settlers have burned the Bir Al-Walidin Mosque in the town of Murda, near Salfit – less than 70 kilometers from Jenin. Neither in this case, nor in any of the hundreds of settlers’ pogroms carried out against Palestinians in the West Bank in the last year – or before – did the PA security carry out any action to confront the armed Jewish militias, nor, of course, the occupation army.

    But how did the PA turn from a supposed national project – at least in theory – to another branch of the Israeli occupation?

    It could be argued that the PA was structured since its establishment in 1994 as a body whose existence catered to benefit the Israeli occupation. There is much evidence that substantiates this claim, including the arrests, torture and killing of dissenting Palestinians soon after the creation of the PA.

    The CIA became directly involved in supporting the PA from the very start, expanding its role as early as 1996 following a series of Palestinian retaliatory attacks on Israeli targets in major cities. It was then that CIA director George Tenet became an important player in shaping the policies of the PA security forces, preparing it for massive crackdowns on Palestinian Resistance groups.

    This involvement was a direct condition for US financial support under the Bill Clinton Administration – the kind of support that sowed the seeds of the Fatah-Hamas conflict, which reached its zenith in the summer of 2007.

    The involvement of the US – and other armed forces of US client regimes in the region – became even more apparent under the leadership of US Lt. Gen. Keith Dayton, who helped train, prepare and equip the Palestinian Authority Security Forces (NSF), producing several battalions of young recruits (between 20 and 22 years old) to fight fellow Palestinians in the name of restoring law and order.

    That supposed restoration of the law began in earnest as early as 2005 and continues until this day. Interestingly, this is the same language that the PA is currently using to justify its war on the Jenin refugee camp.

    A spokesman for the PA security forces, Anwar Rajab recently told Al Jazeera that the objective of the raid on Jenin is to “pursue criminals” and lawbreakers, and to “prevent the camp from becoming a battleground like Gaza.”

    Equating Resistance fighters with criminals and linking that supposed criminality to the Gaza Resistance is the typical PA discourse on resistance, a discourse that took the US and Israel years to craft and perfect – making the PA arguably the greatest achievement of Israel and the US in recent decades.

    This behavior and language can be traced to a famous statement by General Dayton himself, who in a 2009 speech celebrated the US’s greatest creation in Palestine:

    “And what we have created – and I say this in humility – what we have created are new men … upon the return of these new men of Palestine, they have shown motivation, discipline and professionalism, and they have made such a difference.”

    Indeed, the ‘new men of Palestine’ are making all the difference required by the US and Israel: they are fighting the very Palestinian Resistance that is defending Jenin against the Israeli onslaught, Nablus against the pogroms of armed settlers and Gaza against genocide.

    None of these ‘new men’ – whose numbers are counted in the tens of thousands – have lifted a finger to help their brethren as they continue to starve to death in the Gaza Strip, tortured and raped en masse, burned alive in Jabaliya and Khan Yunis, and yet continue to fight and die in their thousands – alone.

    To say that the PA has betrayed Palestinians, however, is an inaccurate statement. The PA was never set up, financed and armed by the US and Israel as a force of liberation, but as an obstacle to Palestinian freedom. We are witnessing the final proof of this claim. It is taking place in Jenin now; in fact, throughout the West Bank.

    Of course, the PA will not be able to crush the Palestinian Resistance, which the supposedly mighty Israeli army has failed to subdue over the course of years. But the question remains: how long will the PA be allowed to serve the role of the enforcers of the Israeli occupation and the protector of settlers, while still promoting itself as the guardian of Palestinian rights, freedom and statehood?

    The post The West Bank’s Men of the CIA – Why is the PA Killing Palestinians in Jenin?  appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Self-portrait by William Hazlitt, 1802. Public Domain.

    This is an editoed version of Alexander Cockburn’s 2010 Xmas essay for CounterPunch.

    Hazlitt got gloomily drunk for a fortnight after the battle of Waterloo, accurately anticipating that decades of reaction lay ahead, now that Boney had been definitely put away, with the Holy Alliance in the saddle and the French contagion safely bottled up. Smart fellow, that Hazlitt. He should have stayed drunk for a month.

    Sometimes, on the edge of a new decade, things look dismal but one has the feeling that something good just might be around the corner. The 70s for example: at their onset, Nixon was in the high noon of his first term, drenching Vietnam in blood, while his attorney general John Mitchell pored over plans to lock up the left at home. It looked as though darkest night was falling.

    And yet there was a certain edgy, desperate hope in the air – and four short years into the 70s the hopers, no longer desperate but exultant,  saw Nixon clamber into a helicopter and take off from the White House lawn towards his version of St Helena, in San Clemente; and nine months later on April 30, 1975, Gunnery Sgt. Bob Schlager and 10 other Marines finally caught the last helicopter off the roof of the U.S. Embassy in Saigon.

    Ah, those raucous, wonderful 70s! Those who missed them will never know the sweetness of life, as Talleyrand said of the Ancien Regime. Sweet and sharp.  I spent them in New York and there was no better place to be.

    With the Eighties you could feel the air beginning to seep out of the tires. For one thing, Death kept missing his appointments in Samarra, after years of rigorous punctuality with Martin Luther King, Malcolm X, the Kennedy brothers. He’d already fumbled two dates with Gerald Ford, when his chosen messengers, Sara Jane Moore and Squeaky Fromme, messed up. On March 30, 1981, another of death’s chosen messengers, John Hinckley, tried to shoot Reagan and failed to get his man.

    That would have been a game changer!  We’d have had three months of Ron instead of eight weird years when America plunged into fantasy, where it still resides. We wouldn’t have heard Ron give the Star Wars speech, or Nancy just saying No. Or Ron saying he expected Armageddon to come in his lifetime. Or Nancy running the country with the help of Mrs Quigley, her astrologer. We’d have had George Bush Sr…  surely a one-termer. It would have all been different…

    But would it really? Clinton and the Nineties suited each other fine, and Bill gave us our last known dose of politics as fun, with the Lewinsky affair, but the decade would have had the same general contour – though a Republican president would have had much bigger problems getting the poor tossed off welfare.

    And then in 2000 we had Bush and Gore, and the American people very reasonably couldn’t figure out which one to go for. The folks who knew Al best – the voters of Tennessee, went for George. And then in September of Bush’s first term we had a game changer here in America. Death finally rounded up a gang of messengers with a real commitment to getting the job done.

    But game changer isn’t quite the word for the event that launched the Noughts. 9/11 just speeded up basic tendencies which were already in train. Invasion of Iraq? The onslaught had been in full spate through most of Clinton-time via a lethal embargo and almost daily bombings – and the course of Iraqi politics had been set back in 1963 with the Kennedy administration okayed CIA complicity in the overthrow and murder of the Iraqi nationalist, General Kassim, setting the stage for the CIA’s man, Saddam Hussein.

    The Afghan mess, now about to get messier, was set up in the late 1970s, when the Carter administration supervised the overthrow of Afghanistan’s one shining moment of hope, the left reformist governments that took power in 1978. That’s when Osama was ushered onto the stage of history, as one of the CIA’s men. Israel, the Palestinians? Rewind the decades back to Truman and beyond.

    What made the American 70s exciting was that the left – in its broadest antinomian contours – had life in it, still pumped up by radical successive radical generations all the way back to the beginning of the twentieth century. The last time we saw that left in action was in the presidential campaigns of Jesse Jackson in 1984 and 1988 and the solidarity movement during Reagan’s wars in Central America.

    In 1992 the left went hook, line and sinker for Bill Clinton and lost all independent traction. By 1996 fealty to the Democratic Party had become a habit. There was the brief flare up in Seattle during the WTO confab, but that turned out to be more of a final flicker than a new ignition point. Same story in 2000. Same again in 2004 (all in behind the Democrat Kerry, in case you forget) and finally, most deliriously, there was the left’s love affair with the salesman of hope in 2008, Barack Obama.

    Yes, there are many candles in the darkness. Brave souls soldier on, whether battling the military recruiters, defending Palestine, or advancing labor’s cause. Gaze out across the political landscape and there are many vigorous, dogged people at work. But, as a vital, compelling, creative force in American political life, the left is dead and gone, many of its erstwhile or potential members  lost in the new Age of Superstition, fretful captives in the thickets of kookdom, whether in the form of 9/11 conspiracism – au revoir Cindy Sheehan! – or gazing aghast at Michael Mann’s bogus hockey-stick graph instead of improving their minds and political potential by reading the Eighteenth Brumaire. What a grim and revealing irony that it was the Medieval Warm Period – which Al Gore and the IPCC have sought to purge from natural history – that gave birth to some of the most glorious chapters in human intellectual and artistic achievement!

    The corporations run the show and the only vivid opposition comes from Christian populists, who’ve bought several million copies of Sara Palin’s memoir.

    The teens? Raise your glass along with Mr William Hazlitt.

    The post Raise a Glass to William Hazlitt! appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Trans-oceanic cargo ship on the Columbia River. Photo: Jeffrey St. Clair.

    Oren Cass, the head economist of Compass, had a column in the New York Times this week touting Donald Trump’s proposed tariffs. The gist of the piece is that “free trade” has not worked out as economists’ textbooks promised and we should look to take a different path.

    As someone who was very critical of the major trade deals of the last three decades, I would say that they did work out very much as the economists’ textbooks promised. But they were also not “free trade” and imposing high tariffs will not help us going forward.

    First, the economists’ textbooks did not promise that everyone would benefit from opening trade. They show that there would be a redistribution from some types of workers to other types of workers and/or capital. There is a famous article, co-authored by the first American Nobel Prize winner Paul Samuelson, that laid out this theoretical argument more than 80 years ago.

    Economists pushing NAFTA, China’s entry into in the WTO, and other recent trade deals always waved off the logic of the Stolper-Samuelson model, or alternatively promised government policies to offset the distributional impact of trade openings. As a practical matter, the policies (mostly trade-adjustment assistance) were one or two orders of magnitude too small for the job.

    We saw millions of workers displaced in manufacturing, as our trade deficit ballooned from 1997 to 2007. Communities across the industrial heartland were devastated as the factories that supported them downsized or shut altogether. We can have lengthy debates about the motives of working-class people who switched from Democrats to Trump voters, but the fact that Democratic presidents pushed trade policies that destroyed millions of good paying jobs for non-college educated workers is not really in dispute.

    While it is important to recognize the damage caused by trade deals of the last three decades, it is also essential to recognize that these were not “free trade” deals even though this is what their proponents like to claim. These deals did little or nothing to free up trade in highly paid professional services, like the services of physicians or dentists. As a result, while our manufacturing workers get paid less than their counterparts in Western Europe, our physicians get paid more than twice as much as doctors in countries like Germany and Canada.

    The trade deals were all about lowering barriers to trade in manufactured goods, with the predictable effect of lost jobs and lower wages for manufacturing workers. But when it came to discussions of lowering the barriers to foreign doctors and foreign-trained professionals working in the U.S., most of the “free-traders” would suddenly get really dumb, as though they didn’t understand the concept of free trade.

    And to be clear, the economics textbooks tell us the same thing about free trade in professional services as they say about free trade in cars and shoes. If we paid our doctors the same as doctors in West Europe it would knock more than $100 billion a year ($1,000 per family) off our national health care bill. But we don’t have free trade in physicians’ services.

    But it gets worse. Even as we were lowering barriers to trade in manufactured goods, we were increasing barriers to trade in intellectual products in the form of longer and stronger patent and copyright protections. These protections are government-granted monopolies, 180 degrees opposite of free trade. Yet somehow every major “free trade” deal for the last four decades included provisions making these monopolies longer and stronger both in our trading partners and in the United States.

    The effect of longer and stronger patent and copyright protection is to redistribute income from the rest of us to those in a position to benefit from them. Bill Gates would probably still be working for a living if the government didn’t threaten to arrest people who copied Microsoft software without his permission.

    And to be clear, there is an enormous amount of money at stake. The higher prices from patent and copyright monopolies almost certainly cost us more than $1 trillion a year. They cost us more than $500 billion ($4,000 per family) in the case pharmaceutical alone.

    Patent and copyright monopolies do serve a purpose. They provide an incentive for innovation and creative work. But they are not the only way to provide this incentive. For example, we support more than $50 billion a year in biomedical research through the National Institutes of Health and other government agencies.

    Most importantly for this argument is the recognition that patent and copyright monopolies are government policies that should be treated as such. We can argue whether they are the best policy, but they are certainly not free trade, and it is a lie to call them free trade.

    Tariffs and the Trump Route Forward

    Getting the free trade story right is important for what we think is the best route going forward. The fact that reducing trade barriers in manufacturing was bad for non-college educated workers doesn’t mean that raising those barriers now will be good news for these workers.

    The wage premium that manufacturing workers had enjoyed in years past had largely disappeared. This means that if we get back jobs in the auto industry or textile industry, there is little reason to think these jobs will pay better than alternative jobs in warehouses or health care. High tariffs just mean that all workers will be paying higher prices for a wide range of goods in order to shift a relatively small number of other workers into not especially good-paying jobs in manufacturing.

    The reason manufacturing jobs were good paying jobs was because these jobs were far more likely to be union jobs than other private sector jobs. In 1980 more than 30 percent of manufacturing jobs were unionized, compared to 15 percent for the rest of the private sector. Today, the gap is just 8.0 percent compared to 6.0 percent.

    That’s still a difference, but not one that has much impact. If we got back another 1 million manufacturing jobs as a result of tariffs, a very big lift, it would translate into roughly 20,000 more union workers. That’s a pretty small drop in the bucket in a labor force of more than 160 million.

    If we want to reverse the rise in inequality of the last four decades, we should make use of those economics textbooks rather than ignoring them, as Mr. Cass advocates. We should do everything possible to have freer trade in highly paid professional services, exposing our most highly paid workers to the same sort of competition, both domestically and internationally, that our factory workers have long faced.

    And we should look to shorten and weaken the patent and copyright monopolies that have shifted so much income upward and made items like prescription drugs incredibly expensive. In the absence of patent monopolies, drugs would almost always be cheap, patent monopolies make them expensive. We also need to pursue other mechanisms for supporting innovation and creative work.

    This is the conversation that we need to have and one that unfortunately will not take place in the pages of the New York Times or other leading media outlets. In fact, the econ textbooks have much to teach us if we actually pay attention to what they say and don’t use them selectively to push a class agenda.

    This first appeared on Dean Baker’s Beat the Press blog.

    The post A Note on Trade and Inequality appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Massacre of the Innocents by Peter Paul Rubens. (1612)

    The biblical narrative of Herod’s decision to butcher some 3,000 innocent children inspired Rennaissance and Baroque artists to produce hundreds of dramatic and powerful harrowing canvases of all sizes. Under the title The Massacre of the Innocents, this genocide, ordered and overseen by Herod, has been memorialized in art by Peter Paul Rubens, Guido Reni, Giotto, Breughel the Elder, and Nicolas Poussin, to name but a few.

    Because it captures the dastardly event in all its lurid and gut-wrenching orgiastic carnage, Peter Paul Rubens’ 1611 The Massacre of the Innocents stands far above similar paintings of this genre.

    In the Christian holy text Matthew tells his readers about the unique events surrounding the birth of Jesus Christ, a Palestinian Jewish child, conceived miraculously to a young Nazarene maiden, and born in a manger to Joseph of Nazareth and Mary, his betrothed. And because there was no room at any of the Beit Lahem (Bethlehem) inns, Mary delivered the infant child in a manger in the Holy City of Beit Lahem, Palestine.

    In some ways circumstances in Palestine some two-thousand years ago were no different from what they are today. Palestine was a Roman colony, and as such, the colonizers ruled with a brutal iron fist and exacted hefty taxes. After the Roman Senate declared Herod King of Judea (a vassal king to impose Pax Romana), his paranoiac affliction and ruthlessness inflicted misery on the people of Palestine, Jews and others alike. Fearing that the birth of Jesus, the promised Messiah,  would eventually depose him, he ordered the murder of some three thousand innocent children in Bethlehem and environs. In first century Palestine violence and executions, taxation without representation, human rights violations, segregation, slavery, exploitation, xenophobia, expulsion, and the confiscation of personal and communal properties were the norm in a society that demeaned and deprecated its indigenous non-Jewish populations.

    As an example, the Pharisees, Sadducees, and Levites of Jesus’ time considered the Samaritans and others inferior races, claiming that the Samaritans were mongrel Jews, and that God excluded all others from his Covenant. This legalistic and intolerant ethnocentrism paved the way for the ethnocentric hypocrites of the time to transfer the mixed group Samaritans to Samaria; the latter were reviled, persecuted, ostracized, and restricted to the West Bank’s Mt. Gerizim. Jesus’ parable of the Good Samaritan was no doubt based on and directed at the bigotry and xenophobia that prevailed during that epoch. And this, my favorite parable, has held true in every clime and geographical locale.

    If one were to compare conditions in Pax Romana  Palestine at the time of Jesus’ birth to Pax Americana/Israelica  in modern day occupied Palestine, one would be shocked to discover that Roman occupation was infinitely more benign.  Further, the biblical narrative informs us that at the time of Christ’s birth Palestine was an extension of Augustus’ massive empire. Palestina/Falasteen was sandwiched between Egypt and Syria; the first served as Rome’s breadbasket, and the second as Rome’s eastern line of defense and the last stop of the ancient Silk Road – and one of the conduits that fed the insatiable Roman treasury to maintain its stranglehold on its expansive Pax Romana Empire. Ironic it is that American, British, and European hegemony in that same region (including the bloody Crusades) are no different from Rome’s. And since 1917, the Brits, French, and later the Americans have been drawing and redrawing the boundaries of the oil-rich Near-East; and “What we say, goes” is the new Anglo-Franco-Americana Pax Oleum Petra.

    Utilizing the Jewish King Herod as a friendly client and puppet, the Romans gave him a free hand. And, as long as he collected taxes to help enrich Rome’s coffers, Herod’s heavy-handed rule was viewed benignly by Rome. Perceiving the birth of the promised Messiah/King as a threat to his rule, Herod ordered the genocidal killing of all male infants in Bethlehem and environs.

    What Rome was to Herod, America (and subservient US presidents and Congresses) and its acquiescent European US vassals are to Netanyahu and Israel.

    It is more than fair to say that if one compared living conditions in Palestine and the occupied West Bank and Gaza during the time of Jesus’ birth to current living conditions of Palestinians all across the Holy Land, one would be shocked at the shrieking (think Edvard Munch’s The Scream) and howling of anguished cries of a nation robbed of its birthright.

    On the 8th of December 2024 I sent the following email to a handful of friends, acquaintances, editors of moderate Baptist online publications, including a genocide expert: “That Palestinians are brown, and that most are Muslims, does that mean they are fair game because in the Evangelical and West’s taxonomy of human beings they are children of a lesser God?

    Before, during, and well after the Thanksgiving meal my stomach churned. How could I enjoy a family meal when 2.3 million Gaza Palestinians are deliberately starved by Biden’s cowardice and full throttle support of the Gaza carnage and Netanyahu’s belligerent defiance, his hangman? The silence of America and Europe’s Christians is very telling.”

    The Institute of Middle Eastern Understanding’s October 7, 2024 report under the title “Fact Sheet: One Year of Israeli Genocide in Gaza, By the Numbers,” is a comprehensive and chilling report on Israel’s deliberate and systematic malevolent destruction and erasure of man, beast, physical structures, and an ancient and rich culture. The report stated that since October 7, 2023, 45,841 Gazans have been killed, 70% of whom are women and children, with 106,962 thousand wounded.  19,812 of the dead are children – male/female, with approximately 1,300 infants and toddlers under two. The Lancet Medical Journal puts the dead at 225,140 thousand. In the Occupied West Bank 813 children have been killed.  The aforementioned does not include the thousands of victims missing and buried under the rubble, over 4,000 of whom are children. Oxfam reported that “More women and children have been killed in Gaza over the past year than any other conflict over the past two decades.” Over 26,500 children have been diagnosed with life-threatening acute malnutrition and starvation. Over 1,200 children have had one or both legs amputated. This prompted U.N.C.E.F. to state that “The Gaza Strip is the most dangerous place in the world to be a child.”

    Unfortunately, on today’s world stage and with Pope Francis as an exception, there’s not even a single Wise Man from either the East or the West. And not one, but many Near Eastern and Western Grinches have stolen Christmas from millions of kids around the world, Innocents who yearn not for the expensive toys, but for a warm bed, warm clothes,  safe shelter, three decent meals a day, safe schools and communities, playgrounds, dignity, freedom, and hope for a future free from the threat of evil by the likes of our modern-day Assads, Netan-Herods and Bidens Et. Al.

    The expression of agony on Poussin’s mother in his masterpiece The Massacre of the Innocents is the same expression one witnesses  on the faces of Palestinian, Syrian, Iraqi, Yemeni, Afghani, Sudanese, and Somali mothers and children, including all the suffering mothers around the world victimized by apartheid, bigotry, intolerance, oppression, and wars.

    My email ended thusly: “And Jesus wept for Palestine and her orphaned children. He also wept for an apathetic America and a Western civilization that is fueling and financing the carnage. In deep pain and deeper sorrow.”

    As my dear friend, the Honorable Judge/Preacher Wendell Griffen says, “Jesus was an occupied Palestinian, not an Israeli occupier. Get your story straight.”

    Buon Natale, et in terra pax hominibus bonae voluntatis.

    The post The Massacre of the Innocents Goes On   appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • A depiction of Mangione as a Christ figure with the Sacred Heart, as seen hanging in a pizzeria near his hometown of Towson, Maryland – Public Domain

    It really shouldn’t come as a surprise that the ruling class failed in their attempt to make CEO Shooter Luigi Mangione look terrifying in that failed Perp Walk. I’m sure you all saw it: the man was thronged with everything and everyone that could be utilized to make him look wildly dangerous, at least in the eyes of those who genuinely do not understand the pulsing discontent everyday Americans have. I don’t think a moment like this could have happened even 10 years ago. The fact that everyday individuals feel so powerless that a murder is being celebrated by many in this nation shows that it is ultimately a time for national self-reflection by those in power. These things don’t happen in a vacuum. Instead, the decision seems to be to double down rather than take some hard looks in the mirror to realize that the no-safety net viciousness of our system will most certainly breed violent acts. It’s as if our ruling class is a bunch of raging alcoholics at the proverbial rock bottom and they have decided to bring alcohol into their system with a continuous IV drip rather than think about maybe stopping the booze. It’s being in a hole and continuing to dig, all of those sayings that exist for a reason—cautionary tales of what not to do if you want to avoid catastrophe.

    The outrageous overreach continues as they seem hell-bent on going for federal and state charges against the guy, probably looking to execute him and actively looking for jurors who have never protested anything and do not have physical disabilities (they wouldn’t want someone who has been ravaged by the healthcare system to have a say in this one). I am sure the only jurors they will find acceptable will be the peers of…..the CEO.

    If they indeed had any sanity guiding their behavior, they would have treated this as a plain old murder. No drama, no moving the guy like he’s a Pablo Escobar or a bin Laden. Standard murder charges, not charging the guy with everything, including the Lindbergh baby death and the axe murder of pawnbroker Alyona Ivanovna. Their flop sweat is showing.

    They couldn’t have made the man look more serene in the midst of overkill if they tried. The overreach is truly comical. It did not go unnoticed that school shooters, serial killers—they don’t have this kind of police presence when they are transported. They couldn’t make it any more clear that they consider the wealthy to be more valuable than even our children in schools. Then the media reports on how scared the CEOs are to go to work– without any self-awareness of what kids have to contend with in this gun-soaked nation when they hear about school shootings with a much greater frequency. The kids are subjected to terrifying active shooter drills, told that maybe they need to bring bulletproof backpacks to school, yet we hear they might need a hotline for CEOs to call due to their nervousness. It’s an incredible fuck you in the face to everyone deemed less than worthy by this system, and by that, I mean anyone with a net worth less than 50 million.

    It’s time for universal healthcare, for decency across the board. Even the most brainwashed Americans know they have an inherent value; they aren’t just commodities and a link in the chain to provide profits for the already obscenely rich. The leaders can’t understand that even though the masses may not have studied the term in college, they damn well understand the concept of “social murder.” They understand that the actions of those in certain lines of unsavory work (CEOs) cause the death of untold numbers of Americans because their only responsibility is to the shareholder, not to basic decency. You can’t be shocked by the blowback of such callousness.

    And back to optics—hell, the guy even came out of prison looking hotter than he did when he went in! Some say that fellow prisoners may have assisted him with a better haircut and eyebrow management so they could send a message that he is cared for by the general population. They were yelling out the windows about his poor treatment in previous days. It seems he has allies with those fellow incarcerated men. Men, who, by the way, are often used as basically slave labor for corporations wanting discount bodies to do their work. Stereotypes are falling by the wayside. Like minds are found in unusual places.

    Yet they continue to try so hard to manage the messaging—if they were in the right, it wouldn’t be so damn difficult. Truth and decency come much more easily. Trying to bottle the aspirations of so many citizens who are feeling hopeless is a big task and takes a pretty substantial dam. We all know what happens when the dam gives way. This is the time that measures could be taken to improve the lives of everyday Americans and this would prevent this sort of thing from happening, but I think the oligarchs would rather get caught up in the flood rather than give an inch. It’s instructive because it shows that just because they have power and wealth, they truly don’t seem to be all that bright.

    The post Perp Walk 101: Don’t Make the Guy Look Amazing appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph by Nathaniel St. Clair

    Three recent reports by respected international humanitarian organizations have generated global approbation; and negative reactions by both the Israeli and U.S. governments.

    – Amnesty International

    Amnesty International (AI) issued its 296-page report (‘You Feel Like You Are Subhuman: Israel’s Genocide Against Palestinians in Gaza”) on December 4th. Israel immediately called it “a fabricated report that is entirely false and based on lies.” The US. State Department echoed the Israeli government in disagreeing with  the report.  Spokesperson Vedant Patel declared: “We have said previously and continue to find that the allegations of genocide are unfounded.” He gave no reasons for that opinion.

    Reviewing the nine-month period from October 7, 2023,  AI concluded that Israel committed prohibited acts under Articles II (a), (b), and (c) of the Genocide Convention of 1948, specifically the killing, causing serious bodily or mental harm, and deliberately inflicting on Palestinians in Gaza conditions of life calculated to bring about their physical destruction in whole or in part.

    After describing the Genocide Convention’s definition of genocide, AI examined both the specified prohibited actions and the requirement of intent. The Report concluded that both benchmarks were met. In his December 7 Counterpunch article (“The Worst of International Crimes,”) Jeffrey St. Clair quoted  portions of the report that detailed the destruction of life and infrastructure, successive evacuations of residents and the denial of food and humanitarian assistance. The ICC arrest warrants of Prime Minister Netanyahu and former Defense Minister Gallant expressed international condemnation of the same war crimes cited in the AI Report.

    Human Rights Watch

    Not to be outdone, Human Rights Watch (HRW) issued its 179-page report (“Extermination and Acts of Genocide: Israel Deliberately Deprives Palestinians in Gaza of Water”) on December 19. It focused not on bombs and bullets, but rather on the deprivation of water for the inhabitants of Gaza.

    The HRW report cited Israel’s: “Extensive damage and destruction of water and sanitation infrastructure, including the apparently deliberate, systematic razing of the solar panels powering four of Gaza’s six wastewater treatment plants by Israeli ground forces, as well as Israel soldiers filming themselves demolishing a key water reservoir” Based on such findings, Human Rights Watch blamed Israel for causing the deaths of thousands of Palestinians in Gaza by systematically restricting and targeting Gaza’s water supply.  According to HRW, such actions amounted to “acts of genocide.”

    Israel’s Foreign Ministry denounced the report, accusing Human Rights Watch of “once more spreading its blood libels in order to promote its anti-Israel propaganda,” It claimed that Israel has worked to facilitate the flow of water and humanitarian aid into Gaza throughout the war. throughout the war. The State Department spokesman  said that the U.S. “disagreed with” HRW’s accusation that Israel was carrying out “acts of genocide” by damaging water infrastructure.

    Doctors Without Borders

    A third report (33pages) published by Doctors Without Borders (MSF) on December 19 is entitled “Gaza: Life in a Death Trap.”  It centers on the systematic destruction of Gaza’s healthcare system and the repeated forced evacuations of residents. In the  words of the report, “MSF has witnessed 14 months of repeated attacks on civilians, the dismantling of essential civilian infrastructure including healthcare facilities and a systematic denial of humanitarian assistance, seemingly underpinning Israel’s campaign to unravel the very fabric of society.”

    The report continued, “MSF has witnessed 14 months of repeated attacks on civilians, the dismantling of essential civilian infrastructure including healthcare facilities, and a systematic denial of humanitarian assistance, seemingly underpinning Israel’s campaign to unravel the very fabric of society in Gaza….The consequences of these impediments are made even more harmful due to the uniqueness of a war being waged on a besieged area from which nobody can escape.”

    According to MSF Secretary General Christopher Lockyear, “What our medical teams have witnessed on the ground throughout this conflict is consistent with the descriptions provided by an increasing number of legal experts and organizations concluding that genocide is taking place in Gaza.”

    In response, an Israeli Foreign Ministry spokesman  accused MSF of “lying and misleading the public.” The U.S. response likewise denounced the report.  State Department spokesman Vedant Patel said with respect to MSF: “Even within their report, they make pretty clear that they don’t have the legal authority to determine intentionality.”

    Why has the U.S. government repeatedly denied allegations of Israeli genocide in Gaza?  In the immediate aftermath of the October 7 Hamas attack, when he pledged to “stand with” its U.S. ally. Biden may have been driven by his decades-long admiration of Israel. The IDF’s scorched earth bomb and missile attacks on Gaza have continued unabated throughout the Gaza Strip; and Israel has severely limited the provision of water, food, medicines and other humanitarian aid.  Now the death toll (not counting those buried under the rubble) has risen to more than 45,000. Yet Biden has repeatedly refused to stop arming the IDF.  His massive transfers of U.S.-made lethal weapons have enabled Netanyahu, now an indicted war criminal facing ICC arrest warrants, to intensify his relentless bombardments on Gazan civilians.

    If and when the war in Gaza is deemed a genocide by the International Court of Justice, Biden and his Secretaries of State and Defense could be (and, in my view should be) liable for complicity under the Genocide Convention of 1948.

    Americans should understand that Biden’s legacy is not all domestic triumph.  It is even more a shameful foreign policy legacy of destruction and death.

    The post Three Declarations of Genocide and the U.S. Responses appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph Source: Office of Speaker Mike Johnson – Public Domain

    The Republicans (GOP), traditionally the U.S.’s anti-tax party, now promise to use tariffs to wage trade wars, to massively deport immigrants, and to stop drug traffic. But tariffs are simply the name of one kind of tax (on imported goods and services). So the GOP becomes both anti-tax and pro-tax. Likewise, the traditional party of minimal government, today’s GOP now favors massive subsidies to industries that big government will select as well as economic sanctions and bans on enterprises and whole countries that big government will select. Beyond the right-wing ideology and financial self-serving, Trump reflects deeper contradictions in the GOP’s evolution.

    The GOP, traditionally the laissez-faire party of private enterprise, now favors increased government control of what private enterprises can and cannot offer in markets for reproductive healthcare, control medications and devices, and also for vaccines and drugs. The GOP, traditionally supporting “freedom,” now insists on blocking the free movement of people across borders and favors protectionist economic policy over a commitment to “free trade.” Some of Trump’s cabinet nominees voice traditional GOP views while others pronounce the new anti-traditional positions. Some nominees do both. Trump does not resolve the deep contradictions in the GOP’s message, thereby confusing both its messengers and its public audiences. In the moment, those contradictions give Trump some power. Amid the confusion, he decides. But soon conflicts among U.S. policies will expose the incoherence of Trump’s project and thereby sap his power.

    The Democratic party was, at least since the Great Depression of the 1930s, the “progressive” party of working people, unions, and oppressed minorities. Yet the rise of the “centrists” across recent decades shifted the Democrats rightward. As they became grateful recipients of corporate and billionaires’ donations, the Democrats increasingly supported the donor class by fielding “moderate” candidates, moderating their policies and programs, and publicly marginalizing the party’s remaining progressive wing. Privately, the Democrats’ centrist leaders pleaded and maneuvered to retain the traditional support of labor unions, oppressed minorities, and educated professionals. Moderation rendered the Democrats’ pursuit of gains for their traditional supporters ever less effective. So too did Democrats’ hold on those constituencies’ electoral commitments and loyalties dissipate. Success with donors contradicted deepening failures with voters, most starkly exposed in the 2024 election.

    Multiple, intense, and persistent contradictions within both parties suggest that some underlying, historic shifts may be underway. In my view, the first of those shifts is the peaking and subsequent decline in recent decades of the U.S. empire and its allies (especially the G7). This shift reflects and feeds the concurrent rise of the Global South, China, and the BRICS. A second shift is the accumulation of U.S. capitalism’s internal economic problems and difficulties. These are inadequately acknowledged, let alone solved. Chief among the problems are the long-term worsening of wealth and income inequalities and the persistent boom-bust or recession-inflation cycles for which no solution has been found.

    In short, both the GOP and the Democrats have denied both shifts. Indeed, denial has so far been the parties’ shared response to the linked declines of global empire and domestic capitalism. Denial rarely solves problems. It usually enables or provokes them to worsen until they explode.

    The key contradictions roiling political parties and their economic policies work parallel effects among professional economists. Unresolved, stale debates among economists react back upon policies, politicians, and public discourse to render them frustratingly powerless to fix what the public sees increasingly as a broken system. Starting with Adam Smith, David Ricardo, and the doctrine of laissez-faire and, especially since John Maynard Keynes, a huge portion of the profession has centered its work around an ongoing, seemingly endless debate. The question is whether our capitalist system is best served by minimal versus large, ongoing government interventions in its operation. Should we privilege pro-laissez-faire economics (the so-called neoclassical tradition) or governmental interventionist economics (the so-called Keynesian tradition) or some “synthesis” of both?

    This debate figured prominently in U.S. university economics classes 20, 40, and 60 years ago much as it does in such classes today. The themes of that debate echoed prominently in the language of politics then and now. Occasionally, a few politicians recognized that the overdrawn oppositions, in theory, did not correspond all that well with actual practical politics. Nixon once said, “We are all Keynesian now.” Clinton boasted that he had “ended welfare as we know it.” Trump regularly excoriates Democrats as “radical left lunatics” and includes “fascists” among them. All three presidents were proved wrong, albeit quite self-assured, in making such confused and confusing statements.

    Yet the centrality of the private-versus-government dispute in both economic theory and policy continues. Its social usefulness lies more in what it excludes rather than in anything positive it includes. Putting that debate at the core of economics has helped prevent alternative cores from emerging that would challenge both neoclassical and Keynesian economics. One such alternative core would question whether top-down hierarchical organizations of production (the employer-employee model) better serve societies than horizontally egalitarian, democratic organizations (the worker coop model). Debates might then focus on which organization of production better preserves the natural environment, reduces income and wealth inequalities, overcomes cyclical economic instability, or advances the physical and mental health of people.

    The contradictions agitating discourses and practices these days may stem from the exhaustion of old economic and political traditions even as a new tradition is not yet clearly emerging. On the one hand, the U.S. and the UK now join Europe in turning clearly toward government-run protectionism instead of free trade. On the other, state-supervised China and India, among others, support free trade. The economic growth records of the USSR in the 20th century and of China in the 21st century undermine preferences for private over state-regulated capitalisms. The old debate yields no new light on such central economic issues these days as the rise of the BRICS bloc in the world economy relative to the declines of an already smaller G7 bloc and the U.S. dollar in world trade.

    Of course, economists and politicians whose resumes mark them as leading proponents of neoclassical economics and privatization keep trying—like their Keynesian counterparts—to sustain the old debates that made them relevant. If they succeed, it will be because a still prevailing system prefers to rehash the old rather than welcome and explore what is emerging. In any case, however, relentless change will continue to work its ways on a passing U.S. empire and its capitalist system.

    This article was produced by Economy for All, a project of the Independent Media Institute.

    The post Political Economy Contradictions as We Lurch Into 2025 appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • November 15, 2023. Jewish Voice for Peace shuts down Hollywood Blvd. to protest Israel’s genocide in Gaza.

    Launched in 1913 to counter antisemitism and discrimination, the Anti-Defamation League (ADL) now resembles a mythological shapeshifter that presents alternately as a civil rights organization and a pro-Israel propagandist.

    In its “No Place for Hate” program that caters to both elementary and secondary schools, the ADL’s stated mission is to empower students, teachers and parents to “stand against bias and bullying …” with school-wide pledges, projects and games aimed at celebrating diversity and stamping out hate in the halls, in the cafeteria, in the reading circle, anywhere that hate may manifest.

    In Norse mythology, the jealous god Loki is a shapeshifter who appears alternately as a salmon or an old woman. Disguised as the old woman, Loki–the god of darkness– carves an arrow out of mistletoe to trick the blind god Hodr into hurling an arrow at his exalted twin brother, Baldr–the god of light.

    The ADL is not a salmon or a singular old woman, but a cunning policy advocate that despite allegations of spying on social justice movements and targeting Arab-led organizations has popularized its “No Place for Hate” lessons in 2,000 schools, reaching 190,000 educators and 1.8 million students–according to the ADL website.

    In the Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) of over 500,000 students, No Place for Hate schools either currently or previously included Roosevelt High School, Amelia Earhart Middle School, Benjamin Franklin Elementary School, Mark Twain Elementary School and others. The LAUSD Office of Student Civil Rights links to the ADL under “Tools for Educators,” which in turn links to an article attacking American Muslims for Palestine for “being at the core of the anti-Israel and anti-Zionist movement in the United States.” In 2022, LAUSD board member Scott Schmerelson, now board president and often a champion of public education, authored a resolution instructing the superintendent to invite the ADL to update and revise curriculum.

    While selling schools on activities to bolster respect and community, the ADL–analogous to the shapeshifter in mythology – engineers the death of debate over Israel’s right to exist as a Jewish nationalist state in historic Palestine.

    In a No Place for Hate lesson on scapegoating, the ADL writes, “Debates about the legitimacy of Israel’s existence or demonization of Israelis create an unsafe climate for Jewish students and interrupt opportunities for critical thinking for all students.” Notice how the ADL wrongly mixes debate over a nation state’s political ideology with demonization of individuals in that state–all in the same sentence to discourage critical analysis and evaluation .

    Schools that subscribe to this sort of speech suppression, ruling out debate over an ethnostate colonizing, annihilating and terrorizing Palestinians, are like the blind brother who hurls a lethal dart –only this time the weapon of propaganda pierces the institution of education to silence inquiring minds wrestling with the devastation live-streamed on their cell phones.

    In Japanese mythology, the nine-tailed kitsune-yako fox can take human form to infiltrate high society, where the yako appears as a seductive woman to level a lethal curse–a scar, a burn–on an unsuspecting yet powerful man.

    If only the man had been more observant, he might have noticed a few furry fox tails sticking out of the back of the yako’s dress. Yes, the shapeshifter can be unmasked provided those it targets are willing to look behind the facade.

    The lure of a packaged curriculum

    The ADL lures schools with its anti-bias No Place for Hate program by claiming to help administrators, teachers and parents build “inclusive and safe communities in which respect and equity are the goals and where all students can thrive.” It’s hard to resist such a pitch, particularly when it comes with banners, buttons, balloons and bracelets as part of a polished package that outlines a step-by-step approach to creating community through “I Am” poems, peer-to-peer interviews, school surveys and collages of diverse smiling students.

    The program, however, warrants deeper analysis, so best to begin with the basics.

    How a School Qualifies–Registration

    Schools that want to become a “No Place for Hate” school first must register with the ADL, which could be a problem for anyone concerned about allegations of ADL surveillance. The Guardian reports an internal 2020 ADL memo reveals the ADL

    tracked a Black Indianapolis activist who worked on the Deadly Exchange campaign to expose US police training with the Israeli military. “It scared the shit out of me,” the activist told the press, adding “It stopped me from moving forward because I don’t want to put people in my life at risk – I work with youth, so it stopped me in my tracks.” Decades earlier, the Washington Post reported that police in the 1990s investigated the ADL for allegedly “monitoring the activities of thousands of activists”–allegations the ADL denied. According to the newspaper, San Francisco police confiscated from ADL offices “leaked copies of confidential law enforcement reports, fingerprint cards, driver’s license photographs and individual criminal histories drawn from police records.”

    Next, committee & pledge

    After registering with the ADL, schools then form a steering committee of faculty and students to guide the work of building community and challenging bias at every turn. No mention is made of centering students victimized by bullying and racism to spearhead the committee, which is charged with encouraging students, staff and guardians to sign a schoolwide pledge. For elementary schools, the pledge reads, “I promise my best to be kind to everyone–even if they are not like me.” For secondary, the pledge is more proactive, “I will reach out to support those who are targets of hate.”

    The entire school is expected to sign the pledge which features a logo with the words, ‘No Place for Hate”– An ADL Education Program.” While the words are innocuous enough, the platforming of the ADL raises concerns about elevating an organization with a history of surveillance, complaints against public schools and unconditional support for Israel. This patronage continues in the wake of the International Court of Justice’s preliminary ruling (1/26/24) that Israel has committed a plausible case of genocide, and Amnesty International’s (12/5/24) scathing report, You Feel Like You Are Subhuman’: Israel’s Genocide Against Palestinians in Gaza,

    There’s another issue, too. While there’s nothing in the wording of the pledge that’s problematic, the fact that virtually everyone is expected to sign it in order for the school to participate can create a coercive environment.

    Only ADL approved activities

    After students and staff sign the ADL pledge, they then move on to the next criteria required for ADL designation as an official “No Place for Hate” school. Each school must implement three of the ADL’s approved activities, such as discussions around identity, listening journals and walks against hate.

    For middle and high school, one of the recommended activities to lead to schoolwide action involves a lesson plan entitled, “Antisemitic Incidents: Being an Ally, Advocate and Activist,” in which students are to understand and recognize antisemitism based on a troubling definition that includes the marginalization of Jewish people based on myths about Israel.

    Among the “materials needed” for the lesson is a link to the ADL’s “Audit of Antisemtic Incidents 2022,” which says, “References to Israel or Zionism were part of 19% of the 219 campus incidents.” The audit includes a section “Anti-Zionism/Israel-Related” in which the ADL smears the organizations Witness for Peace and Students for Justice in Palestine, charging antisemitic incidents were perpetrated by individuals associated with these groups. The ADL writes, “ Public statements of opposition to Zionism, which are often antisemitic, are included in the Audit when it can be determined that they had a negative impact on one or more Jewish individuals or identifiable, localized groups of Jews.”

    Does this mean the ADL considers antisemitic any criticism of Israel that offends a Jewish person? What about the thousands of Jews marching in cities, conducting sit-ins in the Capitol and occupying subway stations with t-shirts that scream, “Ceasefire” or “Stop Arming Israel” or “Not in Our Name”–These Jews are more than offended by Israel’s ethnic cleansing of Palestine; they are outraged.

    Jewish Voice for Peace, a fast-growing anti-Zionist national organization, charges the ADL “is not a credible source on antisemitism and racism” because it conflates antisemitism with criticism of a state, adding, “The ADL has consistently targeted advocates for Palestinian human rights in a concerted and coordinated campaign to repress any speech that criticizes Israel’s current war on Gaza or its policy of oppression of Palestinians.”

    The ADL has filed civil rights complaints with the Department of Education against Occidental and Pomona colleges, as well school districts in Philadelphia, Santa Ana and Berkeley. In the complaint against Berkeley, the ADL objects to student protesters of US-Israel genocide walking out of class to shout, “From the river to the sea, Palestine will be free.” The chant does not call for the elimination of Jews from Palestine but the right of Palestinians expelled from their homeland to return.

    Additionally, the ADL, which tells students to be kind and compassionate–never bullying, writes a threatening letter to nearly 200 college presidents, demanding investigations of the non-violent Students for Justice in Palestine, the campus organization leading protests against Israel’s slaughter in Gaza.

    The kicker

    If a school wants to implement its own activity for challenging bias and bullying, it must first appeal to the ADL for approval. Absent ADL approval, the activity cannot count toward achieving official “No Place for Hate” status. One need not be a champion of public education to cringe at the outsourcing of anti-bias education to a private political advocacy organization, particularly one that, according to the website Open Secrets, spent over a million dollars in 2024 to lobby lawmakers to vote for a pro-Israel agenda.

    The ADL is, after all, an enthusiastic proponent of the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance (IHRA) definition of antisemitism with examples that conflate criticism of Israel with antisemitism to open the door for more legal complaints against schools and colleges, even when the speech in question is constitutionally-protected free political speech, not hatred of Jews.

    School to prison pipeline via the ADL

    The ADL’s No Place for Hate program includes a section on social justice, as opposed to simple acts of kindness, such as offering to help a teacher distribute papers or hold down a fountain faucet for another student. The ADL aptly defines a social justice action as one that involves a group of people who organize to bring about “institutional change” that might solve the problems of gun violence, homelessness or school-to-prison pipeline.

    How contradictory then that the ADL encourages students and teachers to both report incidents of bias and hate to the ADL by completing an incident report form, as well as–-in cases of extreme injustice– calling the police–rather than referring those involved to a student-faculty council on restorative justice that emphasizes making amends, performing school service or developing empathy through role-plays. Under the subheading, “Best Practices for School Administrators–Act Quickly and Respond, the curriculum advises principals to “clarify what the role and duties of school resource officers (SRO’s) and (whether) police should and should not be in the process. Contact law enforcement as necessary.”

    Given the ADL’s close working relationship with police, it is worth considering whether involving the ADL increases the likelihood of police involvement and a punitive rather than educational approach, potentially creating something akin to the school-to-prison pipeline that the ADL critiques.

    Never mind the police for a minute. Reporting incidents–some of which may relate to criticism of Israel–to the ADL could spell legal trouble down the road, should the school’s administration not follow the ADL’s prescription for addressing the situation.

    Moreover, despite the No Place for Hate social justice verbiage, it’s hard to imagine the ADL ever approving a schoolwide letter-writing campaign to Congress to block weapons to Israel during its genocide in Gaza or testimony before school boards to divest from companies building segregated roads in the Israeli-occupied West Bank. Note, the No Place for Hate glossary defines antisemitism as “The marginalization and/or oppression of people who are Jewish, based on the belief in stereotypes and myths about Jewish people, Judaism and Israel.”

    Antisemitism is real–white supremacy at Charlottesville, murders at the Tree of Life Synagogue, Nazi symbols at Jan.6th–but to redefine antisemitism to include criticism of Israel only confuses people while allowing a nation state to act with impunity.

    Pyramid of Hate

    The ADL’s No Place for Hate program introduces students to the Pyramid of Hate to encourage discussion and analysis of escalating acts of bias and bigotry. At the pyramid’s base is Biased Attitudes of stereotyping; one level higher is Acts of Bias, such as bullying; even higher on the pyramid is Discrimination, and at the top of the pyramid is Genocide, the act or intention to systematically annihilate a people.

    Even though the curriculum has been updated since October 7, 2023 there is no mention of Israel’s bombardment and starvation of over two million imprisoned Gazans, nor the multitude of experts around the world who have named Israel’s actions genocide.

    In No Place for Hate, students are rightfully encouraged to object to racist jokes, yet no one is encouraged to protest Israel’s killing and wounding of hundreds of thousands of Gazans, tens of thousands of whom are children. A 2024 study by the Community Training Centre for Crisis Management in Gaza found “96% of children surveyed feel their death is imminent, while 49% have expressed a desire to die.”

    In the Greek myth, “The Story of Eurydice,” mortal Orpheus, musician, prophet and poet, commits the sin of omission when leading Eurydice, nymph and daughter of Apollo, out from the underworld. Orpheus’ failure to look back at Eurydice–to make sure she is behind him–causes Eurydice to be pulled back into the world of the dead. This is Orpheus’ sin of omission–his failure to look back. One could argue the ADL’s sin of omission when introducing its Pyramid of Hate is its failure to look at the reality of Israel’s genocide in Gaza, opting instead to conflate antisemitism with anti-Zionism to potentially chill speech when speech must be louder, not softer or silent in the face of massive human rights violations following Hamas’ October 7th attack.

    In its open letter to educators, the Drop The ADL From Schools campaign–endorsed by 89 organization–writes the ADL “attacks schools, educators, and students with bad-faith accusations of antisemitism in order to silence and punish constitutionally-protected criticism of Israel and the political ideology of Zionism.” The organization asks educators to cut ties with the ADL, including use of its No Place for Hate curriculum. Meanwhile, CODEPINK activists are testifying in front of school boards on California’s Central Coast, urging board members to expel the ADL.

    Bottom line

    For all its political correctness–the curriculum’s emphasis on pronouns and respect for non-binary identities–at the end of the school day No Place for Hate personifies the mythical character of the shapeshifter as it lures school districts into checking off the anti-bias box while surrendering authority to the controversial Anti-Defamation League. Sure, the program offers banners draped across hallways, pledges and to-do lists, even sage advice now and then, but the pretty package turns ugly once fully opened and scrutinized for its pro-Israel indoctrination.

    The alternative–the power within

    While it’s tempting for administrators to subscribe to a free, pre-packaged curriculum, there is no one-size-fits all answer to addressing racism or bullying and bias that seeps into our schools as a result of society’s structural racism: segregation, caste, economic inequality, voter suppression. But this work must be done bottom up, by creating a school community of critical thinkers, principled actors, and life-long learners.

    From the Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development (ASCD) in Creating a School Community:

    Students in schools with a strong sense of community are more likely to be academically motivated (Solomon, Battistich, Watson, Schaps, & Lewis, 2000); to act ethically and altruistically (Schaps, Battistich, & Solomon, 1997); to develop social and emotional competencies (Solomon et al., 2000); and to avoid a number of problem behaviors, including drug use and violence (Resnick et al., 1997).

    Rather than ceding control to the Anti-Defamation League for a top-down prescription, schools can exercise their own agency to build community through schoolwide public service projects, murals that reflect students’ ethnic diversity and cultural events that celebrate acts of resistance to oppression and colonization. Inside the classroom, teachers can address issues of race, bias and bullying with books and short stories that lend themselves to rich discussion.

    In the final analysis …

    Educators must consider the actual cost of a free program like “No Place for Hate,” whose sponsor conflates antisemitism with anti-Zionism, files civil rights complaints against schools and promotes Israel propaganda in the classroom. The answer to creating a positive school climate is not “out there”–in the hands of an organization with a distinct political agenda–but in here, in the school and in the school-to-community relationship.

    The post Schools are No Place for the ADL appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • The behavioral healthcare workers in Kaiser Permanente’s vast empire of hospitals, clinics medical offices, and homecare settings are on strike today in the third month of walking picket lines in Southern California from San Diego to Bakersfield. These workers, members of the National Union of Healthcare Workers (NUHW), include psychologists, social workers, psychiatric nurses, addiction medicine counselors, licensed clinical counselors, and marriage and family therapists.  They provide behavioral health care for Kaiser’s 4.8 million members. Kaiser is the biggest Health Maintenance Organization in the country. The strike began on October 21, three weeks after the workers’ contract had expired.

    The extraordinary thing about this strike is that it really is a strike for patients and for the public’s health, a strike for mental health care parity, a strike in a time of acute mental healthcare crisis in this country. Perhaps never before has depression and anxiety and increasingly suicide reached into the lives of so many people and their families. This strike is about equity in behavioral health care. The strikers have told me this time and again. They insist they would rather be with their patients, not on a picket line, but they can’t keep working in a system that treats mental health workers like automatons and denies them the time and resources to provide the care they know their patients need.

    Of course, there are a myriad of issues in this strike including pensions (1700 providers work without pensions) and wages and working conditions. “We want enough time to do our jobs, which means seven hours per week to prepare for appointments, devise treatment plans, provide resources, file mandated reports, go to the bathroom, and so on. We want wage increases that are equitable with our colleagues,” writes Adriana Webb, a medical social worker at Kaiser in Panorama City in Los Angeles, in the online magazine Labor Notes.

    The strikers also want their patients to have timely visits: today, they complain, members (Kaiser has fee paying members it provides services for) can book in for treatment, but frequently endure waits of four weeks or longer for return appointments even though California mandates a maximum wait time of 10 business days for both initial and return visits.

    Webb again: “I see first-hand how Kaiser’s mental health system is failing patients. It’s nearly impossible for them to get access to timely mental health care, and because Kaiser treats its therapists like assembly line factory workers, so many therapists get burned out and leave.” This gap today between good care and assembly line care at Kaiser is so conspicuous that the state of California recently fined Kaiser $50 million.

    In Northern California NUHW professionals won a brutal open-ended strike on these issues in 2022. Workers won provisions to recruit and retrain staff, reduce wait times for patients, as well as an agreement to collaborate in transforming Kaiser’s approach to mental health care. It was a big step forward, progress but only due to our 14-year struggle,” says Sal Rosselli, who stepped aside as president of NUHW earlier this year. Now it’s Southern California’s turn.

    A win will be a giant step forward, but NUHW healthcare workers will get at best a breather; Kaiser is relentless in its determination to break this union. This is not the first strike in Southern California, it won’t be the last. Kaiser does whatever it can to undermine the agreements and is quite willing to violate contracts and pay fines. It remains committed to visits delayed and treatment denied, their bottom line coming first. Still, things are moving in the right direction and bigger giants have fallen.

    The words, “delayed” and “denied,” of course, have taken on new meaning for Americans in the last weeks; they have come to express the depth of frustration, the bipartisan anger of the public with the health care system, especially with the insurance giants. The mental health strikers understand this anger only too well; every day they are in the trenches and their demands starkly reflect the public’s anger. In 2022, they produced the pathbreaking study. “Care delayed is Care denied.” The study revealed in great detail “that when treatment is significantly postponed or delayed, it essentially equates to being denied that care altogether, as the delay can potentially worsen a patient’s condition or prevent timely intervention, leading to negative health consequences.”

    “Care delayed is Care denied.” gives us a taste of just how broken our medical system is today and just how wedded it is to the pursuit of profit. But never mind, it works for our 1%, and their representatives who are now taking places in the new president’s cabinet. Kaiser’s profits were $4.1 billion in 2023; it has $64 billion in the bank. Kaiser’s CEO, Greg Adams’ “compensation” was $17,268,060 in 2023.  The corporation also underwrites his ten pension plans. More than a dozen of his minions received a million or more annually. No wonder they fight so hard to keep this system. And Kaiser is only one among many healthcare behemoths reaping unimaginable financial rewards in today’s bonanza of the billionaires.

    The strikers rotate pickets from hospital to hospital. They hold rallies that converge in front of Kaiser’s Pasadena Southern California’s headquarters.  They have widespread labor support. 200 RNs representing the United Nurses Associations of California/UNAC joined picket lines on the first day. The UFCW, Unite/Here and CWA have given picket line and financial support. The San Diego Federtaion of Labor sent $10,000 to the NUHW hardship fund. Nearly 400 strikers participated in a major action outside Kaiser headquarters. The event began with a food and toy distribution at the International Brother of Electrical Workers (IBEW) hall before a throng of strikers, more than a block deep, marched to Kaiser headquarters with a giant cardboard heart in tow.

    The Los Angeles Federation of Labor has gone all out, including sharing their flatbed truck and their huge parade balloons, the “Scabby Rat” and the “Fat Cat.” They organized a toy drive; it is the holiday season after all. They sentthe truck, loaded with toys to the rally in Pasadena. “The second I saw the toys, I started crying,” said Jade Rosado, a Kaiser therapist with three children. “Just to be able to choose something I knew my kids would enjoy. It brought me a lot of relief.” Rosado, who was named a Kaiser “Everyday Hero” in August for helping save a patient’s life, seeing the banners for her fellow “Everyday Hero” recipients hanging inside the corporate office, noted the hypocrisy; “It just made me think that all of us are heroes, so why don’t we get the same benefits, wage increases, and patient care time as other Kaiser workers,” Rosado said. “Kaiser is profiting off our labor, but they’re not incentivizing us to stay.”

    Ligia Pacheco, a Kaiser therapist, also responding to the distribution, thanked supporters, saying, “After receiving the food and toy donations, our gratitude turned into powerful chanting that reflects the solidarity we continue to have.”

    The LA Federation, in addition to toys, has donated boxes of groceries to the strikers. This led, on November 15, to a confrontation outside the Los Angeles Medical Center. As the federation workers were unloading the food boxes, two “bullying” HR executives, with the LAPD in tow, insisted they couldn’t distribute the food on its property (they were on the sidewalk) and demanded they shut down the event. Most of the boxes, which included perishable items, had to be rerouted to NUHW offices in Glendale.

    “It was shocking to see that, frankly, Kaiser HR is so dirty that it would deny us food after four weeks without pay,” said Kassaundra Gutierrez-Thompson, who was present at the picket line. “It’s really alarming because at the end of the day, I still work for Kaiser, and it doesn’t feel like the HR Department has my back as a Kaiser employee.”

    The California chapter of the National Association of Social Workers has written to Kaiser Permanente CEO Greg Adams calling on Kaiser to “resume good faith negotiations with NUHW’s Southern California members as soon as possible, and accept the union’s reasonable contract proposals.” Mental Health America of California is also supporting the strike, as is an array of mental health advocates.

    In addition to all this, a majority of California legislators has signed onto nearly identical letters calling on Kaiser Permanente CEO Greg Adams to end the strike by returning to the bargaining table and agreeing to their proposals for settlement.

    The letter from Assembly Speaker Robert Rivas is signed by 40 of his fellow Assembly members, and the letter from Senate President Pro Tempore Mike McGuire is signed by 20 of his fellow senators. The letters cite reports that Kaiser is cancelling therapy sessions at “an alarming rate” during the strike They urge Adams to “resume good faith negotiations with NUHW as soon as possible, and to agree to the union’s reasonable contract proposals in order to ensure the delivery of timely and appropriate behavioral health services to your patients.”

    The solidarity, it’s been magnificent. Why, then, is Kaiser, which spends a small fortune present itself as a progressive vanguard in progressive healthcare, playing hardball with its psychologists, social workers, psychiatric nurses, counselors, family therapists?

    Jim Clifford, an elected NUHW executive Board member, a bilingual therapist in Kaiser’s southern- most clinic (“I can see Tijuana from my office”) says it’s not that complicated. Money? “They’ve spent far more money trying to break us than settling with us would cost. They pay scab therapists $13, 000 a week and there’s still a high turnover.

     “No, we’ve been a thorn in Kaiser’s side since we were first organized more than a decade ago. We’ve been the whistle blowers, the strongest advocates of providing decent mental health care and a voice for patients.

    “Kaiser has fought us EVERY STEP of the way. It took us five years of fighting with them to get our first contract. That didn’t stop them, they tried to decertify us. They unilaterally took away our defined pension. They held us below the wages and benefits of the rest of the corporation. How are we supposed to get new therapists – and keep them?”

    Sophia Mendoza, a veteran of southern California’s labor wars, was elected President of NUHW this last spring, replacing Rosselli, who, stepping aside, is still an active member of the union. She is confident that the union will win. “Our demands are reasonable. People want good mental health care and that’s what this is about.  Our members, their patients, the electeds, and other unions are all coming together. Our fight to restore the defined benefit pension is a fight for all of labor. This is a fight to treat those who need and to provide mental health care equitably.”

    The National Union of Healthcare Workers is a member-led movement that represents 19,000 healthcare workers in California and Hawaii, including more than 4,700 Kaiser mental health professionals.

    This report is based on discussions with many NUHW members and staff as well as NUHW press releases.

    The post The Strike at Kaiser Permanente: California Mental Healthcare Workers Demand Parity appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Biden’s meeting with Xi Jinping in Woodside, California, November 15, 2023. Photo: US State Department.

    U.S. presidents nearing the end of theIr terms typically try to resolve policy challenges at the last minute in order to bolster their legacies.  For President Bill Clinton, it was a belated effort to solve the North Korean problem, which received insufficient attention during his eight years in the White House.  For President George W. Bush, it was a belated attempt to improve the bilateral relationship with Russia, but there was too much personal animosity between Bush and President Vladimir Putin because of the expansion of NATO.  For President Barack Obama, the Middle East became central to the policy process, but the region was out of control and no Democratic administration ever puts pressure on Israel to achieve stability in the area.

    President Joe Biden is no exception to the rule regarding late-stage policymaking in extremely difficult areas, and he has picked the most difficult and important challenge of all: the bilateral relationship with China.  Unfortunately, Biden and his national security team believe they can “contain” China; they can’t.  The U.S.-China relationship is important in all policy areas: political, economic, environmental, and military.  The United States and China have the two largest economies in the world, and are the world’s two greatest emitters of greenhouse gasses.  China leads the world in the production of solar cells and panels, lithium-ion batteries, and electric vehicles; the United States is far behind in these areas and the promotion of increased tariffs on these items will not help the deteriorating environmental situation.  The environmental challenge cannot be resolved without Sino-American cooperation.

    The United States has tried to limit China’s access to the most advanced types of semiconductors because of national security concerns, but China has successfully produced older types of semiconductor chips that are essential for smartphones, cars, telecommunications networks, and weaponry.  China has been subsidizing these chips, and it appears that Washington’s sanctions and tariffs have only forced the Chinese to become more self-sufficient.  According to the New York Times, China is projected to add half of the world’s new factory capacity for legacy chips in the next several years.  China’s overall manufacturing capabilities exceed the manufacturing output of the United States, all of Europe, Japan, and South Korea.

    Biden’s feckless efforts to “contain” China include the Federal Communications Commission’s revocation of all licenses for China Telecom American to provide ordinary phone services in the United States, which did nothing to stop Beijing from placing malicious code in the electric grid and water and gas pipeline networks in the United States.  Even worse, Chinese hackers have worked their way into the networks of major U.S. telecommunications firms, including the two largest, Verizon and AT&T.  There is little discussion of U.S. efforts to exploit weaknesses in China’s telecommunications systems, which former N.S.A. contractor Edward Snowden exposed ten years ago.

    The most ludicrous aspect of the Sino-American Cold War is the effort to shut down the TikTok social media platform unless the company divests itself from Chinese ownership.  The Supreme Court actually added a special hearing to its calendar for oral argument.  The Cold War has gotten so intense that the United States seems prepared to drop its insistence on access to a social media cite that would mean dropping its commitment to the First Amendment and denying access to 170 million Americans, including most of my 13 grandchildren who believe the U.S. threat is bananas.

    The incoming Trump administration probably will not lead to any improvement in Sino-American relations in view of Trump’s stocking the bureaucratic shelves with fervent “China Hawks.”  Trump and his national security team, including JD Vance, Marco Rubio, Tulsi Gabbard, John Ratcliffe, and Mike Waltz, favor greater tariffs and sanctions against China, although China’s share of the world economy is shrinking in view of restrictions imposed during the COVID crisis as well as the collapse of the property sector in China.  If Trump pursues a policy of economic disruption, China will certainly reciprocate.  Moreover, Trump and his minions do not believe there is are environmental and energy problems that demand a workable relationship with Beijing.

    An arms race will most likely be the immediate outcome of any worsening in Sino-American relations.  The United States is committed to a long-term modernization of its strategic forces, and China is maintaining rapid growth of its nuclear arsenal.  The United States has 1,550 strategic weapons deployed under the START agreement that expires in 2026.  The Pentagon believes that China will have 1,000 strategic warheads by 2030, but the Pentagon is also known for worst-case sensitive intelligence issues.  The force moderation programs of the United States, China, and Russia must be addressed.  It’s long past time to place arms control and disarmament at the top of the superpower agenda.

    Politicians and pundits are devoting too much attention to the so-called “Quartet of Chaos” (China, Russia, Iran, and North Korea), and not enough time to the Sino-American bilateral relationship.  Trump and his appointees thus far are too preoccupied with obtuse notions of a “woke” Pentagon as well as with the potential use of the Insurrection Act to deploy active-duty American troops into the streets.  Meanwhile, the traditional geopolitical problems associated with Europe, the Middle East, and the Indo-Pacific are worsening in terms of U.S. interests.

    For far too long, the United States has been wasting precious budgetary resources on old-fashioned military policies that have brought no advantages to the American people.  Our national security policies have been ineffectual and irrelevant to the genuine threats we face today regarding energy and the environment.  There is little discussion or attention given to the commonality we face with China on these national security issues.

    The post US China Policy: Too Late, Too Little to Offer appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Lake Toronto in central south Chihuahua. If you look closely you can see the water line on the embankment and just how far it’s gone down. Photo: Todd Miller.

    When I first meet the fisherman Gerardo Delgado, he is sitting in his boat, surrounded by pelicans, off the shore of Lake Toronto, in central south Chihuahua, Mexico. Perhaps the pelicans are waiting for Delgado to toss a fillet, but his catch is, yet again, meager. In the last couple of years, it’s been hard to make a living from fishing on the lake. I am with another fisherman, Alonso Montañes, and we approach Delgado on a motorboat.

    Across the lake I can see Delgado’s town, El Toro, on top of a large embankment, about two stories high. Montañes tells me the embankment used to be the floor of the lake, which once reached the houses of El Toro. The lake—which is a reservoir created when the Boquilla Dam was constructed in 1916—is quickly receding. It is at 15 percent of its capacity, Montañes tells me. Never has it been so low.

    Fisherman Gerardo Delgado shows me his catch on Lake Toronto. Photo: Todd Miller).

    Delgado is in a blue motorboat. I ask how many fish he has caught, and he shows me his plastic orange container with about five fillets scrunched in a corner. “This will probably earn me 60 pesos,” he tells me, adding that so far today, after about six hours, he has spent 350 pesos on gas. “So you are going to lose money?” I ask. “Every day,” he says.

    Two years ago, Delgado tells me, El Toro’s community well went dry. Now to get water, they have to buy it from expensive “pipa” trucks that come from out of town. There used to be 40 families in El Toro. Now there are 17. Two of Delgado’s sisters are already in the United States.

    It takes a bit for it to set in, but I finally realize that I am in a climate-change hot spot. I’m reminded of Marinduque, Philippines, which I visited in 2015. There, I saw water lapping into a destroyed house like it was a carcass. For me, in that moment, climate change went from abstract to raw and real. On Lake Toronto there is also this palpable sense of violence with the drought. Throughout the day, as we cruise the lake, Montañes tells me an “ecocide” is happening before our very eyes.

    Fisherman Alonso Montañes driving his boat on Lake Toronto. Photo: Todd Miller.

    I am there because I am working on a book about climate change, water, and the border. And being there on the cusp of 2025 is significant for two reasons. One, of course, is the change in presidential power in the United States and the uncertainty that brings. But also 2025 is the year that Mexico, as stipulated by a 1944 treaty, is obligated to pay a water debt to the United States. Every five years Mexico has to pay the United States 1.75 million acre-feet of water, and in March it had supplied only 382,000. Farmers in Texas’s faraway Rio Grande Valley also depend on this reservoir’s water, which will flow north in the Rio Conchos and become the Rio Grande after Presidio, Texas. In other words, on Lake Toronto we are floating on the water that will become the U.S.-Mexico border. In May, Texas congresswoman Monica de la Cruz stood before the U.S. House and said, “We need to use every tool that we have available to force Mexico to abide by the treaty. We want our water. We demand our water!”

    “Está cabrón,” another fisherman named Jesús Chávez tells me on the shores of Lake Toronto, a few miles from where Delgado was. He is not referring to de la Cruz’s words, nor to the United States’ demands. He is referring to having caught “nothing” after putting out his nets and traps the night before. At his feet are discarded watermelon rinds. He tried to grow the crop to supplement his income but couldn’t sell it for a good price. “Do you want a slice?” he asks me.

    “Está cabrón,” he tells me as I eat the watermelon, meaning “it’s fucked up.” “Should be the title of your book.”

    Fisherman Jesús Chávez on the shores of Lake Toronto. Photo: Todd Miller.

    Later at dusk in the small town of Camargo, where I am staying, I get a coffee at a small stand in the town’s central plaza and sit on a wrought-iron bench. All around are holiday lights. All around are people out and about, kids on scooters and tricycles. I see Christmas trees decorated with large ornaments in the storefronts. December into the holidays is my favorite time of the year. Even with a dire forecast for next year, life always slows down, becomes more reflective, more present. There are indeed many things to worry about. But there is something about this plaza here in Mexico, where I can find a calm joy, at least for now.

    As I sit, I read the late Irish poet John O’Donohue’s book Beauty: The Invisible Embrace. I think about my day on the water as the poet contends that the violation of beauty is a fundamental element of today’s global crisis. “When we awaken to the call of beauty,” O’Donohue writes, “we become aware of new ways of being in the world.” Soon it is dusk, and the sky has clouds blazing across it, and there are even a few surprising raindrops. Across from me a group of women have gathered, two sitting on another wrought-iron bench, but several others have brought chairs from their homes as if the plaza were their living room. I come to understand, over the next few days, that this is a nightly ritual. Each time I see it, I think how much I love Mexico. And how imperative it is to think about things globally, not territorially, especially when it comes to environmental chaos.

    Maybe 2025 could be the year to discard artificial borders—not necessarily the physical, militarized ones, which won’t be budging for a while, but the more easily movable ones, the psychological ones. Maybe 2025 could be a year that focuses on interconnectedness between people and peoples—like underground mycelia networks—rather than the brute territorial divisiveness that will surely emanate from Washington. I am, indeed, searching for new ways of being.

    The Rio Conchos in central south Chihuahua. It is feared that the river will dry up considerably in 2025 threatening the water supply of the town of Camargo. Photo: Todd Miller.

    The next day I visit a rancho. It consists mainly of a pecan grove, but also has a drying alfalfa field. There, I meet with a farmer named Miguel. “What do you think about the incoming president?” he asks, referring, of course, to Donald Trump. At this point we have been talking for about 15 minutes. We are walking under the pecan trees on dry cracked soil near Camargo. The soil tells the story of 2024: it hasn’t rained. There isn’t enough water in the reservoir to irrigate this year, and Miguel knows this.

    We are just a few miles away from the Boquilla Dam, which was commandeeredby the Mexican military in 2020. The military tried to open the valves to pay the United States with what was going to be irrigation water. What resulted was a serious water battle. Thousands of farmers converged around the dam and, after many clashes, forced the military out. The farmers shut down the valves. This time, when I ask if people thought the military would come for the water again, the response has been “what water?”

    Miguel walks through the pecan trees. Photo: Todd Miller.

    Miguel tells me he asked about Trump because before he came to this farm 15 years ago (he is an employee), he had lived in the United States for decades. He worked the corn harvests near Albuquerque, New Mexico. He picked grapes and chiles. If there is no water to irrigate here, Miguel tells me, there could be a lot of migration north. And if there is a mass deportation, he tells me, “there’s going to be a lot of problems.” He goes on, “I know because I worked the fields there. What are they going to do with the fields? The agriculture? Undocumented people are the ones who work there. Are they going to deport them here?”

    And here, he says, “va a correr sangre antes de correr agua”: blood will flow before water does.

    He asks what I think they should do, since I come here commissioned by the United States. I tell him I am not commissioned by the United States; I’m an independent journalist. I tell him I came here because the world seems to be at a crossroads, a crucial moment, and things like borders and water are at the center of that. I think about Alonso Montañes, on Lake Toronto, Gerardo Delgado showing me his meager catch, and Jesús Chávez saying “está cabrón.” I think about the women in the central plaza meeting up every night, even as the threat of water running out in Camargo looms for 2025. Would these people be the guides to a new way of being? I think that’s likely. That’s why I’m here, I tell Miguel. That’s why I’m talking to you, because you are the person who knows.

    This originally appeared in The Border Chronicle.

    The post “Está Cabrón”: An End-of-Year Reflection on a World at the Crossroads appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Industrial plants, Port of Longview. Photo: Jeffrey St. Clair.

    2024 will be the warmest year on record, the year warming topped 1.5 degrees Celsius. It’s the year the US set new oil and gas production records, surpassing Saudi Arabia and Russia. It’s a year that saw the US re-elect a climate denier who vows to double US oil production over these record levels, assuming that’s even possible.  

    It’s a year that saw two of the most destructive hurricanes in US history roar back across the Gulf Coast. It’s the year a tropical cyclone demolished the French colony of Mayotte, killing as many as 10,000 people. In 2024, the temperature in Death Valley hit 130.1; Tepache, Mexico, 125.6; Aswan, Egypt, 121; Las Vegas, 120; and Redding, California, 118. Van Buren, Missouri topped 90 in February. It was the year arid regions like Valencia, Spain, the UAE, Morocco and Algeria, Roswell, New Mexico, and Moab, Utah experienced devastating floods. Storm Boris unleashed a month’s worth of rain in 24 hours on much of Europe. Meanwhile, much of the mid-Atlantic region in the US went more than a month without rain this fall. 

    It’s the year the UN climate conference, held in the oil city of Baku, failed to reach an agreement on phasing out fossil fuels and committed to providing less than a third of the annual climate funding needed for developing nations to transition from fossil fuels. It’s the year when CO2 levels hit 425.01 PPM, nearly 3 PPM more than last year’s record high. It’s the year when wildfires in Canada burned all year long.

    January

    + CO2 reading for Jan. 1, 2024: 422.23 ppm

    + It’s now official: 2023 was the warmest year on record at 1.43C above preindustrial levels, beating the prior record set in 2016 by 0.14C. This continues a rapid warming trend that’s seen global temperatures rise around 1C since 1970.

    + December 2023 was the warmest December on record for the Contiguous U.S. by a wide margin. It was 0.67°F (0.37°C) warmer than December 2021.

    + A new study in Nature estimates that even under an optimistic scenario “the global North would overshoot its share of the 1.5 °C carbon budget by a factor of three, appropriating half of the global South’s share in the process.”

    + The Great Lakes typically have an ice coverage of 55% during the winter months, causing at least half of their surfaces to freeze. As of January 1, they had a combined ice cover of just 0.2%. Lake Superior 0.5%, Lake Michigan 0%, Lake Huron 0%, Lake Erie 0%, Lake Ontario 0%…

    + James Hansen: “When our children and grandchildren look back at the history of human-made climate change, this year and next will be seen as the turning point at which the futility of governments in dealing with climate change was finally exposed.”

    + After an 8-year battle, Judge Ann Aiken has dismissed all of the US government’s motions to dismiss and further stall the so-called youth climate constitutional case Juliana v. US. The case is now bound for trial. In her 49-page opinion, Judge Aiken wrote: “This catastrophe is the great emergency of our time and compels urgent action. As this lawsuit demonstrates, young people—too young to vote and effect change through the political process—are exercising the institutional procedure available to plead with their government to change course.”

    + Leaders at COP28 agreed to a “historic” $700 million in loss and damage funding.  Meanwhile, BP, Shell, Chevron, ExxonMobil and TotalEnergies are about to reward their investors with record payouts of more than $100 billion.

    + In the last twenty years, southern New England has experienced nearly 30 fewer snow days a year.

    + The snowpack at the base of our local strato-volcano, Mt. Hood, sits nearly 50 inches below the normal amount for this time of year.

    +++

    + You scour the headlines for little rays of hope and, instead, just keep finding shit like the bracing results from this recent AP survey on American attitudes about climate change: “Americans are less convinced that climate change is caused mostly or entirely by humans compared to data from recent years, declining from 60% in 2018 to 49% this year…This increased doubt was just as significant for someone who graduated from college as someone who has a high school diploma or less (11 percentage point drop) and was more pronounced for younger Americans (17 percentage point drop for those ages 18-29 vs. 9 percentage point drop for the 60+ age group)…Democrats and independents are becoming less convinced that climate change is caused mostly by humans, while Republican attitudes remain stable.”

    + According to Berkeley Earth’s 2023 Global Temperature Report 2023 was by far the hottest year since direct observations began: 2023 was 1.54 ± 0.06 °C (2.77 ± 0.11 °F) above the 1850-1900 average, the first year above 1.5 °C (2.7 °F).

    + The melting of Greenland’s ice sheet is accelerating rapidly. A new study published in Nature estimates that Greenland is losing an average of 30m tonnes of ice an hour–20% more than was previously thought. The torrents of freshwater flushing into the Atlantic are expected to speed the collapse of the ocean currents called the Atlantic meridional overturning circulation (Amoc), the consequences of which will be dire.

    + There’s been a big leak in a pipeline on Alaska’s North Slope, very close to the boundary of the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge. The leak started on Saturday evening and the preliminary estimate is 11,550 gallons (275 barrels) of natural gas condensate, also known as “light oil.”

    + Modi’s climate two-step

    Dec 11: India announces plan to double coal production by 2030

    Dec 13: India signs off on “transitioning away from fossil fuels at COP28

    Dec 22: India lays out plans to build 88 GW of coal power plants

    + A piece in the Financial Times predicts that the countries in the global south expected to experience the most extreme climate disasters “face a massive financing gap: they need $4.3 trillion by 2030 to avoid the worst impacts of climate change.”

    + Thousands of U.S. homes have flooded over and over again: “The bottom line is that the risk and the damages are increasing faster than we are dealing with them.”

    + Recently reclassified as a ‘humid subtropical’ climate, New York City, experienced nearly 700 consecutive days with less than an inch of snowfall.

    +++

    + Let’s check the scoreboard for how the Climate Prez is doing: the United States is now producing more oil than any country in history:  13 million barrels per day (International Energy Agency). The US now produces one-in-five barrels of global oil production.

    + Since 1970, the Greenland ice sheet has lost over 6 trillion metric tons of ice, which is more than 700 tonnes lost per person for every person on the planet today.

    + A new report says that climate change, not El Niño, was the main driver of the Amazon drought in 2023. The study concluded that climate change made the agricultural Amazon drought 30 times more likely from June to November.  In Amazonas state, 59 out of 62 municipalities are facing drought and 15 of them are in an emergency situation, according to the Amazon Working Group. Rivers in some regions have fallen to their lowest levels in more than 120 years. The drought has increased the spread of wildfire and caused mass die-offs of fish and dolphins.

    + Because climate change isn’t producing the expected increase in atmospheric moisture over dry regions, according to a study from the National Science Foundation: “We could be facing higher risks than what’s been projected for arid regions like the SW, which has already been affected by water shortages and extreme wildfire…”

    + In most parts of the country, charging an EV is equivalent to a gasoline price of $1 to $2 per gallon. The national average is $1.41 per eGallon, which is less than half the current gasoline price of $3.07 (as of Jan. 16, 2024)

    + On one of the coldest days of the year in Texas, solar output hit a record high of more than 14,000 megawatts of production, contributing about 20% of the total production of the ERCOT power grid.

    + Officials in southern Portugal’s Algarve region are planning to cut the water allocation for agricultural use by 70% and for households by 15% this year. But the region’s reservoirs are still likely to run dry by summer. An official said, “The situation is becoming catastrophic.”

    + In the last three years, renewable energy cut over $1 trillion from the fuel bill of the electricity sector worldwide.

    + The EU announced it will ban diesel trucks by 2040. Medium and heavy-duty trucks constitute about 3% of the vehicles on the road but they account for 30% of the pollution.

    + A new analysis projects that ammonia-fueled ships can prove cheaper to run than a fossil-fueled fleet and cut emissions by nearly 80%.

    + Just one of the 23 planned LNG facilities could lead to as much greenhouse gas being emitted over the course of its expected operating life, as the EPA’s new methane rule is projected to save in total over the next 15 years.

    February 2024

    + During the deluge that submerged much of California this week, a weather station on the UCLA campus recorded nearly 12 inches of rain in 24 hours, a one-in-1000-year rainfall event for Westwood. (Probably happen five more times in the next ten years.)

    + January 2024 was the warmest January on record according to the recently released ERA5 reanalysis. This is the 8th consecutive monthly record.

    + Global sea surface temperatures hit another record high on Tuesday, reaching 21.13°C for the first time in recorded history.

    + Of the world’s three largest tropical rainforest regions, the Amazon, Southeast Asia, and the Congo, only Congo has enough standing forest to remain a strong net carbon sink.

    + Describing the current classification system as inadequate, a new study published in the journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences calls for adding a Category 6 to the hurricane scale, as climate change intensifies the destructive power of hurricanes.

    + More than 110 people were killed in wildfires on the urban/rural interface near Valparaiso, Chile. Hundreds are still missing, making these the deadliest wildfires in South American history. Many of the fires burned in monocultural plantations.

    + In the past 10 years, 183 counties in the US saw their first wind project come online. However, according to an analysis by USA Today, over the same period, nearly 375 counties passed measures blocking new wind developments.

    + The Energy Information Agency (EIA) estimates that large-scale cryptocurrency operations are now consuming more than 2 percent of the US’s electricity.”

    +++

    + It’s February and Alberta just declared an early opening to “fire season.” There are a total of 54 new fires and dozens remaining from last year that continue to burn.

    + Still Unsafe at Any Speed: According to a study of the harm done by cars published in Science Direct, one in 36 deaths (1.36 million deaths a year) has been linked to “automobility.” Globally, cars and automobility have killed 60–80 million people and injured at least 2 billion. 

    + Can’t wait to see how the Sierra Club and the rest of GangGreen rationalize Biden’s latest retreat on his environmental pledges. This time he’s instructed EPA to back off its strict new tailpipe emission standards, in order to slow the transition to Electric Vehicles, where US automakers continue to lag far behind both China and Europe…

    + The Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, once the most progressive court in the country, just struck down a moratorium on the export of coal mined from federal lands. The Associated Press described the ruling as “a setback for Dems and environmentalists.” Not to mention a rapidly warming planet. Northern Cheyenne Tribal Administrator William Walksalong: “We need the Biden administration to step up & live up to its promises to protect our climate, conduct a long overdue review of the federal coal leasing program and make thoughtful plans for the future of public lands.”

    + Biden’s Bureau of Land Management is reviewing a sprawling carbon storage project proposed by ExxonMobil for federal lands in eastern Montana. Apparently, even if we succeed in transitioning from oil, we’ll never rid ourselves of the oil companies…

    + A study published last week in the journal Science Advances is the first to show a strong link between large-scale locust swarms and climate change: ‘Heavy wind & rain may be triggering widespread, synchronized desert locust outbreaks in key breadbasket regions of the world, new research shows. And the range of these ravenous, crop-stripping locusts could expand up to 25% due to climate change.’

    + Of the nearly 1,200 migratory species monitored by the U.N. – including whales, sea turtles, apes, songbirds and others – more than one-fifth are now threatened with extinction.

    + In Okinawa, the water levels of its reservoirs are so low they’ve been forced to switch to using water from Chubu, which has been deemed unsafe for drinking water because of high levels of PFAS contamination.

    + January 2024 was the eighth consecutive month where monthly global temperatures hit a record high. It was also the planet’s second-wettest January on record, according to NOAA.

    + Don’t blame El Nino. Historically, the temperatures of El Nino winters are about the same as La Nina winters.

    + The development of 10 Amazon data centers in two rural counties (Morrow and Umatilla) has turned one of Oregon’s smallest utilities (Umatilla Electric Cooperative) into one of the state’s biggest polluters. Umatilla Electric, which has only 16,000 customers, now generates 1,812,263 metric tons of CO2 a year. Compare that to the Eugene Water & Electric Board (EWEB) which serves 97,060 customers and generates only 82,570 metric tons of CO2 a year.

    March

    + Given the record temperature in the Atlantic basin, hurricane season may start early and end late this year…

    + Fifteen years before it was predicted, the average global temperature has breached 1.5C above pre-industrial levels over a 12-month period.

    + Oil and gas profits have tripled under Biden, but still the industry wants to evict him in favor of Trump. It’s a lesson Biden still hasn’t learned after five decades in politics.

    + For the third year in a row Atlantic sea ice reached a new low, signaling that the continent’s sea ice has undergone an ‘abrupt critical transition.’”

    + The Smokehouse Creek fire in West Texas began a week ago Monday, spread more than 80 miles in the space of a few hours and at some points was growing as much as 150 football fields every minute. By Thursday, it had become the second-largest burn in modern American history and is now larger than any California wildfire on record.

    “According to the National Interagency Fire Center, Minnesota & Wisconsin will see an above-normal wildfire risk starting as soon as March.”

    + By March 1st, 2024, the fire season had already burned 1.5 million acres–more than 50% of all acres burned last year nationally.

    + With global temperatures rising to unprecedented levels, fossil fuel subsidies surged to a record $7 trillion in 2022.

    + After years of funding climate denial, Exxon’s CEO Darren Woods told Fortune magazine this week that the public was to blame for climate change, not the fossil fuel industry: “The dirty secret nobody talks about is how much all this is going to cost and who’s willing to pay for it. The people who are generating those emissions need to be aware of and pay the price for generating those emissions. That is ultimately how you solve the problem.”

    + With at least 150 so-called zombie fires from last year still burning under snow-covered ground, Canada is bracing for another “This year’s fire season may be worse than the record-breaking season of 2023, when 1000s of fires burned 48 million acres million acres. ‘There’s no historical analog to what we’re seeing right now,” said Mike Flannigan, a professor of wildfire science at Thompson Rivers University in Kamloops, British Columbia. “Most years they’re not a big deal. But now a lot of these fires have the potential that when the snow melts and it gets warm, dry and windy to actually grow again. So it is a serious issue.”

    + It snowed here in the Willamette Valley on the opening days of meteorological spring, but as for winter…28% of the lower 48 states experienced temperatures at least 5 degrees above normal for the entire season.

    + A new study published in the journal Nature Reviews Earth and Environment projects that under all future emissions scenarios, the Arctic Ocean will likely become ice-free for the first time on a late August or early September day within the next 10 to 15 years.

    + The North Atlantic sea surface temperature has been at record warm levels for an entire year now, setting daily record highs every day for 365 consecutive days and counting.

    + Following France, Spain is banning some short-haul domestic flights, and possibly private jets as well, as part of its plan to reduce carbon emissions. The restrictions would apply to most flights with a rail alternative that take less than two and a half hours.

    + New study in Nature: “Almost the entire vegetated land surface [of the planet] will be subject to substantial changes in how climate supports the plants that define terrestrial ecosystems…A profound transformation of the biosphere is underway.”

    +++

    + The world’s five biggest fossil fuel companies (Total, Chevron, Shell, BP and Exxon/Mobil) are expected to add 51 billion tonnes of C02 emissions to the atmosphere between now and 2050. A new study by Global Witness finds that the planned fossil fuel production from these “5 majors” will kill 11.5 million people by 2100.

    + The annual atmospheric increase in CO2 was a staggering 3.4 parts per million (ppm) in 2023.

    + A million tons: the amount of ice Greenland loses every two minutes.

    + Every day for the last 12 months, global sea surface temperatures have broken records.

    + Phoenix, the US’s hottest city, experienced a record 645 deaths related to high temperatures in 2023–50% higher than the number of heat-related deaths in 2022.

    + In 1993, the US Forest Service fought wildfires on 1.79 million acres.  By 2021, the number of burned acres had more than quadrupled.

    + This week State Farm announced plans to not renew around 72,000 property and commercial apartment policies in California starting this summer, largely because of the increased risk of climate-driven wildfires. State Farm is California’s largest property insurer.

    + According to a report from the Royal Society, Giant Sequoias are now much more numerous and in better condition in the UK than they are across their native range in the Sierra Nevada Mountains of California.

    + Desert ecosystems are much more sensitive to climate changes than previously believed. Research in the Sonoran desert has found a sharp decline in vegetation cover, especially in drier areas, mostly attributed to rising temperatures and less rain.

    + China, the world’s leading solar supplier, doubled production capacity last year and now produces nearly three times more panels than global demand. Global prices for panels have fallen 50% in the past year to as low as 10 cents a watt.

    + China’s global share of EV sales hit 48.2% last week and will pass 50% within 3 months predicted Wang Chuanfu, CEO of China’s leading EV-maker BYD.

    + In 2019, 149 million people worldwide were classified as ‘acutely food insecure’ – meaning they did not have enough food to meet their daily nutritional needs. Only four years later, that number has more than doubled to 333 million. One leading cause has been droughts and crop failures attributed to climate change.

    + In the first two-and-a-half months of 2024, more than 10,000 wildfires have burned across 11,000 square kilometers of the Amazon, according to real-time satellite monitoring, a record number for this early in the year.

    + In 2023, carbon emissions in the UK fell to their lowest level since 1897.

    + Lula has made lofty pledges to address climate change and protect the environment, goals that will prove very challenging to meet if Petrobras, Brazil’s state-run oil company, goes forward with its plans to significantly boost oil production, with the goal of becoming the world’s third-largest oil producer by 2030.

    + The scheduled delays in retiring South Africa’s remaining coal plants could cause 32,000 excess deaths from air pollution, according to a report by the Centre for Research on Energy and Clean Air (Crea).

    + According to a study out of MIT: “The Cloud now has a greater carbon footprint than the airline industry. A single data center can consume the equivalent electricity of 50,000 homes. At 200 TWh annually, data centers collectively devour more energy than some nation-states.”

    + The Biden Administration isn’t just permitting the destruction of Thacker Pass, it’s subsidizing the massive lithium mine slated for the Oregon/Nevada border to the tune of $2.26 billion

    +++

    + In 2020, one in 25 cars sold worldwide was electric; by 2023, it was one in five.

    + UN emissions data is so out of date and incomplete that no one really knows how close most countries are to meeting their emissions targets.

    + People who live in France now produce 7% less carbon than the average person on Earth.

    + A study in Nature reports that fire suppression may be a more important factor in driving the intensity of wildfires than fuel accumulation.

    + This week ocean temperatures in the tropical Atlantic reached levels not normally found until June 3.

    + Hundreds of gray whales have starved to death off the Pacific Coast, owing to a sharp decline in food availability in their Arctic and sub-Arctic feeding grounds attributable to warming oceans…

    + Several of the largest new oil and gas field discoveries since 2021 have been made by companies with net-zero emissions pledges.

    + Agriculture accounts for 74% of the water diverted from the Colorado River, roughly three times as much as the amount of water consumed by cities. Nearly half (46%) of the Colorado River’s water is used to grow alfalfa and other hay crops for cattle.

    April

    + Nine of the 10 hottest years have been recorded in the past 10 years and all 10 since 2005.

    + Under Biden, the Climate prez, US LNG exports are at record highs (almost 16 billion cubic feet per day) and are projected to keep on growing. In 2016, LNG exports from the US were nearly zero.

    + UN climate chief, Simon Stiell: ’It’s blazingly obvious that finance is the make-or-break factor in the world’s climate fight.’”

    + A new “rapid analysis” study shows that the “dangerous humid heat” that oppressed western Africa in mid-February was made 10 times more likely by human-caused climate change.

    + Summer temperatures across much of Western Europe have risen three times faster than the global mean warming since 1980.

    + Around 77% of Texas’ electricity is now powered by solar, wind and nuclear.

    + A recent study by Australia National University predicts that Australia is facing 20-year-long megadroughts.

    + Marine protection areas in the Caribbean haven’t helped to revive failing fish populations.

    + Most nuclear plants in the US are unprepared for climate-driven disasters, such as wildfires and floods, according to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Nearly 60% of the country’s nuclear power capacity is directly threatened.

    + The Economist: “About a tenth of the world’s residential property by value is under threat from global warming—including many houses that are nowhere near the coast.”

    + Around 54% of ocean waters containing coral reefs have experienced heat stress high enough to cause bleaching, according to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s Coral Reef Watch. The bleaching is increasing at a rate of 1 percent a week.

    + On April 6th, the low temperature in Biarritz was +72.5°F, which was the highest minimum temperature ever recorded in France for the month of April. In fact, +72.5°F was one of the highest minimum temperatures ever measured in Biarritz (for any month).

    + The European Court of Human Rights last week ruled that the Swiss government had violated the human rights of 2,000 women over the age of 64, known as KlimaSeniorinnen, or Senior Women for Climate Protection, their government’s failure to combat climate change put them at a higher risk of dying in heatwaves. The women argued they could not leave their homes and suffered ill-health during frequent record hot spells. The landmark ruling forces Switzerland to take aggressive steps to reduce carbon emissions, in line with targets to keep warming to below a global 1.5 C rise.

    The diminishing snowpack on the southern slopes of  Mount St. Helens, mid-April, 2024. Photo: Jeffrey St. Clair.

    + With another dry summer forecast for the Pacific Northwest and the snowpack in the Cascade Range at the lowest level in at least a decade, Washington officials have declared a statewide drought emergency.

    + CO 2 levels for April 26: 428.63 ppm, a record high.

    May

    + A new study in Nature: “Using an empirical approach… the persistence of impacts on economic growth, we find that the world economy is committed to an income reduction of 19% within the next 26 years independent of future emission choices.”

    + Temperatures every month between July and December of 2023 beat the prior record by at least 0.3C. And September shattered the previous record by 0.5C.

    + A UN labor agency report warns of the rising threat of excess heat, and climate change on the world’s workers. The International Labor Organization (ILO) estimates that over 2.4 billion workers — more than 70% of the global workforce — are likely to face excessive heat as part of their jobs at some point, according to the most recent figures available, from 2020. That’s up from over 65% in 2000.

    + The two families (Ferrero and Mars) who own the biggest chocolate corporations have more wealth than the combined GDP of the two countries (Ghana and Ivory Coast), which supply the most cocoa beans.

    + In the last ten, severe storm outages increased by 74% compared with the prior decade. High winds, rains, winter storms, tornadoes and hurricanes, accounted for 80% of all power interruptions over the last 20 years.

    + This has the flavor of a BP ad after Deepwater Horizon…The US is producing more oil (13 million barrels on average every day in 2023) and exporting more LNG than at any time in history.

    + Last year was by far the most destructive wildfire season on record in Canada. But the total burn area so far in 2024 is 20 times what it was by this time lie 2023.

    + Florida’s coral reefs have experienced a 90 percent decline in the past 40 years, largely due to warming oceans.

    + The recent storms that flooded Dubai were made 40% more intense by climate change.

    + Taxing big fossil fuel firms could raise $900 billion for climate finance by 2030.

    + According to Consumer Reports, climate change will cost a typical child born in 2024 at least around $500,000 over their lifetime—and possibly as much as $1 million—through a combination of cost-of-living increases and reduced earnings.

    + Since 1976, more than 4 billion solar panels have been manufactured worldwide and the cost per panel has declined by 96 percent.

    + US emissions declined by 3% last year, almost all of it in the power generation sector, as emissions continued to climb in the transportation, industrial and agricultural sectors.

    + Mashable: “The last time CO2 levels were as high as today, ocean waters drowned the lands where metropolises like Houston, Miami, and New York City now exist.”

    June

    + You can believe whatever you want to but …. the two-year increase in the Keeling Curve of peak carbon dioxide levels is the largest on record.

    + Why are CO2 levels continuing to soar? Because industrial nations are still burning massive amounts of fossil fuels. In fact, last year the global consumption of fossil fuels hit a record high last year, producing emissions to more than 40 gigatonnes of CO2 for the first time, according to a report by the the Energy Institute.

    + More than 1000 people have died of heat-related causes during the Hajj pilgrimage in Saudi Arabia, where temperatures in Mecca hit 51.8°C (125°F).

    + Here in the US, an Associated Press investigation calculated that there were 2,300 heat deaths last summer, a new record, and the report admitted that the number was almost certainly a dramatic undercount of the actual number of heat-related deaths.

    + A study of the 1995 Chicago heatwave showed that 28% of those admitted to hospital for heatstroke died within a year. Most of the rest had ongoing organ dysfunction and brain damage.

    + India last week, Florida in July: “At the SMS hospital in Rajasthan’s capital, Jaipur, so many bodies of casualties of the heat have arrived at the mortuary that its capacity has been exceeded. Police in the city say many of the victims are poor laborers, who have no choice but to work outside, and homeless people.”

    + A new study finds tiny particles emitted by wildfire smoke may have contributed to at least 52,000 premature deaths in California over a decade. By 2050, cumulative excess deaths from exposure to wildfire smoke globally could exceed 700,000, a two-thirds increase over current numbers.

    + From a study on the environmental impacts of wildfire smoke on lake ecosystems published in Global Change Biology: “From 2019 to 2021, we found that 99.3% of North America was covered by smoke. An incredible 98.9% of lakes experienced at least 10 smoke-days a year, with 89.6% of lakes receiving 30 smoke-days, and some lakes experiencing up to four months of smoke.” We’re fucked, might be the phrase you’re looking for…

    + A new study published by the National Bureau of Economic Research (NBER) shows that average homeowners insurance premiums have increased by 33%from 2020 to 2023, largely driven by climate-related disaster risks.

    + The record rainfall in south Florida last week, which dumped as much as 15 inches of rain in 24 hours on parts of Sarasota, Naples and Miami, normally occurs only once every 500 to 1,000 years.

    + Mario Ariza: “Eventually, Florida’s policies of agnostic adaptation will have to deal with this looming reality, where adaptation is clearly impossible, and retreat may be the only option left.”

    + According to Swiss Re, one of Europe’s largest reinsurers, insurers have dramatically underestimated the annual damages from climate-related disasters and warned that some areas of the continent may become “uninsurable.” Lloyd’s of London’s John Neal: “You’ll never find an insurer saying, ‘I don’t believe in climate change.’”

    + India’s monsoon season delivered 20% less rainfall than usual, especially concerning given the extended heat wave that has gripped the sub-continent.

    + The use of swimming pools and video games in California consume more energy than some entire countries.

    + China’s solar module production, which has tripled since 2021, hit 1,000 GWlast year, nearly five times the rest of the world combined.

    + Worldwide the average price for photovoltaic panels is 11 cents per watt, a global price largely based on the market of the leading producer, China. The average price for panels in the United States was 31 cents per watt.

    + Nearly one-third of all oceangoing ships are carrying fossil fuels.

    + Average CO2 levels for June: 426.91 ppm, a record high

    July

    + Last Sunday was the hottest day ever recorded on Earth. Monday was even hotter.

    + Bidenmentalism in Action: “No country in history has extracted as much oil as the US has in each of the past six years.” Will Harris stop the drilling?

    + Oil production in the US has more than doubled in less than a decade.

    + Since the world started to get “serious” about global warming, coal demand has only increased–rising by 75% since the Kyoto Protocol in 1997 and by nearly 15% since the Paris Agreement in 2015.

    + Every six hours the world burns enough coal to build a new replica of the Great Pyramid of Giza.

    + On July 15, Chicago issued 16 tornado warnings, the most sent on a single day since 2004. In an average year, Illinois only experiences 50 tornadoes. This year it’s been hit more than 100, already.

    + The Park Fire outside Chico grew by 100,000 acres in a mere 24 hours. It ignited when someone lit a car on fire and rolled it into a forested ravine, but it blew up because the forest is parched bone-dry by year after year of searing summer heat.

    + Here in Oregon’s Willamette Valley we tied a record for the most consecutive 100F-degree days, which, sandwiched between an even longer string of 90+ days, prompted a “flash drought,” pushing the wildfire danger from “low” to “high” in the span of a few days. Oregon has effectively dried out. There are currently at least 27 wildfires burning in Oregon across more than 256,500 acres of land.

    August

    + In her acceptance speech, Harris mentioned the border seven times, while saying “climate change” and “health care” only once each. 

    + Harris in 2019: “We should do something about the actual emergencies that plague our nation — like climate change or health care access — not playing politics in order to build a wasteful border wall.” Harris is turning flip-flopping into an Olympic sport, just in time for LA to host the next summer games.

    On Tuesday, southern Iran recorded a heat index of 82.2°C and a dew point of 36.1°C, provisionally the highest ever globally. The extreme “feels like” temperature is not compatible with life…

    + A new study published in the Journal of the American Medical Association reports that heat-related deaths in the US have increased by 117% since 1999. “As temperatures continue to rise because of climate change, the recent increasing trend is likely to continue,” the researchers wrote. “Local authorities in high-risk areas should consider investing in the expansion of access to hydration centers and public cooling centers or other buildings with air conditioning.” From 1999 to 2023, there have been at least 21,500 heat-related deaths in the US. Using data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the researchers found that 1,069 deaths were heat-related in 1999, compared with 2,325 in 2023, the most ever recorded.

    + Trump has spent the last few months mocking the idea of rising sea levels, claiming oceans will only rise “one-eighth of an inch over the next 400 years … and you’ll have more oceanfront property, right?” Wrong. A new UN reportwarns that rising seas are already causing more frequent coastal flooding and that for some Pacific nations coastal flooding will go from the average of fewer than five days a year between 1980 through the 2010s to once every two weeks by 2050 and once every 2 to 3 days in a worst case scenario.

    + For some Pacific nations, floods will go from fewer than 5 days a year in 1980-2010s, to once a fortnight on average by 2050, and every 2-3 days in a worst-case scenario.

    + Warming ocean currents are undermining the massive Thwaites glacier in Antarctica. The collapse of the so-called Doomsday Glacier could raise sea levels by as much as 7 feet.

    + In only five days last week, Canada’s total wildfire area for the year has grown by more than 700,000 hectares. 2024 is now the *fourth* worst fire season in Canadian history record. If another 406,000 hectares burn it will move into third place, making 2024 the fourth worst fire season on record with another two months left in the fire season. If another 406,000 hectares burn it will move into third place.

    + According to NOAA’s newly released State of the Climate report for 2023, 

    * the concentration of greenhouse gasses was the highest on record

    * El Niño conditions contributed to record-high sea surface temperatures

    * Ocean heat and global sea levels were the highest on record

    * The Arctic was warm and navigable

    * Antarctic sea ice was at record lows throughout the year.

    * Heatwaves and droughts contributed to massive wildfires around the world

    + If you want proof, all you have to do is look at the daily atmospheric CO2 readings from Mauna Loa since Kyoto and Paris…

    + The more than 500,000 trees logged off to make way for Musk’s new Tesla factory in Germany increased carbon emissions by 13,000 tons, the equivalent of driving 33 million miles in a combustion car.

    + On Monday, Yampi Sound experienced its hottest winter day ever recorded in Australia, hitting 106.8°F (41.6°C).

    + A new report from CoreLogic found that 2.6 million homes across 14 western states are at risk from wildfires, led by California with more than 1,258,748 homes in danger, followed by Colorado with 321,294) and Texas with 244,617.

    + Exxon is warning of an “oil shock” if suppliers conclude that oil demand will fall by 2050.

    September

    + Bidenmentalism in a nutshell: “On my watch, we’ve responsibly increased our oil production to meet our immediate needs – without delaying or deferring our transition to clean energy. We’re America. We can do both.” Sorry, Joe, you haven’t and you can’t…

    + The Global temperature in August 2024 tied with August 2023 for the warmest of any August on record. Up in Svalbard at 78° north latitude in the Arctic Ocean, the average temperature for August was a hitherto unfathomable 51.8 F (11 C)…

    + For three months, the temperature in Phoenix averaged 99F…On Wednesday, the temperature in Phoenix reached 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a record 100th straight day.

    + US gasoline demand, the world’s single largest pool of oil consumption, has almost certainly peaked for good, according to a report in Bloomberg.

    + Meanwhile, solar prices are falling. Solar module price falls to a record low of $0.096/W, according to Bloomberg’s Global Solar Market Report. The record low prices drove global installations to a new high in 2024.  The report says 592 GW will be installed in 2024, an increase of 33% from last year’s record high.

    + A study out of UC Davis shows that ride-sharing apps like Uber and Lyft are luring people from using more sustainable modes of travel, like walking, cycling and public transport: “More than 50% of ride-hailing trips taken by surveyed riders in California replaced more sustainable forms of transportation — such as walking, cycling, carpooling, and public transit — or created new vehicle miles.”

    + Since 2004, Saudi Arabia’s oil production has fallen and America’s has more than doubled.

    + The Energy Information Agency estimates that North America’s liquefied natural gas (LNG) export capacity will more than double between 2024 and 2028, from 11.4 billion cubic feet per day in 2023 to 24.4 Bcf/d in 2028, if projects currently under construction begin operations as planned.

    + In the first half of 2024, 80% of new electricity capacity in the US came from solar and batteries.

    + Only 15 countries account for more the 98.5% of the world’s new coal power generation. But two of those 15 countries, China and India, are responsible for 86% of that capacity.

    + A decade ago, nearly 40% of UK electricity came from coal. Today the UK’s last remaining coal-fired power station is Ratcliffe-on-Soar Power Station in Nottinghamshire, England, which is itself slated to close at the end of September.

    + The hotter the temperature, the less well students do on exams. Over 13 years in NYC alone, “upwards of 510,000 exams that otherwise would have passed likely received failing grades due to hot exam conditions.” The study published in the estimates that these failed exams delayed or stopped around 90,000 graduations.

    + The ocean heat content of the Gulf of Mexico has smashed previous all-time record highs and this week stands at 126% of the average for the date.

    + A study from the World Bank predicts that climate change will exacerbate tensions around access to water. The report says that the global supply of fresh water per person will fall by 29% between 2000 and 2099. But all regions will not be equally affected. For example, Africa’s water supply could drop by 67%, while Europe’s could increase by 28%.

    + South Korea’s top court ruled last week that the country’s measures to fight climate change were insufficient to protect the rights of its citizens. This is the first climate litigation ruling of its kind in Asia.

    + Norm Schilling, a horticulturist in Las Vegas, on the damage to desert plants from this summer’s extreme heat: “We saw damage to plants this summer that had never shown heat stress before…The heat we’re seeing now is a new paradigm. It’s like the ground is shifting beneath our feet.’”

    + More than 20% of the Amazonian rainforest is already gone and much of what remains–dried out by a mega-drought and seared by extreme heat–is going up in flames…

    + It was 100F here in Greater Stumptown yesterday and heading toward 95F today with thick bands of smoke. And where’s there’s smoke…

    +++

    + So Harris pretty effectively rebutted GOP accusations that she’s a communist, Marxist, socialist, pacifist, progressive, environmentalist, civil libertarian, or humanist.

    + With Harris, it sounds like we will get Cheney’s foreign policy, AIPAC’s Middle East policy, Goldman Sachs’ economic policy, and Exxon’s climate policy.

    + Fires are burning down towns and resorts in California, Texas is running out of water, and a hurricane is bearing down on Louisiana once again. Yet, neither candidate advanced a position on climate change last night that went much beyond drill, drill, drill and frack, frack, frack…

    + Harris is fighting climate change by, checks notes, expanding fracking, boosting oil and gas production and building new factories!

    + Can’t we all now agree that the Democrats are objectively worse than the Republicans on climate change? The Republicans don’t believe in climate change and do nothing about it. The Democrats say they believe in climate change and still do nothing about it.

    + Move along, nothing to see here…

    + The US is adding more gas-powered plants than it has in more than a decade, mainly to keep up with the energy demands created by big tech data centers and the AI boom.

    + Emissions from data centers are likely 662% higher than big tech claims. Last year, data centers consumed a fifth of Ireland’s electricity, more than all the electricity used by homes in its towns and cities combined.

    + Microsoft’s AI data centers consume so much energy they’re spending $1.6 billion to reboot the Three Mile Island nuclear plant to power it.

    + What could go wrong?

    + Canada has made real progress in adding renewables to its electric power sector. But these gains have been wiped out by significant increases in oil and gas production, which now account for 31% of its national emissions.

    + The unnamed storm that smashed into North Carolina last week unloaded as much as 20 inches of rain in 12 hours and inflicted $7 billion in damage. There have now been more than 20 extreme-weather events in the US so far this year that have each wreaked $1 billion or more in damages.

    + Over the last 30 years, the average gas tax in France has been around eight times higher than in the United States.

    + Toxicologist George Thompson on the lingering poisonous fallout from the chemicals spilled by the Northfolk Southern train derailment in East Palestine, Ohio: “‘I’ve been a toxicologist for 55 years, and this is the worst event I’ve ever seen. And I’m talking about worldwide. None are as dangerous.’”

    + Nearly 200 environmental defenders were killed last year, most of them by the mining industry in Latin America.

    + Bidenmentalism in Action: A month before the elections, the Biden-Harris administration, which has been dismal on the environment, is moving to strip protections for gray wolves. They seem confident the enviros will vote for them no matter what they do and they’re likely correct…

    + A new report in Nature argues that most climate change models significantly underestimate the risk, severity, and duration of droughts, particularly in North America and Southern Africa. The report says that by 2100, the average most extended periods of drought could be ten days longer than previously projected.

    + Rep. Dan Crenshaw (R-TX) explained his opposition to solar energy: “At night, it just doesn’t work.” Crenshaw’s own state is second only to California in solar power generation (31,700 GWh), and solar power has repeatedly saved the ERCOT power grid from collapsing during recent power surges.

    October

    + As for climate change, even amid the carnage inflicted by Hurricane Helene, Vance accepted the premise that there is a scientific consensus on human-caused climate change only “for the sake of argument, while Walz weirdly bragged about Biden-Harris turning the US into “an energy superpower.”

    + Here’s the extent of the stultifyingly simplistic back-and-forth on climate change and Hurricane Helene: Walz talks mainly about jobs and increasing oil and gas production, and Vance complains that most solar panels used in the US are made in China (they aren’t)…

    Nora O’Donnell: Let’s turn now to Hurricane Helene. The storm could become one of the deadliest on record. More than 160 people are dead and hundreds more are missing. Scientists say climate change makes these hurricanes larger, stronger and more deadly because of the historic rainfall. Senator Vance, according to CBS News polling, seven in ten Americans and more than 60% of Republicans under the age of 45 favor the U.S. taking steps to try and reduce climate change. Senator, what responsibility would the Trump administration have to try and reduce the impact of climate change? I’ll give you two minutes.

    JDV: Sure. So first of all, let’s start with the hurricane because it’s an unbelievable, unspeakable human tragedy. I just saw today, actually, a photograph of two grandparents on a roof with a six-year-old child, and it was the last photograph ever taken of them because the roof collapsed, and those innocent people lost their lives. And I’m sure Governor Walz joins me in saying our hearts go out to those innocent people, our prayers go out to them. And we want as robust and aggressive as a federal response as we can get to save as many lives as possible. And then, of course, afterward, to help the people in those communities rebuild. I mean, these are communities that I love, some of them I know very personally. In Appalachia, all across the Southeast, they need their government to do their job. And I commit that when Donald Trump is president again, the government will put the citizens of this country first when they suffer from a disaster. And Norah, you asked about climate change. I think this is a very important issue. Look, a lot of people are justifiably worried about all these crazy weather patterns. I think it’s important for us, first of all, to say Donald Trump and I support clean air and clean water. We want the environment to be cleaner and safer, but one of the things that I’ve noticed some of our democratic friends talking a lot about is a concern about carbon emissions. This idea that carbon emissions drives all the climate change. Well, let’s just say that’s true, just for the sake of argument, so we’re not arguing about weird science. Let’s just say that’s true. Well, if you believe that, what would you, what would you want to do? The answer is that you’d want to reshore as much American manufacturing as possible and you’d want to produce as much energy as possible in the United States of America because we’re the cleanest economy in the entire world. What have Kamala Harris’s policies actually led to? More energy production in China, more manufacturing overseas, more doing business in some of the dirtiest parts of the entire world. When I say that, I mean the amount of carbon emissions they’re doing per unit of economic output. So if we actually care about getting cleaner air and cleaner water, the best thing to do is to double down and invest in American workers and the American people. And unfortunately, Kamala Harris has done exactly the opposite.

    Nora O’Donnell: Governor Walz, you have two minutes to respond.

    TW: Well, we got close to an agreement because all those things are happening. Look, first of all, it is a horrific tragedy with this hurricane, and my heart goes out to the folks that are down there in contact with the Governors. I serve as co-chair of the council of governors as we work together on these emergency managements. Governors know no partisanship. They work together to… all of the Governors and the emergency responders are on the ground. Those happen on the front end. The federal government comes in, makes sure they’re there, that we recover. But we’re still in that phase where we need to make sure that they’re staying there, staying focused.

    Now, look, coming back to the climate change issue, there’s no doubt this thing roared onto the scene faster and stronger than anything we’ve seen. Senator Vance has said that there’s a climate problem in the past; Donald Trump called it a hoax and then joked that these things would make more beachfront property to be able to invest in. What we’ve seen out of the Harris administration now, the Biden Harris administration is, we’ve seen this investment, we’ve seen massive investments, the biggest in global history that we’ve seen in the Inflation Reduction Act, has created jobs all across the country. Two thousand in Jeffersonville, Ohio. Taking the EV technology that we invented and making it here. Two hundred thousand jobs across the country. The largest solar manufacturing plant in North America sits in Minnesota. But my farmers know climate change is real. They’ve seen 500-year droughts, 500-year floods, back to back. But what they’re doing is adapting, and this has allowed them to tell me, “Look, I harvest corn, I harvest soybean, and I harvest wind.” We are producing more natural gas and more oil at any time than we ever have. We’re also producing more clean energy. So the solution for us is to continue to move forward, that climate change is real. Reducing our impact is absolutely critical. But this is not a false choice. You can do that at the same time you’re creating the jobs that we’re seeing all across the country. That’s exactly what this administration has done. We are seeing us becoming an energy superpower for the future, not just the current. And that’s what absolutely makes sense. And then we start thinking about, “How do we mitigate these disasters?”

    Nora O’Donnell: Thank you, Senator. I want to give you an opportunity to respond there. The Governor mentioned that President Trump has called climate change a hoax. Do you agree?

    JDV: Well, look, what the President has said is that if the Democrats, in particular, Kamala Harris and her leadership, if they really believe that climate change is serious, what they would be doing is more manufacturing and more energy production in the United States of America, and that’s not what they’re doing. So clearly, Kamala Harris herself doesn’t believe her own rhetoric on this. If she did, she would actually agree with Donald Trump’s energy policies. Now, something Governor Walz said, I think is important to touch upon, because when we talk about “clean energy,” I think that’s a slogan that often the Democrats will use here. I’m talking, of course, about the Democratic leadership. And the real issue is that if you’re spending hundreds of millions or even billions of dollars of American taxpayer money on solar panels that are made in China, number one, you’re going to make the economy dirtier. We should be making more of those solar panels here in the United States of America.

    TW: We are in Minnesota.

    JDV: Some of them are, Tim, but a lot of them are being made overseas in China, especially the components that go into those solar panels. So, if you really want to make the environment cleaner, you’ve got to invest in more energy production. We haven’t built a nuclear facility, I think one, in the past 40 years. Natural gas. We have got to invest more in it. Kamala Harris has done the opposite. That’s raised energy prices and also meant that we’re doing worse by the climate.

    Nora O’Donnell: Senator, your time is up.  Governor, would you like to respond?

    TW: Well, look, we’re producing more natural gas than we ever have. There’s no moratorium on that. We’re producing more oil. But the folks know, and my… like I said, again, these are not liberal folks. These are not folks that are green, new deal folks. These are farmers that have been in drought one year and massive flooding the next year. They understand that it makes sense. Look, our number one export cannot be topsoil from erosion from these massive storms. We saw it in Minnesota this summer. And thinking about, “How do we respond to that?” we’re thinking ahead on this and what Kamala Harris has been able to do in Minnesota, we’re starting to weatherproof some of these things. The infrastructure law that was passed allows us to think about mitigation in the future. How do we make sure that we’re protecting by burying our power lines? How do we make sure that we’re protecting lakefronts and things that we’re seeing more and more of? But to call it a hoax and to take the oil company executives to Mar-a-Lago, say, give me money for my campaign and I’ll let you do whatever you want. We can be smarter about that. And an all of the above energy policy is exactly what she’s doing, creating those jobs right here.

    + Trump on climate change: “The planet has actually gotten a little bit cooler recently. Climate change covers everything. It can rain, it can be dry, it can be hot, it can be cold. Climate change. I believe I really am an environmentalist. I’ve gotten environmental awards.”

    + Meanwhile, the Desert Southwest experienced the most extreme high temperatures ever recorded in October.

    + Trump on the Green New Deal, getting more and more insane: “They wanted to rip down all the buildings in Manhattan and they wanted to rebuild them without windows. Take a look; you have to see the bathrooms. Basically, water-free bathrooms, no water. It’s so gross.”

    + What kind of anti-social personality type is still watching this debate, I ask myself, while watching the debate…

    +++

    Milton from the International Space Station. Photo: NASA.

    + Two weeks after Hurricane Helene tore through the Florida panhandle and left a trail of destruction into the Appalachians and beyond, the Atlantic brewed up three more hurricanes, Kirk, Leslie and Milton: the first time three such storms have been swirling simultaneously after September.

    + Helene killed at least 238 people (with hundreds more still missing) in six states (Florida, Georgia, Tennessee, South Carolina, North Carolina and Virginia), making it the second-deadliest hurricane to strike the United States mainland in the past 50 years, after Hurricane Katrina, which killed at least 1,833 people in 2005. 

    + More than half of Helene’s deaths took place in North Carolina.

    + Only eight hurricanes have killed more than 100 people since 1950. The last time a storm near as deadly as Helene hit the US was Hurricane Harvey in 2017, which killed 103 people after making landfall near Houston.

    + The initial estimates put Helene’s economic impact at $200 billion, making it the costliest storm in U.S. history.

    + Fueled by record-high temperatures in the Gulf of Mexico, Helene went from a tropical storm into a category 4 hurricane in only two days.

    + Weather Channel depiction of what a 9-foot storm surge in a coastal Florida town would look like.

    + 15 feet: Helene’s storm surge when it swamped the coastal towns of Keaton Beach and Steinhatchee.

    + 12 feet: Milton’s storm surge at Sarasota.

    + Total rainfall east of the Mississippi during Hurricane Helene:  over 40 Trillion gallons. More than 20 Trillion gallons fell across Georgia, Florida, Tennessee, and North and South Carolina, especially over mountainous terrain.

    + Over three days, Helene unleashed more than 30 inches of rain over parts of North Carolina.

    + Human-caused climate change boosted Hurricane Helene’s rainfall by about 10% and intensified its winds by about 11%, scientists said in a new flash study released just as Hurricane Milton threatened the Florida coast less than two weeks later.

    + The Gulf of Mexico has warmed at a rate of 0.34 °F (0.19 °C) per decade since 1970, more than twice the rate of the oceans at large. 

    + Upper ocean heat content in the Atlantic during the last 66 years…

    + The destruction inflicted by Hurricane Helene forced the Federal Government’s largest repository of climate and weather data, including all historical billion-dollar storms, offline.

    + Chevron is sponsoring articles about Hurricane Helene as part of a PR blitz to convince people that its new ultra-high-pressure offshore deep-drilling project, Anchor, is climate-friendly.

    + Trump Hurricane Helene: “She [Harris] didn’t send anything or anyone at all, days passed, no help as men, women, and children drowned. North Carolina has eight military bases. Fort Bragg. They changed the name. We won two wars from Fort Bragg.”

    + More than 5,000 National Guard troops from at least nine states were dispatched to help with Hurricane Helene relief efforts, including soldiers from Connecticut, Maryland, Pennsylvania, Iowa, Ohio, New York, South Carolina, Florida, and North Carolina. Meanwhile, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers has sent personnel to Georgia, as well as dam, levee, and bridge inspection specialists to Tennessee and Kentucky, while others are working to restore temporary power to North Carolina.

    + After the wreckage left by Helene, Florida’s largest property insurer announced it was cutting policies for more than 600,000 homeowners in the state.

    + Milton is the only Category 5 hurricane in Atlantic records (HURDATv2, 1851-present) to exhibit any southeasterly motion vector.

    + According to US Stormwatch, the blue in this image is of birds caught in the Eye of Milton.

    + Most intense Atlantic hurricanes in history by minimum barometric pressure:

    1. Wilma (2005) – 882 mb
    2. Gilbert (1988) – 888 mb
    3. “Labor Day” Hurricane (1935) – 892 mb
    4. Rita (2005) – 895 mb
    5. Allen (1980) – 899 mb
    6. Camille (1969) – 900 mb
    7. Katrina (2005) – 902 mb
    8. Milton (2024); Dean (2007); Mitch (1998) – 905 mb

    + St. Petersburg reported nearly seven inches of rain in an hour and 10 inches over 3 hours, more of a drenching than a thousand-year rain event. Thresholds for 1,000-year rain in South Florida:

    5.56”/1 hour
    7.16”/2 hours
    8.50”/3 hours

    + Milton generated more than 130 tornado warnings in South Florida as the storm neared the coast, a new record for Florida…

    + Only seven hurricanes have gone from Category 1 to Category 5 in 24 hours or less. Milton is now the second fastest to do so…

    Wilma: 12 hours
    Milton: 18 hours
    Maria: 18 hours
    Felix: 24 hours
    Dean: 24 hours
    Andrew: 24 hours
    Anita: 24 hours

    + The “free” Starlink service Elon Musk offered for communities devastated by Hurricane Helene is not free. It’s just the ordinary 30-day trial, and you must buy the hardware.

    + Trump: “I don’t like the reports that I’m getting about the Federal Government and the Democrat Governor of the State going out of their way to not help people in Republican areas.”

    + Recall that Trump blocked $20 billion in aid for Puerto Rico after Hurricane Maria killed over 3,000 people and knocked out electricity on the island for 11 months.

    + There are already hundreds of allegations of price-gouging after Hurricane Helene and Milton. Harris was against price-gouging for about two days, then backed down after getting slapped by blowhards like Larry Summers–the Dick Cheney of economics. Nothing since, even though the evidence is everywhere. McDonalds is now suing the meatpacking industry for price-fixing…

    + The State of Florida refused to evacuate more than 1,200 people from the Manatee and Lee county jails, which were directly in the path of Hurricane Milton. (During Katrina, the people who ran the jails of New Orleans decided that 6,500 incarcerated people, some as young as ten years old, would remain “where they belong.”)

    + This was the second warmest September on record (2023). Nearly 15% of the globe had their single warmest September.

    + Foreign aid for fossil fuel projects quadrupled in a single year,  found, spiking from $1.2 billion in 2021 to $5.4billin in 2022. Meanwhile, clean energy projects received only one percent of total foreign aid, according to a report from the Clean Air Fund.

    + Helene and Milton have given rise to a new grift: Hurricane Conspiracies….

    + “Yes, they can control the weather,” Marjorie Greene Tweeted on X.  “It’s ridiculous for anyone to lie and say it can’t be done…Climate change is the new Covid. Ask your government if the weather is manipulated or controlled. Did you ever give permission to them to do it? Are you paying for it? Of course you are.”

    + Trump: “Kamala spent all her FEMA money, billions of dollars, on housing for illegal migrants, many of whom should not be in our country…They stole the FEMA money, just like they stole it from a bank, so they could give it to their illegal immigrants that they want to have vote for them this season.”

    + Of the many false claims about Hurricane Helene, one asserted that North Carolina state police had begun arresting FEMA workers. It was planted on social media by a “mid-level” organizer from the Bundy Ranch standoff.

    + According to Wired, “the weather conspiracies, in particular, ramped up significantly after 2011 when a member of the Rothschild family acquired a controlling stake in Weather Central, a company that provides weather data to media companies.”

    + Give MAGA credit. Their conspiracy theories about the Rothschilds (one of them apparently invested in Weather Central) summoning up pre-election hurricanes out of the Gulf and aiming at red states is at least an admission of human-caused climate change. You’ve come a long way, baby.

    + If you want to make it big on the Net, you must have a theory of why what happened didn’t happen.

    + The Helene Conspiracies spread so broadly across his district that Republican Congressman Chuck Edwards felt obliged to issue this extraordinary press release, which is worth reprinting in its entirety as evidence of just how “weird” things have become…

    Debunking Helene Response Myths

    October 8, 2024

    Press Release

    Dear Friend,

    Over the past 10 days, I have been proud of how our mountain communities have come together to help one another. We have seen a level of support that is unmatched by most any other disaster nationwide; but amidst all of the support, we have also seen an uptick in untrustworthy sources trying to spark chaos by sharing hoaxes, conspiracy theories, and hearsay about hurricane response efforts across our mountains.

    While it is true, the Federal Emergency Management Agency’s response to Hurricane Helene has had its shortfalls, I’m here to dispel the outrageous rumors that have been circulated online:

    1. Hurricane Helene was NOT geoengineered by the government to seize and access lithium deposits in Chimney Rock.

    Nobody can control the weather.

    Charles Konrad, director of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s Southeast Regional Climate Center, has confirmed that no one has the technology or ability to geoengineer a hurricane.

    Current geoengineering technology can serve as a large-scale intervention to mitigate the negative consequences of naturally occurring weather phenomena, but it cannot be used to create or manipulate hurricanes.

    2. Local officials have confirmed the government is NOT seizing Chimney Rock.

    There was no “special meeting” held in Chimney Rock between federal, state, or local governments about seizing the town.

    3. Local officials are NOT abandoning search and rescue efforts to bulldoze over Chimney Rock.

    4. Chimney Rock is NOT being bulldozed over.

    Rutherford County emergency services personnel are going to extensive lengths to search for missing people, including in debris by using cadaver dogs to locate any remains of individuals trapped in the debris.

    Just as every other community in Western North Carolina, Chimney Rock officials are focused first and foremost on recovery efforts, followed by plans to rebuild in the future.

    5. FEMA is NOT stopping trucks or vehicles with donations, confiscating or seizing supplies, or otherwise turning away donations.

    FEMA does not conduct vehicle stops or handle road closures with armed guards—all road closures are managed by local law enforcement, who prioritize getting resources to their fellow community members.

    6. FEMA has NOT diverted disaster response funding to the border or foreign aid.

    Disaster response efforts and individual assistance are funded through the Disaster Relief Fund, which is a dedicated fund for disaster efforts.

    FEMA’s non-disaster related presence at the border has always been of major concern to me, even before Hurricane Helene, and I will continue to condemn their deployment of personnel to the southern border, but we must separate the two issues.

    7. FEMA is NOT going to run out of money.

    FEMA officials have repeatedly affirmed that the agency has enough money for immediate response and recovery needs over the next few months.

    Secretary Mayorkas’ statement indicating otherwise was an irresponsible attempt to politicize a tragedy for personal gain.

    In the coming months, Western North Carolina is going to need more disaster relief funding than is currently available to assist with recovery efforts.

    I’m confident that supplemental disaster relief funding, which I am already involved in the process of creating, will be considered in the House once we return to session in mid-November.

    8. FEMA cannot seize your property or land.

    Applying for disaster assistance does not grant FEMA or the federal government authority or ownership of your property or land.

    9. The FAA is NOT restricting access to airspace for Helene rescue and recovery operations.

    The FAA or North Carolina Emergency Management will not prohibit anyone from flying resources into Western North Carolina as long as they coordinate their efforts with NC Aviation.

    If you are looking to conduct an airdrop of resources but don’t know who to contact for approval, please reach out to my office and we will share that information with you.

    10. FEMA is NOT only providing $750 to disaster survivors to support their recovery.

    The initial $750 provided to disaster survivors is an immediate type of assistance called Serious Needs Assistance that may be made to individuals in need as soon as they apply for FEMA assistance.

    The $750 is an upfront, flexible payment to help cover essential items like food, water, baby formula and medication while FEMA assesses the applicant’s eligibility for additional funds.

    This award is just the first step of a longer process to provide financial assistance to disaster survivors in need of federal support.

    As an application moves through the review process, individuals are eligible to receive additional forms of assistance for other needs such as temporary housing, personal property and home repair costs, etc.

    I encourage you to remember that everything you see on Facebook, X, or any other social media platform is not always fact. Please make sure you are fact checking what you read online with a reputable source.

    With my warmest regards,

    Chuck Edwards
    Member of Congress

    + Before Florida went MAGA, hurricanes that hit Florida were God’s punishment for the sodomy Pat Robertson believed was rampant in Miami…

    + Exxon knew better in 1990, according to its own internal memos…

    + Biden to FEMA Director Deanne Criswell: “Deanne, you’re doing a helluva job.” As our friend Jesse Walker said, “Saying this to a FEMA director is like taunting the gods.”

    + Feeling a little schadenfreude, Michael Brown?

    + Floridian Jeff VanderMeer, author of Annihilation, which was set in St Marks National Wildlife Refuge: “Very little has been learned or implemented since Hurricane Ian, which I co-wrote about for The Nation at the time. With Milton potentially hitting the same area. FL gov needs to get its act together, beyond just getting better about evacuation orders. Florida politicians have failed us while dismantling regulations and pandering to developers. This has made all of us less safe. You simply CANNOT build in parts of Florida without severe repercussions, but the legislature and developers have done so anyway…I want to emphasize this: Florida was more prepared for hurricanes fifteen years ago with much better regulation and land use ordinances than today. Developers have left us much more vulnerable by building in places they shouldn’t have, aided and abetted by Republican governors.”

    + Tim Barker: “My parents live in the Tampa Bay area. I am glad they are allowed to evacuate to safety. I am furious at my own government for denying this right to people in Gaza, which thanks to the US and Israel has become “a mass death trap” (per NYT). The moral stain will be indelible.”

    + As Hurricane Milton raged across the Gulf, Bobby Lindamood, mayor of Colleyville, Texas, suggested nuking the hurricane to “stop its rotation.”

    +++

    + Oceanographer Stefan Rahmstorf on the coming collapse of the Atlantic Ocean circulation currents:  “So my risk assessment has really changed. I am now very concerned that we may push Amoc over this tipping point in the next decades. If you ask me my gut feeling, I would say the risk that we cross the tipping point this century is about 50/50.”

    + A new study in Nature reveals that climate change was a key driver behind the extreme #drought in Europe in 2022. The paper reports that human-induced global warming contributed to 31% of the intensity, with 14–41% of such contribution due to warming-driven soil drying that occurred before 2022.

    + Gavin Schmidt, NASA’s top climate scientist, said, “We are going to get to 1.5 degrees a little faster than we anticipated even four years ago. I think this year it’s about 50-50 whether we will reach 1.5 degrees in the [NASA Goddard Institute for Space Studies] temperature record.”

    Flooding in Roswell, NM. Image: Still from a video on X.

    + On the historic rain event in Roswell, New Mexico, on Sunday: A total of 5.78″ of rain, making it Roswell’s wettest day ever. This is 1/2 their average yearly rain (11.63″).  2.70″ was recorded in one hour between 8 and 9 PM, more than the average for October, November, and December (2.34”).

    + Electric Vehicle Growth Rates for 2024

    China: +32%
    USA: +9%
    Europe: +2% (dragged down by Germany)
    Germany: -16% (following the end of an incentive program)
    Japan: -12%

    + China buys more EVs than all other markets combined.

    +  Development Reimagined estimates that China could install “more than 224GW of clean energy in Africa by 2030, meaning its participation in Africa’s energy transition will be crucial for the continent to meet its target of 300GW by 2030.”

    + An analysis in Nature: Communications Earth & Environment finds that global sea-level rise has doubled in the last 30 years: “Global mean sea level rise amounted to 4.5 mm per year as a result of #warming oceans and melting land ice, more than twice the rate of 2.1 mm/year observed at the start of satellite data in 1993.”

    + Since 2001, forest fires have shifted north and grown more intense. According to a new study in Science, global CO2 emissions from forest fires have increased by 60% in the last two decades.

    + The world’s natural carbon sinks are beginning to fail: “In 2023, the hottest year ever recorded, preliminary findings by an international team show the amount of carbon absorbed by land has temporarily collapsed. The final result was that forest, plants and soil–as a net category–absorbed almost no carbon.”

    + The institution of flat-rate train tickets reduced Germany’s transportation emissions by five percent in their first year of use.

    + An analysis by First Street reveals that financial losses from hurricanes are rising mainly because Americans continue to build in high-risk zones and floodplains, especially in Florida: “Nationally, 290,000 new properties were built in high-risk flood areas from 2019 through 2023, almost one in five of the 1.6 million built in total during that period.”

    + It now requires about 1/8th as much silicon to make a single solar panel as 20 years ago.

    + Over the last 50 years, global wildlife populations have fallen by nearly three-quarters. The sharpest declines have occurred in the Caribbean and Latin America, where wildlife populations have collapsed by as much as 95 percent since 1974.

    + About 77% of the world’s coral reef area has experienced “bleaching-level heat stress” between Jan. 1, 2023, and Oct. 10 of this year.

    + According to the Financial Times, “Over the past five years, renewable energy generation has grown at a compound annual rate of 23 percent in the global south, versus 11 percent in the world’s richest economies.”

    + A study in Science concludes that human-driven extinctions of hundreds of bird species over the past 130,000 years have “significantly reduced avian functional diversity and led to the loss of around 3 billion years of unique evolutionary history.”

    November

    + Valencia, Spain experienced 491.2 mm of rain in 8 hours.  The average annual precipitation is less than 454 mm. The floods have killed more than 158 people with nearly 2000 still missing.

    2024 is on track to be the warmest year on record, with temperatures above the 1.5C warming threshold.

    + Carbon dioxide concentration has increased by more than 10% in just two decades, reports the World Meteorological Organization…

    According to Oxfam, around $41 billion in World Bank climate finance —nearly 40 percent of all climate funds disbursed by the Bank over the past seven years— is unaccounted for.

    + In a span of only two decades, India lost one-fifth of its native wildlife species.

    + Amazon is funding the construction of four nuclear reactors along the Columbia River to power its AI data processing plants. They never asked us if we wanted AI, never mind the nuclear reactors needed to power it…

    +++

    The Earth endured its second warmest October in the last 175 years and is on its way to its warmest year on record.

    + Ilham Aliyev, president of Azerbaijan, which is hosting the latest global climate conference (CO29), called reports of his country’s soaring carbon emissions “fake news” and said that nations should not be blamed for developing and using fossil fuels like coal, oil and natural gas, which Aliyev said were “God’s gifts.” At least Aliyev showed up, unlike some of the leaders of the world’s biggest emitters, including Biden, Macron and Modi.

    + Mark this ignominious distinction down on the Biden-Harris legacy: Despite the lofty pledges by Western nations at COP28 last year, global carbon emissions have hit new highs, and there is no sign of a transition away from fossil fuels.

    + According to a new study in Nature, the emissions from private flights by rich people increased by 46% between 2019 and 2023: 70% of these flights came from the US, and half were shorter than 500 kilometers–in other words, the Democrats’ new base…

    +++

    Biden in the Brazilian Amazon. Photo: White House.

    + When Biden showed up in Amazonia this week bragging about how he’d proved that you could maximize oil production and still protect the environment, his message was somewhat undermined by the fact that he looked like the leader of a Central American death squad, who had been trained in techniques of mass-killing at the School of the Americas…

    + Life expectancy in Delhi is almost 12 years shorter on average than it would be if the air quality met WHO standards: “In several areas of the city, pollution levels were more than 50 times higher than the World Health Organization’s recommended safe limit.”

    + Carbon Brief has put together an interactive summary of 750 extreme weather events, documenting the probable contribution of global warming. Finding: “74% were made more likely or severe because of climate change.”

    + According to the latest USDA survey, over 30% of California’s dairy herds are confirmed to be infected with H5N1 avian influenza. This situation is going to get much worse. Over to you, RFK, Jr.: An analysis of the avian flu virus taken from a hospitalized teenager in Vancouver, Canada, shows mutations that could help the virus spread more easily in humans.

    + The Biden administration has retreated from its previous position that a UN treaty should cap global plastic production. Environmental groups have characterized the reversal as “absolutely devastating.”

    + Indonesia, one of the planet’s most rapacious coal consumers, vowed this week to retire all of its currently operating coal plants within the next 15 years.

    + Poll of Canadians on climate change…

    “Global warming is…”

    Fact/caused by humans: 61%
    Fact/caused by nature: 25%
    Not real: 10%

    December

    + November 2024 was the second warmest November on record in the Copernicus ERA5 dataset, at 1.62C above preindustrial levels. It was second only to November 2023, which was 1.75C above preindustrial.

    + A new study reported in Oceanographic Magazine suggests that plankton may not survive global warming. The effects on the oceans’ biotic life are described as “devasting.”

    + Once an infrequent event, there is now an open water passage in the Arctic Ocean for nearly 40 days a year.

    + The small North Carolina town of Carrboro (pop. 21,103) has launched the nation’s first-ever climate accountability lawsuit against an electric utility. The suit alleges that Duke Energy has run a decades-long ‘deception campaign’ about fossil fuels.

    + Brazil has become the sixth nation in the World to surpass the 50 GW mark in solar energy production. Solar now provides 20% of Brazil’s electricity. This year alone, 189 solar energy plants were built.

    + Instead of setting aside more acreage for threatened wildlife in advance of the rapacious team that will soon be running the Interior Department, Biden’s Secretary of the Interior, Deb Halland, announced last week she’s cutting the critical habitat protection for the imperiled Canada Lynx by more than 88 percent in the Greater Yellowstone Ecosystem. Mike Garrity, Alliance for the Wild Rockies: “It appears that the FWS’ strategy is to cause lynx to go extinct in the lower 48 states so they no longer have to pretend to protect habitat for lynx.”

    + There are now more than 280 million electric bikes and mopeds, which are reducing carbon emissions and the demand for oil by more than all other electric vehicles combined.

    +++

    + A new assessment published in Environmental Research estimates that all regions on the planet will hit the 1.5 °C warning threshold by 2040 or earlier and that 31 out of 34 regions will reach the 2.0 °C threshold by 2040. For 3.0 °C, 26 out of 34 regions are predicted to reach the threshold by 2060.

    + Once one of the planet’s top carbon sinks, the Arctic is becoming a carbon emitter as its permafrost melts.

    + According to a new study published in Science, warming ocean waters killed about half of the common murres off Alaska’s coast (more than four million birds) and have shown no signs of recovery.

    + Carbon markets don’t work to reduce carbon emissions. That’s the damning conclusion of a new report published in Nature. Even so, the World Bank, US Treasury, IMF and the UN keep pushing them as a decarbonizing solution for the Global South.

    + The first ice-free day in the Arctic Ocean may arrive before 2030.

    + According to a new report from the UN, more than three-quarters (77.6%) of Earth’s surface has become permanently drier in the last 30 years.

    + The nine largest wildfires in California’s history have occurred since 2017, including three of the five deadliest.

    + Big Tech’s AI boom is generating a natural gas infrastructure boom. Scott Strazik, the CEO of GE Vernova, maker of gas turbines, told investors: ” “They’re not building those data centers with an assumption for anything other than 24/7 power. Gas is well suited for that…I can’t think of a time that the gas business has had more fun than they’re having right now.”

    + Meanwhile, Alberta is trying to lure tech companies to build huge, power-hungry AI data centers in the province and run them on natural gas instead of solar or hydro. This will give the oil and gas industry a fresh market for its planet-killing product.

    + The persistent drought in Brazil has driven the price of Arabica coffee to a record high, topping the peak set in 1977.

    + The journal Nature reported that “On 18 November this year, Delhi’s Air Quality Index soared to 1,700 — far exceeding the safe limit of 50 set by the World Health Organization (WHO). Lahore in Pakistan had recorded a value of 1,100 a few days earlier.”

    + Global oil and gas production has increased by 14% since 2013.

    + A study from U-Mass Amherst found that the US is the top beneficiary of the recent surge in global fossil fuel prices, capturing $301 billion in profit and overtaking Saudi Arabia and Russia.

    + Tropical cyclone Cyclone Chido, a Category 4 storm which roared across the French territory of Mayotte off the coast of Mozambique on December 15, flattening entire villages, may have killed TENS of thousands of people.

    + With minimum night temperatures above 31 C (87.8 F) in the Canary Islands and 29.6 (85.3) in Puerto de La Cruz, Tenerife, December 15 was the hottest December night ever recorded in the Northern Hemisphere.

    + For Christmas week, Hudson Bay is forecast to be +20°C (68°F) warmer than the 1979-2000 average.

    + Average CO2 level for 2024: 422.5, a new record.

    The post Hell and High Water: the Year in Climate Chaos appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Putin meeting with Bashar al-Assad. Photo: Valery Sharifulin, TASS.

    The lightning collapse of the Assad government in Syria in recent weeks made it clear that pretty much no one, inside Syria or out, considered this to be a state worth fighting for. It also seemed pretty clear that Turkey (with the probable backing of Israel and the US) had taken the opportunity to use the forces it had been training in Idlib for some years to make a serious power play. The west have long sought to turn Syria into a ‘failed state’ on the Iraq-Libya model, and the new situation has allowed Israel to destroy, almost overnight, the vast bulk of the country’s military installations, and expand its occupation in the South. This is what they have all been working for for thirteen years. What is less clear is the extent to which Russia was in on this move.

    The mainstream interpretation is essentially that the latest turn of events is a major blow to Russia. Syria was Russia’s only solid Arab ally, home to its only warm-water naval base (Tartus) as well as a huge airbase (Hmeimim) crucial for its operations in Africa in particular. The ‘loss’ of Syria was therefore a crippling blow to Moscow; a consequence, supposedly, of the Russian army being bogged down in Ukraine and thus unable to commit the necessary military resources to put down the insurrection in Syria.

    Combined with the fact that Iran and Hezbollah were also both recovering from Israeli attacks, this created a window of opportunity for the insurgents and their backers to make their move. And it was a window that might have been very brief: Hezbollah could regroup quickly and, if Trump were to honour his promise to immediately impose a peace deal on Ukraine on coming to office, large numbers of Russian forces could be again free to operate in Syria, perhaps within a couple of months.

    This is obviously part of the picture. Russia’s options were clearly limited. Any deal it cut would have been made from a position of weakness, at least relative to its position in, say, 2018. But that doesn’t mean no deal was made at all. It is incredibly unlikely, in my view, that Putin would not have been consulted in advance.

    Firstly, the risk of large swathes of Turkey’s carefully groomed insurgents being simply wiped out by Russian airstrikes was serious, and both Erdogan and HTS would have sought to avoid this eventuality if at all possible. Even if Putin lacked the capacity to ultimately defeat the uprising, they would certainly have attempted to convince him not to try rather than simply cross their fingers and hope that he didn’t.

    Secondly, although it is easy to say in hindsight, this takeover was clearly in the cards for some time. All the fighters from former opposition-held territories retaken by government forces during the war had been pushed into Idlib. There they were joined, in March 2020, by over 20,000 Turkish troops, including special forces, armoured units and light infantry including the 5th Commando Brigade which specialises in paramilitary operations and mountain warfare. They were not there for a picnic; for four years they have been, in plain sight, training and consolidating the insurgent forces to relaunch their insurrection. Russia was obviously aware of this and would have planned for it.

    Furthermore, although Russia might have found it difficult to commit large numbers of its own troops to Syria, it could certainly have subsidised the salaries of Syrian army soldiers, which could well have gone some way to mitigating the mundane bread-and-butter defections and passivity within the Syrian army. It chose not to do so, presumably for a reason.

    This does not mean, of course, that the whole thing was a Kremlin plot all along, as some are now trying to suggest. One theory claims that Putin, by allowing the Syrian government to fall, has cunningly set a trap for the west, who will now be bogged down trying to stabilise Syria for years to come, just as the Soviets were bogged down in 1980s Afghanistan. But this suggestion makes no sense – the transformation of Syria into a ‘failed state’ has always been the west’s aim, which is why they have backed the most sectarian forces to accomplish it. They achieved this in Libya without getting ‘bogged down;’ they hoped to repeat their success in Syria, and they have now done so. This theory seems to be a desperate clutching of straws by people who simply cannot interpret any event as anything other than a genius plan by the Grand Master.

    The truth, I suspect, is rather more nuanced. Here is a  working hypothesis: the basic parameters of the HTS takeover of Syria were worked out and agreed in advance by Erdogan, Netanyahu, Putin and Trump. I suspect Trump offered Putin a straight swap – Syria for eastern Ukraine; with the caveat that Russia could keep its Syrian bases. This was acceptable to Putin for several reasons.

    Firstly, obviously, eastern Ukraine is his priority. Secondly, his only real concern in Syria was those bases, anyway. He may well have come round to the west’s ‘Divide and Ruin’ strategy – essentially, that it is easier and cheaper to secure your specific assets (bases, mines, oil wells etc) in a failed state using local militias, private security and/or your own armed forces than it is to secure an entire state to do so for you. Thirdly, Assad had, by all accounts, not been fully playing ball with Russia, and had been unwilling to turn Syria into the pure vassal state that Putin was demanding, making himself less valuable and more expendable in so doing. Fourth, Russia’s ultimate goal to take over patronage from the US of its Middle East client states can only be done by demonstrating Russia’s usefulness to Turkey, Israel and Saudi Arabia. In facilitating the fruition of those states’ thirteen-year regime-change operation in Syria, he has certainly done that, paving the way for (and perhaps already part of) future collaborations and deepening alliances. Fifth, just because Iran is an ‘ally’ of Russia, does not mean Russia wants it to be strong and autonomous. Quite the opposite. Like any imperial power, what Russia seeks are not allies, but dependencies. This latest move has gone a long way to transforming Iran from a Russian ally to a Russian dependency.

    Cutting off Iran from the resistance in Lebanon and Gaza is no bad thing from Russia’s point of view: partly because Iran’s patronage of those groups acts as a source of power and autonomy for Iran, giving it some kind of ‘deterrence’ independent of the Russian defensive umbrella. If the resistance is cut off and neutered, Iran’s only source of deterrence (other than its own, admittedly formidable but nonetheless heavily Russian-reliant, defences) is Russia. And popular, autonomous, working-class resistance militias (such as Hamas, Hezbollah and the Houthis) are a nuisance for any imperial power anyway, a constant potential spanner-in-the-works to any colonial carve-up agreed by the Big Men.

    And finally, of course, as discussed above, Putin’s options were limited; he could certainly have slowed the rebel advance but it is unclear whether he could have defeated it, and even the attempt to do so would have entailed some, potentially quite significant, diversion of manpower from the war on Ukraine. With limited options available, a deal that allowed him to keep eastern Ukraine and his Syrian bases would have likely seemed like the best available.

    Claims that the latest events are a huge blow to Russia are therefore overstated. In strategic terms, if the bases are maintained, nothing has really been lost, other than a tedious responsibility to maintain an unpopular and disobedient client. And, in the longer-term, regional picture, much may have been gained, as suggested above.

    The other argument often made is that this is a blow to Russian ‘prestige,’ that its ‘stock’ as a power willing and able to defend its allies will have been reduced significantly. A report from the Institute for the Study of War published shortly before the fall of Damascus, for example, claims that “Assad’s collapse would damage the global perception of Russia as an effective partner and protector, potentially threatening Russia’s partnerships with African autocrats and its resulting economic, military, and political influence in Africa.”

    That’s possible, of course. But Putin’s ditching of Assad might in fact send a different message to Putin’s new African friends: “Don’t think you can just do whatever you want and still expect to be protected. Remember you are expendable. We can throw you to the dogs at any moment. And without our support, you won’t last five minutes. Never forget you are not an ally, but a client.” African leaders contemplating any resistance to the full integration of their armies under Russian tutelage may well be chastened by this message, and in a way entirely beneficial to Russian interests.

    And whilst it is true that EU leaders are now demanding that HTS kick out the Russians, the truth is that it is not really the EU’s opinion that matters, but Trump’s. Let’s see what he says on the matter; and more importantly, what he does.

    The post Did Putin Make a Deal Over Syria? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph by Nathaniel St. Clair

    It’s been a bad few months for democracy. Election results offensive to the European Union were annulled in Romania; an attempted coup occurred in Georgia over elections that didn’t go the way the west wanted; the French government, widely hated, teetered over the abyss as president Emmanual Macron tried to ignore the last election; on December 16, Washington’s pet German government fell; lots of funny-business happened in the Moldovan referendum and election, amid widespread disenfranchisement of Moldovan voters living in Russia; elections were long ago cancelled in dictatorial Ukraine; and South Korea hosted an attempted coup. In short, western democracies’ storied enchantment with elections is over. As western populations grow sick and tired of their political class and vote against it, what are elites to do? Annul, cancel, overturn and ignore the elections, that’s what. The problem, for the west, is the voters.

    What will happen if far-right Alternative for Deutschland sweeps the early German elections in February, or if far-left France Insoumise does the same in France? Will the U.S. through its NATO and EU tentacles annul those votes? Don’t think it won’t try. And Washington doesn’t even have to give the order, because its European puppets know exactly what’s expected of them. Granted, the Romanian front-runner, so feared by NATO, Calin Georgescu, was far right. But so what? Besides, I doubt that’s what led to the constitutional court vacating the vote. More likely it was his opposition to the Ukraine War – hence the court citing “foreign influence” (translation: Russian) via TikTok as its flimsy basis for negating the election. Incidentally, reports are coming in that the heat and internet to Georgescu’s house have been cut off, and, surprise! he can’t get anyone on the phone to help with this.

    But you can’t blame European honchos for ditching elections. They’re just following Washington’s lead. After all, the post-2016 phony Russiagate hysteria may not have succeeded in ousting Trump, as was intended, but it did provide the template for American vassals. The four years of lawfare against Trump (and then another four after he left office) blazed the trail for Europe, so that now, if a candidate not favored by political bigwigs wins, all they have to do is scream “Russian influence!” to dump the election. In other words, democracy is dying in the west. It’s kicking the bucket in Europe – and if Trump ends the Ukraine War (provided Biden doesn’t utterly sabotage his peace efforts before he takes office) or gets us out of the NATO sinkhole, you can bet your paycheck the 2028 establishment campaign will dust off the 2016 playbook and get right to work.

    In western media, Georgescu has been portrayed as an unknown. This is false. He is well-known in Romania and had a diplomatic career. But he is also a religious nationalist, and that’s verboten in the EU; worse yet, the U.S., aka NATO, built its biggest military airbase in Europe – where? You got it, Romania. So Washington can’t have just anybody running that country. It must be someone who will keep everything copacetic with the U.S. A nationalist opposed to Washington’s pet proxy war in Ukraine is not that someone.

     As for Georgia, there the electorate proved itself most unreliable to the Exceptional Empire. It voted in a government that actually dares to require foreign NGOs to register as such – you know, the way we do, here in the United States. But here, those NGOs don’t aim to overthrow the government, like they do in Georgia, in order for Tbilisi to open a second front against Moscow. Indeed, the vast majority of rioters against the Georgian government, who were arrested, were – I’m shocked! Shocked! – foreign, i.e. European. The icing on the cake is that the French president of Georgia refused to leave office when her term expired – a president with French and Georgian passports, who boasts Nazis in her family tree.

    The EU finagled things more successfully in Moldova. That nation’s October 20 referendum on joining the EU won – kinda. In country, the Moldovan government only snagged 50 percent of the vote, but Moldovan expats in Europe gave it a boost, while the 400,000 Moldovans living in Russia found, to their dismay, only two polling stations open for them, by their government, in Moscow. That meant as few as 10,000 of them got to vote. And as East European expert and political scientist Ivan Katchanovski tweeted October 21, many pro-Russian citizens in Transdniestria could not vote. So all in all, the Moldovan referendum was a sorry excuse for a democratic exercise. Then there was also Moldova’s presidential election, equally compromised. But hey, Washington’s EU vassal got to lure a country out of Russia’s orbit, and that’s all that counts, not mere democracy, right? After all, Washington doesn’t stand for democracy. It stands for and has long stood for something quite different – power. Just look at it backing a terrorist takeover of Syria, among them a ruler on whose head Washington has a $10,000,000 bounty. Let that sink in. One American hand posts a huge reward for a terrorist, while the other hand paves his way to power. The obvious conclusion (also obvious to any student of American-backed coups and regime changes abroad going back at least 70 years) is that U.S. doesn’t stand for anything besides power (certainly not anything as antiquated and nettlesome as international law). That’s the definition of a gangster state.

    If you doubt that, just peek at South Korea, where the CIA’s man, president Yoon Suk Yeol, faced a grim electoral future. The voters were unlikely to support him in the next election, given that they mostly back the opposition. And that opposition, per Col. Douglas Macgregor, wants a Korean four-star general, not an American one, to head the roughly 500,000 Korean armed forces and also wants to boot the 30,000 U.S. troops off the peninsula. This, of course, goes over in Washington with all the joy of a root canal.

    So what to do? Yoon took the bull by the horns December 3 with martial law. During the few hours when it looked like our man in Seoul had pulled off a coup, the Biden gang was coyly silent. But there is nothing enduring in this world, as Gogol noted, and even the most brazen attempts at subverting democracy occasionally fail. The opposition gathered and voted against Yoon. His defense minister was deposed, jailed and attempted suicide, and Yoon’s own tenure came now, ahem, under a cloud, to say the least, as insurrection charges loomed, and he was impeached and suspended from office.

    And don’t forget France, where Macron, affronted by an EU parliament vote last summer that installed many anti-Ukraine War representatives, totally lost it and, quite idiotically and hubristically, called snap elections. He promptly lost those to the left, but then snubbed the voters by breaking with tradition and refusing to appoint a left-wing prime minister. Surprising no one, the center-rightist he chose received a vote of no confidence, and Macron’s government looked likely to fall. That was temporarily forestalled by the appointment, December 13, of a centrist prime minister. But if his government does ultimately crash, expect Macron to do something really stupid, like suspend the legislature, call a national emergency or, a la Yoon, declare martial law.

    Lastly of course we have Ukraine, that shining example of democracy, where its president rules illegally, having cancelled elections, banned the opposition, throttled the press, exiled the church, jailed anyone he doesn’t like and press-ganged thousands of vehemently objecting Ukrainian men into the military. All this while ferociously lining his pockets with western, mainly American, funds. This is the tyranny upon which Biden bestows hundreds of billions of our hard-earned tax dollars. It’s not even supported by Ukrainians, most of whom, according to recent polls, want the war over. But Joe “War Is My Legacy” Biden, in his crazed enthusiasm for Ukrainian combat, just won’t stop. On December 11, Ukraine fired six ATACAMS into Russia. We can all thank God they did little damage, since the Russians shot two down and diverted four with electronic warfare. Had they inflicted real harm, we in the west might very well have had worse troubles than the death of democracy, namely death itself. Biden appears oblivious to this reality. For us, what’s at stake is life itself, and the whole, wondrous human and natural world. For him, it appears to be just another step on the path of endless war, another day, another dollar.

    The post The West’s Romance With Elections Is Dead…the Rules-Based Order Killed It appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • This fall, shortly after the election, the House passed a dangerous piece of legislation that many are calling the “nonprofit killer” bill.

    The bill has an incongruous title: the “Terror-Financing and Tax Penalties on American Hostages Act.”

    Among other things, it would give the Treasury Department the authority to unilaterally accuse nonprofit organizations of supporting “terrorism” — and revoke their nonprofit status. Critics like the ACLU say it’s a blank check for presidents to shut down organizations that criticize them.

    When the bill was introduced in the spring, it was largely viewed as an effort to silence pro-Palestinian activism. At the time, dozens of House Democrats supported it alongside most Republicans. But after Donald Trump’s White House win, amid fears that the incoming president would use it as a tool to bludgeon his perceived enemies, it passed with significantly less Democratic support.

    But really, it should never have been introduced or passed to begin with, no matter the political winds. The bill is considered unlikely to pass the Senate this year, but could be reintroduced next year and signed by President Trump.

    This would have a dangerous chilling effect on speech.

    Consider the Florida woman Briana Boston, who recently said “Delay, deny, depose. You people are next,” during a phone call with a health insurance representative after her coverage was denied. It was a reference to what the killer of UnitedHealthcare CEO Brian Thompson wrote on bullet casings in a now-infamous targeted assassination.

    Boston has no history of violence, nor does she own firearms. But she wasn’t only arrested — she was charged with threatening to commit an act of terrorism.

    What she was really guilty of was expressing vitriol against corporate CEOs for an inhumane business model. It’s not hard to imagine such a scenario applied to nonprofits in the coming years either.

    Nonprofits are effectively the voice of civil society in the United States. And even without HR 9495, they already have severe limits on their speech. In order to keep their nonprofit status, groups have to follow strict guidelines published by the Internal Revenue Service when speaking about elections.

    As a journalist who works in the nonprofit world, I’ve seen the resulting self-censorship first hand. Many journalists and nonprofit leaders feared compromising their institutions if they warned about Donald Trump’s fascism, or even criticized Joe Biden over Gaza, ahead of the 2024 election.

    Meanwhile, for-profit industries have enjoyed continuous and ever-growing impunity to advocate for whatever they want, no matter how destructive.

    For example, the health insurance and fossil fuel industries play with people’s lives by denying coverage and spewing carbon, respectively, but have been given the right to spend enormous amounts of their ill-gotten gains in campaign contributions, putting an outsize thumb on the democratic scale.

    Thanks to the Supreme Court’s Citizens United ruling, they have greater means to make anonymous donations to Political Action Committees to lobby government and help elect politicians.

    The Supreme Court has long considered corporations to be, in a legal sense, people. In contrast to such abstract entities, we humans can be jailed, silenced, or even killed by corporate-controlled systems — and the nonprofits representing our interests can be officially sanctioned for “political speech.”

    Today, not only do corporations have greater means to speak more freely than the rest of us do, they are increasingly grabbing political power to cement their stranglehold.

    Trump’s incoming cabinet will likely be filled with billionaires. And his proposed Treasury Secretary pick — who would ostensibly oversee the department making determinations under HR 9495 — is a longtime hedge fund  investment manager named Scott Bessent. Trump has also openly promised to bend regulations for billionaire investors.

    Seen within this context, HR 9495 is not only a danger to civil society’s right to speech — it is a serious escalation in favor of corporations.

    The post Kill the Non-Profit Killer Bill appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • On December 1, President Joe Biden announced that he was pardoning his son Hunter for all the crimes he committed from January 1, 2014 through December 1, 2024. Biden’s sweeping pardon of all of his son’s abuses epitomizes how presidents and their families are now above the law. It also illustrates how the “King James Test for American Democracy” could become the death of the Constitution.

    The American Revolution was heavily influenced by a political backlash that began across the ocean in the early 1600s. King James I claimed a “divine right” to unlimited power in England, sparking fierce clashes with Parliament. Since the 9/11 attacks, some of the same moral and legal principles have been advanced in this nation, but few people recognize the historical roots.

    Before he became king of England in 1604, James was king of Scotland. He cemented his claims to absolute power there by launching witch panics and burning hundreds of Scottish women alive to sanctify his power. Harsh methods were not a problem because James insisted that God would never allow an innocent person to be accused of witchcraft. “While James’s assertion of his [Scottish] royal authority is evident in his highly unorthodox act of taking control of the pre-trial examinations, it is his absolutism which is most apparent in his advocating the use of torture to force confessions during the investigations,” according to the University of Texas’s Allegra Geller, author of “Daemonologie and Divine Right: The Politics of Witchcraft in Late Sixteenth-Century Scotland.” Torture produced “confessions” that spurred further panic and the destruction of far more victims. England did not have similar witch panics because officials were almost entirely prevented from using torture to generate false confessions. James justified the illicit torture, “asserting his belief that as an anointed king, he was above the law,” and similar rationales emitted from the Bush administration from 2002 onward in the name of the 9/11 attacks.

    After Queen Elizabeth died and James became king, he vowed that he had no obligation to respect the rights of the English people: “A good king will frame his actions according to the law, yet he is not bound thereto but of his own goodwill.” And “law” was whatever James decreed. Nor did he flatter the men elected to the House of Commons: “In the Parliament (which is nothing else but the head court of the king and his vassals) the laws are but craved by his subjects and only made by him at their rogation.” James proclaimed that God intended for the English to live at his mercy: “It is certain that patience, earnest prayers to God, and amendment of their lives are the only lawful means to move God to relieve them of their heavy curse” of oppression. And there was no way for Parliament to subpoena God to confirm his blanket endorsement of King James.

    James reminded his subjects that “even by God himself [kings] are called Gods.” Seventeenth-century Englishmen recognized the grave peril in the king’s words. A 1621 Parliament report eloquently warned: “If [the king] founds his authority on arbitrary and dangerous principles, it is requisite to watch him with the same care, and to oppose him with the same vigor, as if he indulged himself in all the excesses of cruelty and tyranny.” Historian Thomas Macaulay observed in 1831, “The policy of wise tyrants has always been to cover their violent acts with popular forms. James was always obtruding his despotic theories on his subjects without the slightest necessity. His foolish talk exasperated them infinitely more than forced loans would have done.” Macaulay scoffed that James was “in his own opinion, the greatest master of king-craft that ever lived, but who was, in truth, one of those kings whom God seems to send for the express purpose of hastening revolutions.” After James’s son, Charles I, relied on the same dogmas and ravaged much of the nation, he was beheaded. Charles I’s son ascended to the English throne in 1660, but his abuses spurred the Glorious Revolution of 1688 and sweeping reforms that sought to forever curb the power of monarchs.

    A century and a half after King James denigrated Parliament, a similar declaration of absolute power spurred the American Revolution. The Stamp Act of 1765 compelled Americans to purchase British stamps for all legal papers, newspapers, cards, advertisements, and even dice. After violent protests erupted, Parliament rescinded the Stamp Act but passed the Declaratory Act, which decreed that Parliament “had, hath, and of right ought to have, full power and authority to make laws and statutes of sufficient force and validity to bind the colonies and people of America, subjects of the crown of Great Britain, in all cases whatsoever.” The Declaratory Act canonized Parliament’s right to use and abuse Americans as it pleased.

    The Declaratory Act ignited an intellectual powder keg among colonists determined not to live under the heel of either monarchs or parliaments. Thomas Paine wrote in 1776 that “in America, the law is king. For as in absolute governments the King is law, so in free countries the law ought to be King; and there ought to be no other.” The Founding Fathers, having endured oppression, sought to build a “government of laws, not of men.” That meant that “government in all its actions is bound by rules fixed and announced beforehand — rules which make it possible to foresee with fair certainty how the authority will use its coercive powers,” as Nobel Laureate Friedrich Hayek noted in 1944.

    For generations, American politicians spoke reverently of the Constitution as America’s highest law. But in recent years, the Constitution has fallen into disrepute. The rule of law now means little more than the enforcement of the secret memos of the commander-in-chief.

    We now have the “King James Test for American Democracy.” As long as the president does not formally proclaim himself a tyrant, we are obliged to pretend he is obeying the Constitution. Government is not lawless regardless of how many laws it violates — unless and until the president formally announces he is above the law.

    While King James bluntly declared his right to absolute power 400 years ago, recent presidents only make such claims via their lawyers, often in secret documents that citizens are supposed to never see.

    The most important recent change in American political thinking is nonchalance regarding government criminality. The notion that “it is not a crime if government does it” is the new conventional wisdom in Washington. It doesn’t matter which agency or official broke the law. Instead, the only prudent response is to pretend nothing is amiss.

    Nowadays, every act of government is judged in a vacuum, as if every constitutional violation is a fluke. This is the mirror image of how the Founding Fathers viewed government power. In 1768, John Dickinson wrote that colonists fixated on “not what evil has actually attended particular measures but, what evil, in the nature of things, is likely to attend them.” Dickinson pointed out that because “nations in general, are not apt to think until they feel … nations have lost their liberty.” The Founding Fathers looked at the liberties they were losing, while modern Americans focus myopically on the rights they supposedly still retain. Law professor John Phillip Reid, in his seminal work The Concept of Liberty in the Age of the American Revolution, observed that liberty in the 18th century was “largely thought of as freedom from arbitrary government…. The less a law restrained the citizen, and the more it restrained government, the better the law.”

    But government officials now claim unlimited discretion to define the law and their own prerogatives. Jack Goldsmith, who headed the Justice Department’s Office of Legal Counsel in 2003–04, later explained how top Bush officials dealt with “laws they didn’t like: they blew through them in secret based on flimsy legal opinions that they guarded closely so no one could question the legal basis for the operations.” It is no longer a question of having good laws, including laws that permit officials limited flexibility for contingencies. The rule of law has come to mean nothing more than finding a single lawyer who will say “Yes, Master!” to his political overlords. But it is folly to make the survival of liberty hinge on lawyer’s sense of shame.

    If the Iraq war had not turned into a debacle, most of the media and the political ruling class would have continued deferring to President George W. Bush almost across-the-board. As long as his popularity ratings were high, he could do little or no wrong. America’s “best and brightest” were as naive or craven as the courtiers who defended the mass burning of Scottish women 400+ years earlier.

    The Constitution’s checks and balances failed to deter recent administrations from erecting the legal scaffolding of dictatorship. Instead, implausible denials of seizing excessive power have been followed by “dictatorial apathy.” Lawless power grabs have become another background noise in Washington. Presidents and their legal teams can claim absolute power — and almost no one inside the government or the Justice Department blows the whistle. President Bush could boast that he was obeying the law because his appointees assured him that he was the law. Legions of government employees safeguarded their careers by going along and enforcing Bush-era absolutist legal doctrines. That settled any doubts about whether Justice Department officials would be willing tools for future presidents who trample the Constitution.

    Inside the Beltway, a mystical adoration of power is taken as proof of wisdom. In 2007, Bush nominated former federal judge Michael Mukasey as attorney general. Three years earlier, Mukasey had proclaimed that “the hidden message in the structure of the Constitution” is that the government is entitled to “the benefit of the doubt.” Mukasey did not reveal where the message was hidden. Mukasey’s “benefit of the doubt” assertion may have helped him snare the top law-enforcement job in the nation, where he provided all the benefits Bush needed.

    The more power politicians capture, the more flattery they hear, and the more deluded they usually become. A phalanx of academics is always ready to cheer power-hungry presidents. In 2007, Harvard University government professor Harvey Mansfield exalted “one-man rule” in a Wall Street Journal oped, scoffed at the rule of law, and declared that “free government should show its respect for freedom even when it has to take it away.” And since the president is entitled to vast power, how would we know it is still a “free government?” Presumably because it would be a crime to assert otherwise. Mansfield scorned contemporaries who “forget to consider emergencies when liberties are dangerous and law does not apply.” The previous year, Mansfield wrote in a Weekly Standard article that the “Office of President” is “larger than the law” and that “ordinary power needs to be supplemented or corrected by the extraordinary power of a prince, using wise discretion.” Mansfield also asserted that in emergencies, “liberties are dangerous and law does not apply.” Such assertions may have swayed the National Endowment for the Humanities to select Mansfield in 2007 to deliver its Jefferson lecture — “the highest honor the federal government bestows for distinguished intellectual and public achievement in the humanities.”

    Mansfield’s cheerleading fits a pattern that goes back millenniums. Throughout history, intellectuals downplayed the perils of political power. As long as court intellectuals were treated royally, rulers were indemnified for any and all abuses of the peasantry.

    As French philosopher Bertrand Jouvenal noted in 1945, “Authority can never be too despotic for the speculative man, so long as he deludes himself that its arbitrary force will further his plans.” John Maynard Keynes, the most influential economist of the 20th century, exemplified this attitude. Keynes declared in 1944 that “dangerous acts can be done safely in a community which thinks and feels rightly, which would be the way to hell if they were executed by those who think and feel wrongly.” And who is to judge whether the community “thinks and feels rightly?” The same politicians seizing boundless power.

    The same passion for absolving high-level wrongdoers is often expressed in muffled terms by the editorial pages of the Washington Post and other leading papers. From 2008 onwards, the Post inveighed against permitting lawsuits that sought to hold former Attorney General John Ashcroft, former Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, and other top officials liable for the torture and other abuses that occurred on their watch. One Post editorial fretted: “Officials should not have to fear personal lawsuits for performing their duties in good faith and in violation of no established legal precedent.” This practically assumed the existence of “good faith torture” — as if maiming and beating people to death was the moral equivalent of a clerical error.

    Unfortunately, the same “absolve everything” mindset often prevails in the federal judiciary. Government officials have become practically untouchable at the same time that they have become far more dangerous. The Supreme Court has expanded sovereign immunity like a toxic legal cloud. As Senator John Taylor warned in 1821, “There are no rights where there are no remedies, or where the remedies depend upon the will of the aggressor.”

    Nowadays, lawless government is simply benevolence on amphetamines. Rather than the rule of law, we now have the “friend of humanity rhetorical test.” As long as politicians profess to be doing good, it is bad taste to quibble about legal technicalities or archaic constitutional clauses. The question is not what the president actually did but whether he “meant well.” The word “dictator” applies only to government officials who publicly announce plans to do bad things to good people.

    How many dictates must a politician issue before we can label him a dictator? Sen. Daniel Webster warned in 1837 that “the Constitution was made to guard the people against the dangers of good intentions. There are men in all ages who mean to govern well, but they mean to govern. They promise to be good masters, but they mean to be masters.” Americans must decide whether they want good leashes or a good master. We can either stop politicians from continuing to abuse their power, or we can spend our time looking for a wise and merciful despot. Either way, democracy cannot survive power worship.

    *** An earlier version of this piece was published by the Future of Freedom Foundation

    The post Burning Witches and Torching American Democracy appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Image by Andrew Schultz.

    Like many roads that cut through Wyoming, the highway into the town of Rawlins is a long, winding one surrounded by rolling hills, barbed wire fences, and cattle ranches. I’d traveled this stretch of Wyoming many times. Once during a dangerous blizzard, another time during a car-rattling thunderstorm, the rain so heavy my windshield wipers couldn’t keep pace with the deluge. The weather might be wild and unpredictable in Wyoming’s outback, but the people are friendly and welcoming as long as you don’t talk politics or mention that you live in a place like California.

    One late summer afternoon on a trip at the height of the Covid pandemic, I stopped off in Rawlins for lunch. There wasn’t a mask in sight, never mind any attempt at social distancing. Two men sat in a booth right behind me, one in a dark suit and the other in overalls, who struck me as a bit of an odd couple. Across from them were an older gentleman and his wife, clearly Rawlins locals. They wondered what those two were up to.

    “Are you guys here to work on that massive wind farm?” asked the husband, who clearly had spent decades in the sun. He directed his question to the clean-cut guy in the suit with a straight mustache. His truck, shiny and spotless, was visible out the window, a hardhat and clipboard sitting on the dashboard.

    “Yes, we’ll be in and out of town for a few years if things go right. There’s a lot of work to be done before it’s in working order. We’re mapping it all out,” the man replied.

    “Well, at least we’ll have some clean energy around here,” the old man said, chuckling. “Finally, putting all of this damned wind to work for once!”

    I ate my sandwich silently, already uncomfortable being in a restaurant for the first time in months.

    “There will sure be a lot of wind energy,” the worker in overalls replied. “But none of it’s for Wyoming.” He added that it would all be directed to California.

    What?!” exclaimed the man as his wife shook her head in frustration. “Commiefornia?! That’s nuts!”

    Right-wing hyperbole aside, he had a point: it was pretty crazy. Projected to be the largest wind farm in the country, it would indeed make a bundle of electricity, just not for transmission to any homes in Rawlins. The power produced by that future 600-turbine, 3,000 MW Chokecherry and Sierra Madre wind farm, with its $5-billion price tag, won’t, in fact, flow anywhere in Colorado, even though it’s owned by the Denver-based Anschutz Corporation. Instead, its electricity will travel 1,000 miles southwest to exclusively supply residents in Southern California.

    The project, 17 years in the making and spanning 1,500 acres, hasn’t sparked a whole lot of opposition despite its mammoth size. This might be because the turbines aren’t located near homes, but on privately owned cattle ranches and federal lands managed by the Bureau of Land Management. Aside from a few raised eyebrows and that one shocked couple, not many people in Rawlins seemed all that bothered. Then again, Rawlins doesn’t have too many folks to bother (population 8,203).

    Wyoming was once this country’s coal-mining capital. Now, with the development of wind farms, it’s becoming a major player in clean energy, part of a significant energy transition aimed at reducing our reliance on fossil fuels.

    Even so, Phil Anschutz, whose company is behind the Chokecherry and Sierra Madre wind farms, didn’t get into the green energy game just to save the climate. “We’re doing it to make money,” admits Anschutz, who got the bulk of his billion-dollar fortune from the oil industry. With California’s mandate to end its reliance on fossil fuels by 2045, he now sees a profitable opportunity, and he’s pulling Wyoming along for the ride.

    Since 1988, Wyoming has been the country’s top coal-producing state, but its mining has declined steeply over the past 15 years, as has coal mining more generally in the U.S. where 40% of coal plants are set to be shuttered by 2030. In addition to the closed plants, the downturn in coal output has resulted largely from cheap natural gas prices and the influx of utility-scale renewable energy projects. Wyoming’s coal production peaked in 2008, churning out more than 466 million short tons. Today, its mines produce around 288 million short tons of coal, accounting for 40% of America’s total coal mining and supplying around 25% of its power generation. Coal plants are also responsible for more than 60% of carbon dioxide emissions from the country’s power sector. As far as the climate is concerned, that’s still way too much.

    The good news is that the U.S. has witnessed a dramatic drop in daily coal use, down 62% since 2008, and few places have felt coal’s rapid decline more than Wyoming, where a green shift is distinctly afoot. Despite being one of the country’s most conservative states (71% of its voters backed Donald Trump this year), Wyoming is going all in on wind energy. In 2023, wind comprised 21% of Wyoming’s net energy generation, with 3,100 megawatts, or enough energy to power more than 2.5 million homes. That’s up from 9.4% in 2007.

    The Winds of Change

    On the surface, Wyoming’s transition from coal to wind is laudable and entirely necessary. When it comes to carbon emissions, coal is by far the nastiest of the fossil fuels. If climate chaos is to be mitigated in any way, coal will have to become a thing of the past and wind will provide a far cleaner alternative. Even so, wind energy has faced its fair share of pushback. A major criticism is that wind farms, like the one outside Rawlins, are blights on the landscape. Even if folks in Rawlins aren’t outraged by the huge wind farm on the outskirts of town, not everyone is on board with Wyoming’s wind rush.

    “We don’t want to ruin where we live,” says Sue Jones, a Republican commissioner of Carbon County. “We can call it renewable, we can call it green, but green still has a downside. With wind, it’s visual. We don’t want to destroy one environment to save another.”

    Energy from the Chokecherry and Sierra Madre wind farms will also reach California via a 732-mile transmission line known as the “TransWest Express,” which will feed solar and wind energy to parts of Arizona and Nevada as well. To be completed by 2029, the $3-billion line will travel through four states on public and private land and has been subject to approval by property owners, tribes, and state, federal, and local agencies. The TransWest Express passed the final review process in April 2023 and will become the most extensive interstate transmission line built in the U.S. in decades. As one might imagine, the infrastructure and land required to construct the TransWest Express will considerably impact local ecology. As for the Chokecherry and Sierra Madre wind farm, it might not encroach on residential neighborhoods, but it does risk destroying some of the best natural wildlife habitats in Wyoming.

    Transmission towers connecting thick high-voltage power lines will stand 180 feet tall, slicing through prime sage-grouse, elk, and mule deer habitat and Colorado’s largest concentration of low-elevation wildlands. The TransWest Express will pass over rivers and streams, chop through forests, stretch over hills, and bulldoze its way through scenic valleys. Many believe this is just the price that must be paid to combat our warming climate and that the impact of the Chokecherry and Sierra Madre projects, and the TransWest Express will be nothing compared to what unmitigated climate chaos will otherwise reap. Some disagree, however, and wonder if such expansive wind farms are really the best we can come up with in the face of climate change.

    “This question puts a fine point on the twin looming disasters that humanity has brought upon the Earth: the climate crisis and the biodiversity crisis,” argues Erik Molvar, a wildlife biologist and executive director of the Western Watersheds Project, a Hailey, Idaho-based environmental group. “The climate crisis and the biodiversity crisis are of equal importance to humans and every other species with which we share this globe, and it would be foolhardy to ignore either in pursuit of solutions for the other.”

    Molver is onto something often overlooked in discussions and debates around our much-needed energy transition: What consequences will these massive renewable energy projects have on biodiversity and the wild creatures that depend on these lands for survival?

    Is It Really Clean If It Kills?

    Biologists like Mike Lockhart, who worked for the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) for more than 30 years, claim that these large wind farms are more than just an eyesore and will negatively affect wildlife in Wyoming. Raptors, eagles, passerines, bats, and various migrating birds frequently collide with the blades, which typically span 165 feet.

    “Most of the [Wyoming wind energy] development is just going off like a rocket right now, and we already have eagles that are getting killed by wind turbines — a hell of a lot more than people really understand,” warns Lockhart, a highly respected expert on golden eagles.

    In a recent conversation with Dustin Bleizeffer, a writer for WyoFile, Lockhart warned that wind energy development in Wyoming, in particular, is occurring at a higher rate than environmental assessments can keep up with, which means it could be having damning effects on wild animals. Places with consistent winds, as Lockhart explains, also happen to be prime wildlife habitats and most of the big wind farms in Wyoming are being built before we know enough about what their impact could be on bird populations.

    In February 2024, FWS updated its permitting process under the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act, hoping it would help offset some of wind energy’s effects on eagles. The new rules, however, will still allow eagles to die. The new permits for wind turbines won’t even specify the number of eagles allowed to be killed and companies won’t, in fact, be out of compliance even if their wind turbines are responsible for injuring or killing significant numbers of them.

    Teton Raptor Center Conservation Director Bryan Bedrosian believes that golden eagle populations in Wyoming are indeed on the decline as such projects only grow and habitats are destroyed — and the boom in wind energy, he adds, isn’t helping matters. “We have some of the best golden eagle populations in Wyoming, but it doesn’t mean the population is not at risk,” he says. “As we increase wind development across the U.S., that risk is increasing.”

    It appears that a few politicians in Washington are listening. In October, California Representative Jared Huffman and Pennsylvania Representative Brian Fitzpatrick introduced a bipartisan bill updating the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of 1918. The legislation would authorize penalties of up to $10,000 per violation for harm to birds. Still, congressional staffers tell me it’s unlikely to pass, given the quiet lobbying efforts behind the scenes by a motley crew of oil, gas, and wind energy developers.

    The Department of Energy projects that wind will generate an impressive 35% of the country’s electricity generation by 2050. If so, upwards of 5 million birds could be killed by wind turbines every year. In addition to golden eagles, the American Bird Conservancy notes that “Yellow-billed Cuckoos, Golden-winged Warblers, and Kirtland’s Warblers are particularly vulnerable. Wind energy poses special risks to endangered or threatened species such as Whooping Cranes and California Condors, since the loss of even a few individuals can have population-level effects.”

    And bird kills aren’t the only problem either. The constant drone of the turbines can also impact migration patterns, and the larger the wind farm, the more habitat is likely to be wrecked. The key to reducing such horrors is to try to locate wind farms as far away from areas used as migratory corridors as possible. But as Lockhart points out, that’s easier said than done, as places with steady winds also tend to be environments that traveling birds utilize.

    Even though onshore wind farms kill birds and can disrupt habitats, most scientists believe that wind energy must play a role in the world’s much-needed energy transition. Mark Z. Jacobson, author of No Miracles Needed and director of the Atmosphere/Energy Program at Stanford University, notes that the minimal carbon emissions in the life-cycle of onshore wind energy are only outmatched by the carbon footprint of rooftop solar. It would be extremely difficult, he points out, to curtail the world’s use of fossil fuels without embracing wind energy.

    Scientists are, however, devising novel ways to reduce the collisions that cause such deaths. One method is to paint the blades of the wind turbines black to increase their visibility. A recent study showed that doing so instantly reduces bird fatalities by 70%.

    Such possibilities are promising, but shouldn’t wind project creators also do as much as possible to site their energy projects as close to their consumers as they can? Should Wyoming really be supplying California with wind energy when that state already has plenty of windy options — in and around Los Angeles, for example, on thousands of acres of oil and brownfield sites that are quite suitable for wind or solar farms and don’t risk destroying animal habitats by constructing hundreds of miles of power lines?

    Wind energy from Wyoming will not finally reach California until the end of the decade. As Phil Anschutz reminds us, it’s all about money, and land in Los Angeles, however battered and bruised, would still be a far cheaper and less destructive way to go than parceling out open space in Wyoming.

    Wind Is Still a Resource

    In that roadside cafe in Rawlins, the two workers paid their bill and left. I sat there quietly, wondering what that couple made of the revelation that the wind farm nearby wasn’t going to benefit them. Finally, nodding toward the men’s truck as it drove away, I asked, “What do you think of that?”

    “Same old, same old,” the guy eventually replied. “Reminds me of the coal industry, the oil industry, you name it. The big city boys come and take our resources and we end up having little to show for it.”

    Shortly after lunch, I left Rawlins and made my way two hours north to the Pioneer Wind Farm near the little town of Glenrock that began operating in 2011. I pulled over to get some fresh air and stretch my legs. As I exited the car, I could hear the steady hum of turbines slicing through the air above me and I didn’t have to walk very far before I nearly stepped on a dead hawk in the early stages of decay. I had no way of knowing how the poor critter was killed, but it was hard to imagine that the hulking blade swirling overhead didn’t have something to do with it.

    This piece first appeared on TomDispatch.

    The post Murdering Birds to Save the Climate? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph Source: Shark1989z – CC BY-SA 4.0

    For the past several decades, the United States and Israel have tried to isolate Syria in the Middle East.  Only U.S. Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, after the October War in 1973, tried and succeeded in bringing Syria into the step-by-step peace process negotiations with Israel.  Since then, however, U.S. efforts to negotiate a peace such as the Reagan plan in 1982 or the unsuccessful efforts to arrange an Israeli withdrawal from Lebanon have ignored any role for Syria.  Currently, U.S. tolerance of Israeli military power against Syria complicates the task of reducing the violence and allowing the Syrian rebels to have the time and space to establish a stable government in Damascus.

    For most of its history, Syrian authority has been marked by instability due to authoritarian leadership and a diverse population.  The fragmented nature of Syrian society; the absence of a strong national identity; and the debilitating conflict with Israel have contributed to weak governance.  Any Syrian government, particularly the current one that tries to take hold after 14 years of confrontation, will face a difficult geopolitical environment that limits policy options; inhibits risk-taking; and compromises central authority.  The various ethnic divisions, even among the majority Sunni Moslems, will make it difficult to achieve political and economic cohesion.

    One hundred years ago, the wife of the British consul described inter-communal relations in a way that still fits: “They hate one another.  The Sunnis excommunicate the Shias, and both hate the Druze; all detest the Alawites; the Maronites do not love anybody but themselves are duly abhorred by all; the Greek Orthodox abominate the Greek Catholics and the Latins; and all despise the Jews.”  The Alawites. who have politically dominated the country in recent times, were singled out for persecution in the past by the Sunni majority,  Most of the population in Syria is Moslem, but 20 percent of the Moslems belong to various schismatic sects.

    Today, Syria is in predictable chaos, and the presence of numerous foreign powers adds to the conflict.  Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) have made it particularly difficult for the new regime by launching hundreds of air strikes against Syria, and seizing territory beyond the Golan Heights that provided a sightline to Damascus.  Former Israeli Air Force officers commented on social media that these attacks were carried out as part of an operation based on plans that were drawn up years ago.

    Turkey has backed various Syrian rebel groups along the Syrian-Turkish border, and plans to continue the fight against Syrian Kurds based in northeastern Syria, where the Kurds have support from nearly 1,000 U.S. military personnel.  Among the foreign powers in Syria, Turkey has the greatest access and influence with the Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), which led the fight against former president Bahshar al-Assad.

    There are several favorable signs that point to opportunities for HTS.  The Russians appear to be preparing to withdraw forces from some of its bases in Syria.  Unfortunately, it is likely that Ukraine will pay the price for Russian President Vladimir Putin’s humiliation in Syria. Moscow’s setback in Syria may make it harder to get Russia to enter negotiations with Ukraine to end a war that is reaching the three-year mark.

    Iran’s initial reluctance to get engaged in any effort to save the Assad regime or to threaten the new Syrian transition government also points to a possible opportunity for HTS.  Iran has withdrawn its Quds forces that consisted mainly of refugees from Pakistan and Afghanistan who had fled to Iran.  Syria had been the only state in Iran’s “Axis of Resistance” to weaken Israel.  Iran’s ability to arm Hezbollah forces in Lebanon will become far more difficult.

    Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu; the U.S. mainstream media; and Biden’s national security team are jointly assigning credit to the United States and Israel for allowing the Syrian rebels to swiftly take over the government.  In actual fact, if there is one foreign power that deserves the credit for the rebel takeover, it would be the courageous fighters from Ukraine who have fought the Russian army to a standstill and made it impossible for Russia to provide necessary support to former Syrian President al-Assad.  Iran’s preoccupation with Israeli military power and the defeat suffered by Hezbollah prevented any support role for Assad.

    Israel can be counted on to make every effort to destabilize the transition government in Syria, and only the United States could threaten to cut off military aid to Israel that could bring a stop to Israeli air strikes. It seems unlikely that either the Biden administration or the incoming Trump mob will consider doing so.  Even worse, the Netanyahu government, which seems to favor protracted fighting everywhere, could decide to use its air power in the wake of two successful raids against Iran in April and October 2024, to try to destroy Iran’s nuclear program.

    There are conflicting signals coming from the Biden administration.  On the one hand, the United States has entered discussions with officials from Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS) in the wake of its overthrow of the Assad government.  The United States considers HTS a terrorist organization, so the Biden administration’s willingness to engage in discussions is a healthy sign.  But the Biden administration is still deploying air power in Syria against Islamic State militants. Nor has Biden ever indicated a willingness to put a stop to the obscene militancy of Israel against its Arab neighbors, particularly the Palestinians.  The United States would benefit from the emergence of a stable government in Damascus that will not resort to terrorism at home or abroad. Over the long run, this could lead to a U.S. withdrawal from the Middle East.

    It is difficult to imagine that a Trump administration will apply any pressure against the Netanyahu government, and it is particularly threatening that both the Netanyahu national security team and the incoming Trump team support the notion of military force against Iran.
    Indeed, Trump and his national security appointees have threatened to walk away from the Syrian situation, which Trump wanted to do in his first term.

    The military engagement of U.S., Israeli, and Turkish forces will make it difficult  for the application of international diplomacy that could ameliorate the current situation in Syria  But if the United States were willing to lead an international coalition made up of European states, Japan, and Australia, it is possible that a stable interim government could be created in Syria.  But if Trump decides to enforce a rigid “American First” policy and refuses to engage in an international effort to end the violence, then the Syrian situation will worsen.  If so, as Garrison Keillor used to say, “things will get worse before they get worse.”

    The post Syria: Will the United States Try to Stop Israeli Militarism in the Middle East? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Image by Ian Hutchinson.

    A new kind of unity around Palestine is finally finding its way to the Palestine solidarity movement worldwide.

    The reason behind this unity is obvious: Gaza.

    The world’s first live-streamed genocide in the Gaza Strip, and the growing spontaneous compassion, thus solidarity, with the Palestinian victims, helped recenter priorities from the typical political and ideological conflicts back to where they should have always remained: the plight of the Palestinian people.

    In other words, it is the sheer criminality of Israel, the steadfastness, resilience and dignity of the Palestinians, and the genuine love for Palestine by ordinary people that have imposed themselves on the rest of the world.

    While many solidarity groups, despite their differences, have always found margins for unity around Palestine, many did not.

    Instead of rallying in support of a Palestinian justice-based discourse, mainly focused on ending the Israeli occupation, dismantling apartheid, and obtaining full Palestinian rights, many groups have rallied around their own ideological, political, and often personal priorities.

    This led to deep divisions and, ultimately, the unfortunate splintering of what was meant to be a single global movement.

    Though many rightly claim that the movement has suffered the dire consequences of the Syrian war and other conflicts linked to the so-called Arab Spring, in truth, the movement has historically been prone to divisions, long before the recent Middle East upheavals.

    The collapse of the Soviet Union, starting in 1990, has left permanent scars on all progressive movements across the world, where, in the words of Domenico Losurdo, ‘western Marxists’ retreated to their academic hubs, and ‘eastern Marxists’ were left alone fighting the scourges of the US-led ‘new world order’.

    The balkanization of the socialist movement globally, but mainly in western countries, can still be seen in the view of many socialist groups regarding the events underway in Palestine, and of their proscribed ‘solutions’ to the Israeli occupation.

    Whether these ‘solutions’ are pertinent or not, it is of very little value to the struggle of the Palestinians on the ground; after all, these magic formulas are often developed in western academic laboratories, with little or no connection, whatsoever, to the events underway in Jenin, Khan Yunis or Jabaliya.

    Additionally, there is the problem of transnational solidarity. This type of solidarity is simply conditioned on the expected return of an equal amount of solidarity in the form of political reciprocity.

    This notion is a misinformed application of the concept of intersectionality, as in various disaffected groups offering mutual solidarity to amplify their collective voice and advance their interests.

    While intersectionality at a global level is hardly functional, let alone tested – interstate relations are usually governed by political strategy, national interests, and geopolitical formations – intersectionality within a national and local framework is very much possible.

    For the latter to carry meaning, however, it requires an organic understanding of the struggles of each group, a degree of social immersion, and genuine love and compassion for one another.

    In the case of Palestine, however, this noble idea is often conflated with negotiable and transactional solidarity, which might work at the political stage, especially during times of elections, but rarely helps cement long-term bonds between oppressed communities over time.

    The ongoing Israeli genocide in Gaza has certainly helped many groups expand the margins of unity so that they may work together to bring the extermination of Gaza to an end, and to hold Israeli war criminals accountable in any way possible.

    This positive sentiment, however, must continue long after the end of the genocide, until the Palestinian people are finally free from the yoke of Israeli settler colonialism.

    The point here is that we already have numerous reasons to find and maintain unity around Palestine, without laboring to find ideological, political, or any other kind of common ground.

    The settler-colonial Israeli project is but a manifestation of western colonialism and imperialism in their classical definitions. The genocide in Gaza is no different than the genocide of the Herero and Nama people of Namibia at the turn of the 20th century, and US-western interventionism in Palestine is no different than the destructive role played by Western countries in Vietnam and numerous other contested spaces all over the world.

    Placing the Israeli occupation of Palestine in a colonial framework has helped many liberate themselves from confused notions about Israel’s ‘inherent’ rights over the Palestinians.

    Indeed, there can be no justification for the existence of Israel as an exclusively ‘Jewish State’ in a land that belonged to the native Palestinian people.

    By the same token, the much-touted Israeli ‘right to self-defense’, a notion that some ‘progressives’ continue to parrot, does not apply to military occupiers in an active state of aggression or those carrying out genocide.

    Keeping the focus on Palestinian priorities also has other benefits, including that of moral clarity. Those who do not find the rights of the Palestinian people compelling enough to develop a united front were never intended to be part of the movement in the first place, thus their ‘solidarity’ is superficial, if at all genuine.

    The road for Palestine liberation can only go through Palestine itself and, more specifically, the clarity of purpose of the Palestinian people who, more than any other nation in modern times, have paid and continue to pay the highest price for their freedom.

    The post Unity Above Else: The Only Road to the Liberation of Palestine appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph Source: Suzie Tremmel – CC BY 2.0

    International law is by nature multilateral.  Its ontology is universal and cannot be interpreted or applied selectively, today this way, tomorrow somewhat differently — or not at all.  In some cases violations of international law are loudly denounced by the international community; in other circumstances, comparable violations are followed by a deafening silence.  Indeed, the “crime of silence” implies tacit consent.  Qui tacet consentire videtur.  Individuals and States can thereby become complicit in the crime.  If not legally, certainly morally.

    Experience in the United Nations and other international institutions illustrates how the vast body of international law with all of its treaties and protocols suffers from an acute bout of double standards, both in the interpretation and application of norms.  As politicians and journalists invoke international law à la carte, widespread cynicism sets in, resulting in a significant loss of the authority and credibility of the institutions

    The UN Charter binds all States and peoples.  International treaties, whether bilateral or multilateral, bind the States parties and should be applied in good faith according to the principle pacta sunt servanda (Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, article 26[1]).  Whereas human rights are juridical, justiciable and, in principle, enforceable, the United Nations General Assembly and the Human Rights Council have a track record of applying international law selectively. Debates in the GA and HR Council are characterized by political instrumentalization of the facts and by what I would call “fake law”, since many diplomats simply invent “the law” as they go along. Enforcement becomes a farce, when it is done in the service of hegemons and not of humanity at large. When judgments and advisory opinions of the International Court of Justice are not enforced, the “rule of law” itself suffers.

    We can and should demand professionalism and objectivity from the institutions established to protect our rights. These institutions should ensure accountability for violations of international law by governments and non-State actors, including transnational corporations.  The General Assembly and Human Rights Council should take appropriate measures to ensure that recourse and appropriate remedies for violations are made available to the victims.

    Priorities are crucial in all human endeavors. What is on the agenda of the GA and HR Council? What is being discussed, what is being deliberately ignored? It is up to us to ensure that the institutions function according to their terms of reference, that there are checks and balances, that political action is ethical, not amoral, short-sighted and utilitarian. At least in democracies the electorate can demand transparency, ethics and justice.

    Responsibility to Protect

    If the “doctrine” of Responsibility to Protect (R2P) means anything (GA Resolution 60/1 of 24 October 2005, paragraphs 138-9), then it should have been invoked decades ago in the context of the Israeli denial of the right of self-determination of the Palestinian People, in the context of mass evictions, arrests, expulsions and ethnic cleansing, the Nakba.  R2P should have prevented the tragedy unfolding since 2020 in the Armenian Republic of Artsakh, better known as Nagorno Karabakh.  It should have been applied on behalf of the Sahraouis of Western Sahara, the Igbos and Ogonis of Biafra, the Tamils of Sri Lanka, the Kurds of Turkey, Iraq and Syria.

    Without a doubt, many politicians today deserve being indicted and prosecuted by the International Criminal Court, surely those guilty of the crimes of aggression, war crimes and crimes against humanity in Afghanistan and Iraq since 2001.  Notwithstanding legal briefs filed with the ICC Prosecutor since 2004, no one was ever indicted. An investigation started by Chief Prosecutor Fatou Bensouda[2] was terminated by her successor Karim Khan[3].  Over a period of 23 years since its establishment in 2002, the ICC has displayed a certain bias, indicted Africans, and enemies of the US and EU, including Vladimir Putin[4]. That is why it was comparable to an earthquake when Prosecutor Khan asked for arrest warrants against Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu[5] and Hamas leaders.  This may eventually save the ICC from total collapse of its tenuous credibility.

    Self-determination of peoples

    A Special Session of the Human Rights Council on the issue of the self-determination of peoples would be appropriate, since the right of self-determination of peoples constitutes a jus cogens norm of international law, and thousands of human beings in all continents are being denied this right and many are killed in the attempt to claim it.  It must be well understood that the right of self-determination laid down in Articles 1 and 55 of the UN Charter, in Chapters XI and XII of the Charter, in common article 1 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights is not limited to decolonization, but extends the right to autonomy and/or independence to all peoples.  States are not only obliged to refrain from hindering this right; they have a duty to  pro-actively implement it.  Who are the rights holders?  As I proposed in my 2013 report to the General Assembly[6], the United Nations should accept petitions from all peoples deprived of self-determination, those living under foreign occupation, those enduring Apartheid, etc.  Among the many aspirants to self-determination we recognize the French of Quebec, the Scots, the Catalans, the Corsicans, the South Tiroleans, the Kurds, the West Papuans, the Rapa Nui, the native population of Hawaii, the indigenous peoples of Alaska and those living in “reservations” in the United States, the Mapuche of Chile and Argentina, the Igbos of Biafra, the Bubis of Equatorial Guinea, the Luchu of Okinawa (Ryukyu islands illegally annexed by Japan in 1880).

    Progress and Retrogression

    Progress and retrogression characterize the history of international law and human rights. Today the world is in chaos, but not more so than in the 18th. 19th and 20th centuries. At least we are not burning witches or massacring indigenous Hopi, Iroquois, Mohawks, Sioux, Taínos, Arawaks, Quechua — the slave trade is abolished, colonialism is drastically reduced. We have seen a phenomenal codification of legal norms, the UN Charter, the UDHR, the establishment of regional human rights courts. We hail the growing recognition of the rights of half the population of the planet – women, the measures taken on behalf of persons with disabilities. We welcome the gradual abolition of the cruelty of “capital punishment”. Yet, there is also significant retrogression in many fields, including the erosion of the concept of Peace as a Human Right, the backsliding from General Assembly Resolution 39/11 of 1984. Today there is scarce protection of the right to know, the right to access truthful information, the right to freedom of opinion and expression. We see censorship by governments and the private sector, the blocking of RT and Sputnik by the EU, the Orwellian new Digital Services Act, the brazen indoctrination practiced by the media, the excesses of “cancel culture”, the epidemic of self-censorship, the social acceptance of Islamophobia, Russophobia and Sinophobia. the crimes committed against 25 million victims of human trafficking, including 3.4 million children. Serious retrogression is evident in the weakened protection of family life and family values, the attacks on the concept of the family and parental authority, the denigration and ridicule of religious beliefs.

    Retrogression is also apparent in the practices of institutions established to protect our rights. Many institutions have been hijacked for geopolitical and ideological purposes. Quis custodiet ipsos custodes? (Iuvenalis, 6th Satire, verses 347-48) Who guards over the guardians?[7] Institutions such as the UN Human Rights Council, ECHR, IACHR, OPCW often let themselves be hijacked by major powers and thus betray their mandates, weaponizing human rights instead of devising preventive strategies and mechanisms to promote and protect human dignity, to ensure that there are recourse and adequate remedies for the victims. Only we can be the guardians. While we realize that governments and the media lie to us, that they suppress crucial information, we — as citizens of democratic countries — must push back and reclaim democracy. We do not need any Ministry of Truth as in 1984.  But are we not already living in the dystopia of Huxley’s Brave New World ?

    Prevention or Punishment?

    Among the gravest instances of retrogression is the Western obsession with punishment, the primitive lex talionis, that self-righteousness that invites us to lapidate the adulteress[8], the arrogance of “lawfare” against dissidents, the persecution of whistleblowers.

    If Christianity taught us anything, it is that we must forgive to be forgiven: et dimite nobis debita nostra sicut et nos dimitimus debitoribus nostris[9]. Yet, the politicians and some mainstream ngo’s have transformed the notion of “amnesty”[10] into a curse word, as they have transformed “appeasement”[11] into an insult, although in the nuclear age the only rational approach in international affairs is conflict-prevention through diplomacy, give and take, quid-pro-quo, compromise.

    Punishment is always after the fact, ex post facto.  Punishment does not make the victims whole.  Very often violations of international law and human rights are irreparable.  What is crucial is to prevent violations of international law and human rights, to set up mechanisms of “early warning” so as to address grievances before they degenerate into violence and grow into a threat to the peace and security of mankind.  Essential to conflict-prevention is confidence-building, engaging in dialogue, building bridges, creating the conditions for peace.  Si vis pacem, para pacem (if we want peace, we must proactively appease). Amnesties are not bad per se. Sometimes amnesties can pave the way to reconciliation. Revenge is incompatible with the acquis of civilization. Punishment is not a wise or civilized answer to problems.

    Hope for the Future

    Is there hope for humanity?  Of course there is!  It is in our hands to demand pro-active peace making from our governments, to demand more professionalism and objectivity from the United Nations and other international bodies.

    Knowledge of the root causes of conflict facilitates the prevention or war. We need to reject provocations and escalations.  We need to develop the faculty of self-criticism so as to correct our own mistakes before we go around pointing fingers at others.  We must practice international solidarity, applying international law in good faith and not à la carte.

    Our resolution for 2025 should be to continue waging peace, speaking truth to power, strengthening the United Nations Charter as a world constitution, rediscovering the spirituality of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

    Notes.

    [1] https://legal.un.org/ilc/texts/instruments/english/conventions/1_1_1969.pdf

    [2] https://www.icc-cpi.int/news/statement-icc-prosecutor-fatou-bensouda-following-appeals-chambers-decision-authorising

    [3] https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2021/12/6/icc-prosecutor-defends-dropping-us-from-afghan-investigation

    [4] https://www.icc-cpi.int/news/situation-ukraine-icc-judges-issue-arrest-warrants-against-vladimir-vladimirovich-putin-and

    [5] https://news.un.org/en/story/2024/11/1157286

    [6] https://documents.un.org/doc/undoc/gen/n13/421/23/pdf/n1342123.pdf

    [7] https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/ajes.12542

    [8] John 8, 1-11.  https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=John%208:1-11&version=NLT

    [9] Mathew 6, 9-13  https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Matthew%206%3A5-15&version=ESV;NIV

    [10] Alfred de Zayas, “Amnesty Clause” and “Westphalia, Peace of” in R. Bernhardt (ed.) Encyclopedia of Public International Law, North Holland, Amsterdam 2000.

    [11] https://www.counterpunch.org/2024/08/09/appeasement-reconsidered/

    The post International Law à la Carte appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Image by Alisdare Hickson.

    Liberals hate Trump, no question about it. He’s the definition of illiberal: authoritarian, racist, sexist, and downright nasty. Not only that, he’s a living repudiation of the liberal delusion that America runs on meritocracy.

    But you want to know a dirty, little secret? In back alleys, encrypted group chats, and off-the-record conversations, liberals will still support Trump on a case-by-case basis. Of course, they’d never vote for the guy, but they’ll give two cheers for some of his policies.

    I discovered this ugly truth during Trump’s last term while writing an article on the shift in U.S. policy toward China from lukewarm engagement to hostile decoupling. The general consensus among the foreign policy elite was that, at least in terms of relations with Beijing, Trump was a useful idiot for slowing China’s roll with harsh rhetoric and tariffs.

    “Trump is a madman, but I want to give him and his administration their due,” one prominent liberal intellectual told me. “We can’t keep playing on an unlevel playing field and take promises that are never delivered on. It’s really China’s turn to respond, and it’s long overdue.”

    It wasn’t just China. For years, liberals and conservatives alike were, for instance, pushing the concept of burden-sharing: getting U.S. allies to cover more of the bill for their security needs. But it was only Trump who really made it happen by blackmailing NATO members and other U.S. partners into doing so.

    Sure, few warmed to the idea of the United States actually pulling out of NATO, but even many of our European allies, though they publicly grumbled, were secretly happy about The Donald’s gaiatsu. That’s the Japanese word for outside pressure that enables a leader to force through unpopular changes by blaming it all on foreigners. The self-described liberal leader of NATO, Dutch politician Mark Rutte, even came out in the open after Trump’s reelection to praise the American president for making European countries more militarily self-sufficient.

    It wasn’t just liberals who thrilled to Trump’s unorthodox foreign policy during his first term either. Some of those further to the left also embraced Trump the engager (with North Korea’s Kim Jong-un), Trump the isolationist (and his threats to close U.S. military bases globally), and Trump the putative peacemaker (for concluding a deal with the Taliban to end the U.S. military presence in Afghanistan).

    Trump, in other words, was not just an unanticipated crisis; he was also an opportunity. Deep in their hearts, anyone unhappy with the status quo will support a disrupter. Quite a few Democrats disgusted with this country’s border policies, inflation, and its coastal elites even crossed over to vote for Trump in November because they wanted change, regardless of the consequences.

    Trump 2.0 is going to be the same but worse, like a strong cheese voted out of the refrigerator only to grow ever more pungent as it moldered in a dark corner of Florida. The latest version of Trump has promised more violence and destruction the second time around, from mass deportations to mass tariffs. And he’s planning to avoid appointing anyone to his administration who might have a contrary thought, a backbone to resist him, or the least qualification to enact sensible policy.

    In the face of such a vengeful and truculent force returning to the White House, surely, you might think, it will be impossible to find any liberals embracing such anarchy the second time around.

    Think again. This is how American politics works, if only for liberals. The modern Republican Party routinely boycotts Democratic administrations: blocking Merrick Garland’s Supreme Court nomination, working overtime to shut down the federal government, voting en masse against legislation it would have supported if introduced by a Republican administration. The MAGA crowd has, in fact, turned noncooperation into something of an art form.

    Liberals, on the other hand, pride themselves on bipartisanship, on getting things done no matter who’s in power. So, inevitably, there will be cooperation with the Trump team as it sets about the “deconstruction of the administrative state” (as Trump cheerleader Steve Bannon once put it). Worse, there will even be some silver-lining liberals (and a few leftists) who pull up a seat to applaud the wrecking ball — not perhaps for its wholesale destruction of neighborhoods but at least for its demolition of a select number of buildings that they deem irreparable.

    Each time such destruction takes place, the self-exculpatory comment from such silver-liners will be: “Well, somebody had to come along and do something!” If Trump is the only tool in the governing toolbox, some liberals will indeed try to use him to pound in a few nails they think need hammering.

    Burning Bridges with China

    In his 2024 State of the Union address, Joe Biden argued that he did a better job than Donald Trump of standing up to China. He certainly devoted more Pentagon dollars to containing China. And not only did he not roll back Trump’s tariffs on Chinese products, but he added some of his own, including a 100% tax on Chinese electric vehicles. Biden also made concrete moves to decouple the U.S. economy from China’s, especially when it came to the supply chains for critical raw materials that Beijing has sought to control. “I’ve made sure that the most advanced American technologies can’t be used in China,” he insisted, adding, “Frankly for all his tough talk on China, it never occurred to my predecessor to do any of that.”

    Biden’s moves on China, from export controls and subsidies for chip manufacturers to closer military relationships with Pacific partners like Australia and India, received the enthusiastic support of his party. No surprise there: It’s hard to find anyone in Washington these days who has a good word to say about engaging more with China.

    So, when Trump takes office in January, he won’t actually be reversing course. He’ll simply be taking the baton-like stick from Biden while leaving all the carrots in the ground.

    That said, Trump’s proposed further spike in tariffs against China (and Canada and Mexico and potentially the rest of the world) does give many liberals pause, since it threatens to unleash an economically devastating global trade war while boosting prices radically at home. But trade unions backed by such liberals support such measures as a way to protect jobs, while the European Union only recently imposed stiff tariffs of their own on Chinese electrical vehicles.

    So, yes, neoliberals who embrace free trade are going to push back against Trump’s economic policies, but more traditional liberals who backed protectionist measures in the past will secretly (or not so secretly) applaud Trump’s moves.

    Back to the Wall

    On taking office, Joe Biden rolled back his predecessor’s harsh immigration policies. The rate of border-crossings then spiked for a variety of reasons (not just the repeal of those Trump-era laws) from an average of half a million to about two million annually. However, in 2024, those numbers plummeted, despite Trump’s campaign claims — but no matter. By then, many Democrats had already been reborn as border hawks.

    That new, tougher attitude was on display in executive actions President Biden took in 2024 as well as the border security bill that Democrats tried to push through Congress earlier this year. Forget about finding a path to citizenship for the millions of undocumented immigrants who keep the American economy humming, Biden’s immigration policy focused on limiting asylum petitions, increasing detention facilities, and even allocating more money to build Trump’s infamous wall.

    As Elora Mukherjee, director of the Immigrants’ Rights Clinic at Columbia Law School, pointed out on the eve of the November election, “What we are seeing is that the center of the Democratic Party is now adopting the same policies, the same postures, that MAGA Republicans were fighting for about six years ago.”

    And yet such punitive policies still weren’t harsh enough for MAGA Republicans and their America First followers. The bottom line was that immigration-averse voters didn’t want to support Democrats pretending to be MAGA Republicans. When it came to the White House, they wanted the real thing.

    As politics change hands in Washington next January, it’s going to be difficult to find any Democrats who will support the mass detentions and deportations Trump is promising. Yet many liberals, like the unprecedented number of Latinos who pulled the lever for Trump in 2024, do want major changes at the border with Mexico. In Arizona, Democrat Ruben Gallego won a squeaker of a Senate election by emphasizing border security and even backing a border wall (in certain areas). Such liberal border hawks will be happy when the Republican president does the dirty work so that Democrats don’t suffer the political fallout that is sure to follow.

    Remapping the Middle East

    On the face of it, the Abrahamic Accords were a liberal nightmare. The brainchild of Trump’s son-in-law Jared Kushner, they promised to repair relations between Israel and the major authoritarian regimes in the region: Saudi Arabia, the Gulf States, Morocco, and Sudan. The deal was a reward for illiberal leaders, particularly Israel’s Benjamin Netanyahu. The primary losers would, of course, be the Palestinians, who would have to give up their hopes for a separate state in exchange for some Saudi handouts, and the Sahrawi people who lost their claim to the Western Sahara when the United States and Israel recognized Moroccan sovereignty over the entire region.

    Instead of shelving the Accords, however, the Biden administration pushed ahead with them. After roundly criticizing Saudi autocrat Mohammed bin Salman for, among other things, ordering the murder of a U.S.-based Saudi journalist, Biden mended ties, fist-bumping that rogue leader, and continuing to discuss how and when the Kingdom would normalize relations with Israel. Nor did his administration restrict Washington’s staggering weapons deliveries to Israel after its invasion and utter devastation of Gaza. Yes, Biden and crew made some statements about Palestinian suffering and tried to push more humanitarian aid into the conflict zone, but they did next to nothing to pressure Israel to stop its killing machine (nor would they reverse the Trump administration’s decision on the Western Sahara).

    The liberals who support Israel (come what may) like Pennsylvania Senator John Fetterman, New York Congressman Ritchie Torres, and the New Democrat Coalition in the House of Representatives are, of course, going to be enthusiastic about Trump’s ever tighter embrace of Netanyahu next year. But there are also likely to be quiet cheers from other corners of the liberal-left about the harder line Trump is likely to take against Tehran. (Remember Kamala Harris’s assertion during her presidential run that Iran was the main adversary of the United States?) The Arab Spring is long gone and a strong man in the White House needs to both schmooze with and go toe to toe with the strong men of the Middle East — or so many liberals will believe, even as they rationalize away their relief over Trump’s handling of a thoroughly illiberal region.

    Looking Ahead (Or Do I Mean Behind?)

    Anyone to the left of Tucker Carlson will certainly think twice about showing public enthusiasm for whatever Trump does. Indeed, most liberals will be appalled by the new administration’s likely suspension of aid to Ukraine and withdrawal from the Paris climate accord, not to mention other possible hare-brained maneuvers like sending U.S. troops to battle narcotraffickers in Mexico.

    Trump will attract liberal support, however quietly or even secretively, not because of his bridge-building genius — in reality, he couldn’t even get a bridge-building infrastructure bill through Congress in his first term — but because all too many liberals have already moved inexorably rightward on issues ranging from China and the Middle East to immigration. The MAGA minority has seized the machinery of power by weaponizing mendacity and ruthlessly breaking rules, in the process transforming politics much the way the Bolshevik minority did in Russia more than a century ago. In the pot that those Republicans put on the stove, the water has been boiling for more than a decade and yet the left-of-center frogs barely seem to recognize just how altered our circumstances have become.

    In normal times, finding overlapping interests with your political adversaries makes sense. Such bedrock bipartisanship stabilizes fractious countries that swing politically from center left to center right every few years.

    These are, however, anything but normal times and the second-term Trump team anything but center-rightists. They are extremists bent on dismantling the federal government, unstitching the fabric of international law, and turning up the heat drastically on an already dangerously overcooking planet.

    In 2020, I raised the possibility of a boycott, divestment, and sanction (BDS) movement against the United States if Trump won the elections that year. “People of the world, you’d better build your BDS box, paint ‘Break Glass in Case of Emergency’ on the front, and stand next to it on November 3,” I wrote then. “If Trump wins on Election Day, it will be mourning in America. But let’s hope that the world doesn’t mourn: it organizes.”

    Four years later, Trump has won again. Do I hear the sound of breaking glass?

    Here, in the United States, a stance of strict non-engagement with Trump 2.0, even where interests overlap, would not only be a good moral policy but even make political sense. When things go disastrously south, laws are broken, and the government begins to truly come apart at the seams, it’s vitally important that no left-of-center fingerprints be found at the scene of the crime.

    Let’s be clear: the Trump administration will not be playing by the rules of normal politics. So, forget about bipartisanship. Forget about preserving access to power by visiting Mar-a-Lago, hat in hand, like Facebook’s Mark Zuckerberg or the hosts of MSNBC’s Morning Joe. “Fascism can be defeated,” historian Timothy Snyder wrote immediately after the November elections, “but not when we are on its side.”

    So, my dear liberal-left, which side are you on?

    This piece first appeared on TomDispatch.

    The post Time to Boycott the US? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Map of Northwestern Syria offensive (2024)

    Syria, known throughout history as the “crossroads of civilization,” now finds itself at a crossroads of its own. After 54 years, the Assad family’s brutal dictatorship in Syria has finally ended.

    “I never thought I’d live to see this day,” said my dad, who left Aleppo as a teenager. My parents grew up there.

    After Bashar al-Assad fled to Russia, elated Syrians rejoiced in the streets. Moving videos emerged of political prisoners being freed after enduring decades of torture in the regime’s notorious prisons. The whereabouts of many still remain unknown.

    Assad’s fall is undeniably worth celebrating — it’s a rare unifying force for a deeply fractured country. But after decades of oppression and 14 years of war, it will take much more to heal these wounds and guarantee a new era of freedom, justice, prosperity, and reconciliation.

    The popular uprising for Syrian dignity that ignited in March 2011 was violently crushed by Assad and morphed into several proxy wars involving Russia, Iran, Israel, the U.S., Turkey, and numerous armed groups, including Al Qaeda linked-terrorists.

    Heinous war crimes and other human rights violations were committed by all parties throughout the war, which has killed over 350,000 people. In the world’s largest forced displacement crisis, over 13 million Syrians have either fled their country or have been displaced within its borders.

    The war has damaged Syria’s infrastructure while Western sanctions have further shattered Syria’s economy. Poverty is widespread and more than half of the population currently grapples with food insecurity.

    Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), once allied with Al Qaeda in Syria, was largely responsible for Assad’s overthrow on December 8. Designated by the U.S as a terrorist organization, HTS has its own track record of brutality in Syria. The rebel group’s leader, Abu Mohammed al-Jolani, founded the Al Nusra Front, once had ties to ISIS, and still has a $10 million U.S. bounty on his head.

    Jolani has since renounced his ties with Al Qaeda and recently said he supports religious pluralism in Syria. But it’s reasonable to be skeptical that HTS and its allies are now truly committed to freedom, justice, and human rights for all long-suffering Syrians.

    Still, foreign occupation and intervention are antithetical to a sovereign and “free” Syria.

    Following Assad’s fall, Israel has launched hundreds of airstrikes and unlawfully seized more territory beyond its illegal, 57-year occupation of Syria’s Golan Heights. Whether Turkey gives up occupied land in northern Syria also remains to be seen, especially if Syrian Kurds end up forming an autonomous region within the country.

    Meanwhile, the U.S. military still occupies part of Syria, including the oil fields in the northeast, and it’s unclear when the U.S. will withdraw its remaining 900 soldiers. In addition to respecting Syria’s territorial integrity and the aspirations of its people in a future government, the U.S. should immediately lift all sanctions on Syria to help with reconstruction and economic recovery.

    As a Syrian American, I try to remain hopeful as I think about my relatives in Aleppo, friends in Damascus, and the generous strangers who’ve taken care of me as their own when I’ve visited. I look forward to returning to a Syria where people can finally breathe, rebuild, and live in dignity. But I also fear for the future.

    Syrians have always taken pride in their rich ethnic and religious diversity. An inclusive and democratic government that guarantees the equal rights of all Syrians is essential to ensuring that the country stays unified and doesn’t plunge into sectarian chaos. It would be tragic if one authoritarian ruler is replaced by another or the country becomes balkanized into armed factions.

    While much remains uncertain and immense challenges are ahead, prioritizing the immediate needs of Syrians is a logical first step. And, more than anything else, we must ensure that the Syrian people are the ones who steer the destiny of a peaceful, post-war Syria that reflects their remarkable resilience, courage, hopes, and dreams.

    The post Syria at the Crossroads appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Baseball glove George “Spike” Washington returned to me at the hospital after spiking me in a collision at second base in 1974.

    Set out runnin’ but I take my timeFriend of the devil is a friend of mineI get home before daylightJust might get some sleep tonight

    – “Friend of the Devil,” Robert Hunter and Jerry Garcia

    I met George Washington on a baseball diamond in 1974–met him at second base, to be precise, when he came at me in a hard slide with cleats up as I tried to turn a double play. I went down. The ball went sailing over the first baseman’s head. And George took off for third. I tried to get up, then crumpled in pain onto the infield dirt behind the bag, blood streaming from my leg. George’s cleats had shredded my calf.

    “You alright, man?”

    I looked up at George’s face, smiling and crying at the same time. Instead of scoring, to the frustration of his own teammates and coaches, he’d run back across the field to second to check on me. “I didn’t mean to lay you out. I really didn’t.”

    George tried to help me up but was shoved aside by a couple of my teammates, who shouldered me off the field. George was the only black player on the diamond that day in this all-white suburban side of Indianapolis.

    One of the coaches drove me to St Francis Hospital in his Camero, my leg tightly wrapped in a towel. The coach fretted that the blood from my sliced leg might stain the interior of his new sportscar. He had a date that night.

    Two hours and 24 stitches later, George, who had taken a bus across town, showed up at the hospital with my glove, which none of my teammates had remembered to pick up.

    “They told me I’d find you here. Thought you might need this.”

    “Probably not for the rest of the summer. But thanks, man. It’s just getting broken in.”

    “You okay?”

    “They shot me up with something. I’m flying.”

    “Okay, then. See you.”

    “Wait a minute, what’s your name?”

    “My dad named me George. George Washington. But I don’t go by that.”

    “What do you go by?”

    “GW, mostly.”

    “Okay, if I call you Spike?”

    He laughed. “I’ll answer to that. But only to you.”

    It was the beginning of an unlikely friendship that has endured for five decades.

    Spike was my age, meaning he was born in 1959. Breaking stereotypes, he and his two sisters had been raised by their dad, who worked in the vast railyards of Beech Grove. Their mother had been killed when Spike was six, run over by a delivery truck as she was crossing Meridian Street on her way to work as a seamstress.

    The Washingtons lived in a small but immaculately kept house off Raymond Street, about six miles north of ours in Southport. Spike and his sisters, Vanessa and Lizzy, attended a Catholic high school, where Spike played baseball, sang in the choir, and excelled at drafting. He wanted to be an architect.

    Spike and I hung out at least once a week for the next three years. I had a car; he didn’t. So I’d drive, and he’d slide 8-tracks into the tape deck as we cruised around the city, smoking Mexican weed and looking for girls, none of whom showed us the vaguest interest. Tapes of…the Grateful Dead, mainly. Spike was a Deadhead. The first Deadhead I’d met and the only Black Deadhead I’d encountered in five decades. Spike’s musical tastes were eclectic and wide-ranging. He also loved Archie Shepp, Black Sabbath, and the Soul Stirrers and introduced me to free jazz and gospel.

    We got jobs together: washing dishes at a cafeteria, mowing the fairways at a county golf course, painting crosswalks. Awful jobs that were somehow made bearable by talking shit to each other for hours about the merits of the Pacers, Star Trek, KISS, and the Lord of the Rings, which he’d read five times. I dated his sister, Vanessa, for a couple of months, to the astonishment and dismay of our friends and family.

    We played baseball against each other in high school and together in summer leagues. In 1976, when I volunteered for Eugene McCarthy’s independent campaign and ended up “running”  what little of it there was in Indianapolis, Spike helped me stuff envelopes, write op-eds, and pass out literature, stickers, and buttons on college campuses (Butler, Indiana Central, IUPUI, Franklin,  and Earlham). All to little avail, but then neither of us was old enough to vote in 1976.

    The following fall, I went off to college in DC, and Spike, the pacifist, enlisted in the Army, seduced by promises that after his tour of duty, he’d be able to go to college on the GI Bill and study architecture. I begged him not to, but he replied, indisputably, that I had choices he didn’t have.

    For the next year or so, we corresponded regularly. He came to see me in DC while on his first leave, and we had a wild weekend hitting the punk and funk clubs in the city. But inevitably, we drifted apart. He got married. Had a kid. Reupped in the Army. Got divorced. Got remarried. Had another kid. Was stationed in Germany, then Okinawa, then Georgia. Got divorced. Then, in 1989, he took part in Bush’s invasion of Panama, which he described as “Operation Just Because.”

    After pulling a 20-year stint in the Army, he retired in 1997 and moved back to Indianapolis. There, he got a job driving forklifts for FedEx at the airport for the next ten years. He lived in an apartment near the Speedway, took drawing classes at night, and sang in a gospel group on the weekends, even though he was a militant atheist by then.

    By 2010, things started to unravel. He hurt his back, lost his job, was diagnosed with diabetes and eventually had his lower left leg amputated. He got behind on his alimony and child support payments, which had chewed up most of his Army pension and disability checks. For the past decade, he’s been in and out of VA hospitals, worked at call centers and for collection agencies (“Can you imagine? I hate that shit, but what the fuck can I do?”)

    I make a point of seeing Spike every couple of years when I return to Indy. I want to talk music and baseball, he invariably wants to talk politics. He told me he’d voted for Jesse Jackson twice in the 84 and 88 primaries and for Nader in 2000. But he didn’t vote again for a Democrat until Obama in 2008. (“What a motherfucking waste. That’s the whitest N-r I ever saw. In his head, I mean, white in his damn head.”) He told me he voted for Gary Johnson in 2016 (“The man climbed Mt. Everest, which is a helluva lot more impressive than anything Trump or Clinton ever did.”) and wrote in Barbara Lee in 2020. He’s still living on the margins, barely scraping by.

    A couple of days after the election, he called. We hadn’t talked in months.

    “Hey, Saint. I need to talk to you about Trump.”

    “What about him?”

    “I voted for him.”

    “You what?

    “I voted for the asshole.”

    “You did not.”

    “I sure as fuck did.”

    “Why?”

    “To shake shit up.”

    “You might not like the way it falls.”

    “Probably won’t. But shit has been falling on me most of my life.”

    “You’re really going stand up and watch him deport thousands of people?”

    “I can’t stand up at all, no more.”

    “You know what I mean.”

    “I know what you mean, and hell no. I’ll hide people in my bedroom closet if it comes to that and block those bastards from ICE at my door. I learned a few things in the damn Army, man.”

    “So what’s it all about?”

    “I’m tired of nothing happening. I’m tired of being fed bullshit.”

    “Trump doesn’t peddle bullshit?”

    “He’s the best at it. But his BS is about doing something. Even if it’s something fucked up.”

    “So you’re an agent of chaos now?”

     “Maybe I always have been. I knocked you on your ass and looked what happened.”

    “Is chaos going to make shit better?”

    “Look, I don’t know how many votes I’ve got left, and I was tired of wasting it. Jill Stein? Cornel? C’mon, man. What the hell is that kind of vote worth, even if they were on the ballot here in God’s Country, which they sure as shit weren’t. A Black vote for Trump. Now that counts for something, especially from someone who is viscerally opposed to almost everything that jackass stands for.”

    “Not sure I’m grasping the logic here, Spike.”

    “I wanted to send those other bastards a message. We’re off their plantation, the one your buddy Kevin Gray used to warn about, and we ain’t’ coming back.”

    “I hear you, but do you think they got it?”

    “Fuck, no. But maybe people will wake up this time.”

    “They didn’t last time.”

    “Yeah, as Bobby and Jerry sang, ‘Ain’t it a shame?’ Come see a brother, will you?”

    I wish like hell now I’d caught the next plane to Indy. His daughter Sascha called to tell me that Spike had died on Monday. Now, he’ll never know whether George Washington’s shock vote helped to wake the woke out of their trance. Salut, pal.

    +++

    + This x-ray may explain why Luigi Mangione shot Brian Thompson in the back…

    + Sen. Elizabeth Warren: “Violence is never the answer…but you can only push people so far, and then they start to take matters into their own hands…What happens when you turn this into the billionaires run it all is they get the opportunity to squeeze every last penny.”

    + In a message to company employees, Andrew Witty, the CEO of UnitedHealthcare’s parent company, praised Brian Thompson for his persistent efforts to halt “unnecessary health care.”

    + A piece in Pro Publica covered a lawsuit brought by a patient suffering from ulcerative colitis, a chronic, debilitating disease, who UHC denied care. The lawsuit cited recorded phone calls in which UHC employees joked and laughed about the denied claims and ridiculed the patient’s urgent pleas for treatment as “tantrums.”

    + Cory Doctorow: “I don’t want people to kill insurance executives, and I don’t want insurance executives to kill people. But I am unsurprised that this happened. Indeed, I’m surprised that it took so long.”

    + TV news reports from outside the jail where Mangione is being held were interrupted Wednesday evening by inmates shouting: “Free Luigi! Free Luigi!” 

    + Just to be clear: Brian Thompson was paid more than $10 million last year and was being sued by the Hollywood Firefighters Pension Fund, which was an institutional investor in UnitedHealthcare, for insider trading after dumping $15 million in company stock when he learned that UnitedHealth was the subject of a Justice Department probe, information that was kept secret from other investors.

    + A bipartisan group of legislators has introduced a bill in Congress to force UnitedHealth, CVS, Cigna and other health industry conglomerates to sell off their pharmacy businesses, which have allowed PBMs (pharmacy business managers, basically profiteering middlemen) to jack up drug prices.

    + Malcolm Harris: “’Every life is precious’ stuff about a healthcare CEO whose company is noted for denying coverage is pretty silly.”

    + TMZ reports that Luigi Mangione considered using a bomb to kill UnitedHealthcare CEO Brian Thompson but decided against it to protect the lives of innocent people. Perhaps Israel could learn a thing or two from him…

    + Walgreens is reportedly in talks to sell itself to private equity firm Sycamore Partners. This move is certain to make working conditions even more brutal and prices even more unaffordable, and ghostly shoplifters will be blamed for the problems.

    + As childhood vaccination rates plummet, infections from contagious diseases with a preventative vaccine are rising sharply: “There have been 28,120 cases of whooping cough, or pertussis, reported nationwide this year, compared to 5,889 at this time last year.”

    + Only four stars, Luigi?

    +++

    + Did anyone actually campaign on raising the retirement age and then cutting your Social Security and Medicare benefits for the few crippled years you’ve left?

    + Rep. Mark Alford: “It’s gonna mean cuts to the 24 percent of the discretionary spending that we have. And it’s also going to mean looking long term at the front end of some programs like Social Security and Medicare … we can move the retirement age back a little bit.”

    + According to an analysis by the Institute for Taxation and Economic Policy, if the Trump tax cuts for individuals are fully extended beyond this year, the wealthiest 1% of Americans would receive an average tax cut of $45,790. The poorest 20% would receive a tax cut of only $110.

    + James Galbraith writing in The Nation on “Why Bidenomics Was a Bust”: “If voters are unhappy with the good readings on standard indicators—unemployment, the monthly inflation rate, economic growth—it must be because those indicators no longer connect to their sense of well-being.”

    + In an April survey of voters in the swing states of Arizona, Georgia, Michigan, Minnesota, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin, 82% of those polled said they agreed with the proposition that a handful of “corporate monopolies now run our entire economy.” Biden and Harris ignored this sentiment; Trump played to it with entirely predictable results.

    + The price of the average home in the US has increased by approximately $140,000 since 2016. In 2005, the average rent was $759 per month. It’s now $1,521.

    + Last month, 58% of Missouri voters approved paid sick leave and an increase in the minimum wage. This month, a coalition of business owners and trade organizations filed a petition with the Missouri Supreme Court, asking it to overturn both measures.

    + Elon Musk was the largest single donor in the 2024 election cycle, spending at least $274 million to elect Trump and other Republicans. His net worth has increased by around $60 billion since the election.

    + According to UBS, the wealth of the world’s billionaires has more than doubled in the last 10 years and now stands at more than $14 trillion.

    + A smaller share (7 percent) of Americans moved in 2023 than any other time since the Census has been tracking the statistic…

    + More evidence of imperial decline: According to a recent Pew survey, 92 percent of Americans now view financial stability as more important than upward mobility.

    + Trump on grocery prices: “It’s hard to bring things down once they’re up. You know, it’s very hard.”

    +++

    + Lame duck senators Joe Manchin and Kyrsten Sinema cast decisive votes against Biden’s NLRB nominee, Lauren McFarren, ensuring that the Democrats will not secure control of the national labor regulator through 2026 and handing Trump effective control of the board when his term begins. The petulant Sinema, who hadn’t cast a vote since 11/21/24, seemed to enjoy making a final twist of the knife.

    + Congrats to Harvard! It’s still the place to go to learn how to run companies like UnitedHealthcare…

    + The New York Times announced last week that Paul Krugman is unplugging his keyboard after 25 years as a columnist. Remember when Krugman pocketed $50,000 for advising Enron and, after it was exposed, said he gave them a discount (i.e., “somewhat less than my normal rate.”)? Paul Krugman could always be relied on to emphasize the liberal in neoliberalism.

    + A new Gallup poll shows 62% of Americans think the federal government should be responsible for health care. It could have been 82% and Harris still wouldn’t have built her campaign around it…

    + Sen. Michael Bennet, the Colorado Democrat: “70% of people said they want a radical transformation of the American economy. People are extremely angry because they feel no matter how hard they work, they can’t get ahead and their kids won’t either.” Bennet urges the Democrats to focus on the lack of retirement, prescription drug prices, and health care, especially mental health care.

    + Out of 148 million votes cast nationwide, control of the House in 2024 was decided by a mere 7,309 votes in three congressional districts: Iowa 1, Colorado 8 and Pennsylvania 7.

    + Since 2020, 39 legislators across the country have switched parties. Just two of them flipped from Democrat to Republican.

    + According to MSDNC’s data guru Steve Kornacki, “In all six of the major [New Jersey] cities or towns where Hispanics account for more than 70% of the population, the margin moved at least 20 points in Trump’s direction compared to 2020.”

    + The best thing Biden did during his presidency, finally withdrawing US troops from Afghanistan, may have doomed his presidency. It certainly sent him into a tailspin, from which he never recovered. On Election Day 2020, Biden’s favorability was +6. It improved +9 on Inauguration Day and peaked at +14.7 in March 2021. By August, it had slunk back to +9, before collapsing to -10 in December of 2021, and it never bounced back. The pivot point was the hostile media coverage of the Afghan war, followed by the emergence of the Delta variant of COVID-19, relief, inflation, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, the expiration of COVID-19 relief, and the genocide in Gaza.

    + Rep. Jim McGovern (D-Mass.) during the floor debate on the GOP’s “Liberty in Laundry Bill: “I mean, ‘Liberty in Laundry.’ I mean, ‘Liberty in Laundry.’ Are you kidding me, Mr. Speaker? You can’t make this stuff up. Who came up with the title – ChatGPT? I mean, what’s next, changing the national motto to ‘Lint Free or Die’”?

    + RFK, Jr. is pushing for his daughter-in-law and former campaign manager Amaryllis Fox Kennedy to serve as deputy director at the CIA next year so that she can “get to the bottom” of the CIA’s involvement in the assassination of his uncle.

    + A GOP senator on Tulsi Gabbard’s interviews: “Her interviews have not been going well. One [senator] told me she was the worst-prepared candidate and was kind of trying to get by on her BS personality.”

    + In a bid to repair his fractured relationship with Trump, Mark Zuckerburg instructed Meta to donate $1 million to the Trump Inaugural Fund.

    +++

    + Suddenly, the transgender issue, which dominated the GOP in the last few weeks of the campaign, doesn’t seem a priority for Trump.

    TIME: Can I shift to the transgender issue? Obviously, sort of a major issue during the campaign. In 2016, you said that transgender people could use whatever bathroom they choose. Do you still feel that way?

    Trump: When was that?

    In 2016.

    I don’t want to get into the bathroom issue. Because it’s a very small number of people we’re talking about, and it ripped our country apart, so they’ll have to settle whatever the law finally agrees. I am a big believer in the Supreme Court, and I’m going to go by their rulings, and so far, I think their rulings have been rulings that people are going along with, but we’re talking about a very small number of people, and we’re talking about it, and it gets massive coverage, and it’s not a lot of people.

    But on that note, there’s a big fight in Congress now. The incoming trans member from Delaware, Sarah McBride, says we should all be focused on more important issues. Do you agree?

    I do agree with that. On that–absolutely. As I was saying, it’s a small number of people.

    + Who will tell Nancy Mace?

    + Rep. Jeff Van Drew, a Republican from New Jersey, says that “high sources” in the government told him that the drones spotted at night over Monmouth County are probes from an Iranian “Mothership.” Van Drew: “Iran launched a mothership probably about a month ago that contains these drones. That mothership is off … the East Coast of the United States of America. They’ve launched drones into everything that we can see or hear and again, these are from high sources. I don’t say this lightly.”The Pentagon says nonsense: “There is no Iranian ship off the coast of the United States, and there’s no so-called mothership launching drones towards the United States.”

    + Maybe RFK Jr can prevail on Agents Scully and Molder to investigate…

    + The same electorate that put Trump back into office disapproves of the criminal charges against him being dropped by a margin of 54-45. Independents feel even more strongly against letting him off the hook, 64-36.

    + It is interesting how the Make America Great Again movement is attacking measures, such as birthright citizenship, which were bedrock principles of the country from the time when they believed America was at its Greatest…

    + I’ve been slowly making my way through Emily Wilson’s lively recent translation of the Odyssey, and it struck me that the treatment of “strangers” is one of the recurring themes of the epic. It occurs again and again: Telemachus in Pylos and Sparta, Odysseus with the Phaeacians and the Lotus-eaters, on Aeolius, and even with Circe and Calypso. Zeus himself is described as Zeus Xenios, protector of strangers, and urges humans to express xenophilia, not xenophobia…

    + In testimony before Congress this week, Aaron Reichlin-Melnick of the American Immigration Council said that Trump’s mass deportation plan “would cost $968 billion in total” and likely “cause economic chaos. Reichlin-Melnick said, “We estimate that, on average, a single deportation cost the U.S. government in today’s fund money slightly under $24,000…As millions are expelled, the U.S. population and labor force would shrink—so too would the economy… Houses would become more expensive, as would groceries, restaurants, travel, and childcare. Every American would feel the pinch of inflation. After all, we estimate that a mass deportation campaign would lead to a loss in total GDP of 4.2 to 6.8% at minimum, as much as the Great Recession, and just like then, many Americans would lose their jobs In fact, a single worksite raid in 2018 under the Trump administration at a beef plant in Tennessee led to ground beef prices rising by 25 cents for the year that the plant was out of operation following the raid.”

    +++

    + Most Democrats kept their mouths shut after the dispiriting not-guilty verdict in the NYC subway vigilante case. Not Rep. Jasmine Crockett: “Jordan Neely was unarmed. He needed support and care.   Instead, he received a death sentence. His family grieves while the man who took his life walks free.”

    + A recent Gallup survey found that only 21% of Americans have a “great deal” or “quite a lot” of confidence in the country’s criminal justice system, down from 34% in 2004. I’d be surprised if this number doesn’t drop further under the incoming Trump administration.

    + Police horses as “therapy animals?”  I remember walking out of the Staple Center after being the “Al Gore analyst” for the BBC during the last night of the DNC in 2000 and watching LAPD officers on horseback trample screaming demonstrators in the “protest pen’ outside the stadium following RAtM’s performance…

    + Anita Dunn, one of Biden’s former top advisors, slammed the president’s pardon of Hunter: “A president who ran to restore the rule of law who has upheld the rule of law who has really defended the rule of law kind of saying, ‘Well, maybe not right now.’” Of course, it’s totally consistent with Biden’s flouting of the rule of international law when it comes to Gaza.

    + According to a poll from the AP, only 2 in 10 Americans approve of President Joe Biden’s decision to pardon his son Hunter after earlier promising he wouldn’t.

    + So Trump’s nominee for Surgeon General, Dr. Janette Nesheiwat, knocked over a box when she was 13. The box contained a gun, which discharged when it hit the floor, killing her father. Is this still a case of “guns don’t kill people, people kill people?”

    + The last eleven months of gun violence in the US…

    + 15,717 gun deaths

    + 29,985 gun injuries

    + 479 mass shootings

    + 741 children shot

    + 4,124 teenagers shot

    + 1,142 incidents of defensive gun use

    + 1,323 unintentional shootings

    + 632 murder-suicides

    Source: Gun Violence Archive.

    + Over a three-year period,  the Sheriff’s Office in Broward County, Florida, cooked its own crack cocaine so it could sell it to people that deputies would then arrest for buying crack cocaine. The DA’s office is attempting to clear the convictions.

    + In 2020, Kshama Sawant led the effort to secure a ban on chemical/crowd control weapons used by police in Seattle. Now, the all-Democrat city council and mayor are trying to repeal the measure.

    +++

    + A new assessment published in Environmental Research estimates that all regions on the planet will hit the 1.5 °C warning threshold by 2040 or earlier and that 31 out of 34 regions will reach the 2.0 °C threshold by 2040. For 3.0 °C, 26 out of 34 regions are predicted to reach the threshold by 2060.

    + Once one of the planet’s top carbon sinks, the Arctic is becoming a carbon emitter as its permafrost melts.

    + Carbon markets don’t work to reduce carbon emissions. That’s the damning conclusion of a new report published in Nature. Even so, the World Bank, US Treasury, IMF and the UN keep pushing them as a decarbonizing solution for the Global South.

    + The first ice-free day in the Arctic Ocean may arrive before 2030.

    + According to a new report from the UN, more than three-quarters (77.6%) of Earth’s surface has become permanently drier in the last 30 years.

    + The nine largest wildfires in California’s history have occurred since 2017, including three of the five deadliest.

    + Big Tech’s AI boom is generating a natural gas infrastructure boom. Scott Strazik, the CEO of GE Vernova, maker of gas turbines, told investors: ” “They’re not building those data centers with an assumption for anything other than 24/7 power. Gas is well suited for that…I can’t think of a time that the gas business has had more fun than they’re having right now.”

    Meanwhile, Alberta is trying to lure tech companies to build huge, power-hungry AI data centers in the province and run them on natural gas instead of solar or hydro. This will give the oil and gas industry a fresh market for its planet-killing product.

    + The persistent drought in Brazil has driven the price of Arabica coffee to a record high, topping the peak set in 1977.

    + It’s not just the salmon that have returned to the Klamath River after the dams were removed, but a whole riverine ecosystem.  Michael Belchik, Yurok Fisheries Department Sr Policy Analyst: “If you look at Jenny Creek & the Klamath main stem in the Iron Gate reservoir footprint, you see tens of thousands of willows coming up. A whole riparian forest is being reborn even right now.”

    +++

    + Meet Mad Dog, Jr.: Commander of US Marine Corps, General Eric Smith: “The advantage lies with us because our last combat was captured on somebody’s iPhone 14. China’s last combat was captured on oil and canvas, and they should not forget that.” Gen. Smith’s bellicose boast is pretty clear evidence of who has been invading other countries for the last few centuries and who hasn’t…

    + Who will tell Pete Hegseth? A study published in last week’s National Bureau of Economic Research (NBER) by two economists at West Point found that the integration of women into US military combat units had no detectable impact on the performance of male soldiers other than reducing suspensions due to misconduct.

    + UN Ambassador Linda Thomas-Greenfield: “In this last month of my tenure at the UN I would like to leave a legacy that the US cares.” This statement of Hysterical Moral Blindness deserves its own entry in the DSM as an example of Thomas-Greenfield Dissociative Syndrome.

    At the Congressional hearing this week on Trump’s deportation plan, retired National Guard Army Maj. Gen. Randy Manner testified about the four “significant risks” it posed for the U.S. military:

    1.) “Using military assets for mass deportations would negatively impact the military’s readiness and capability to accomplish its core mission of national defense…Our National Guard units are stretched thin, responding to natural disasters at home while also regularly deploying overseas in active duty status; additional training or deployments to support deportation operations would absolutely harm operational readiness and reduce the military’s ability to counter adversaries or respond to crises in combat.”

    2.) “My second concern is that the military is simply not trained to do this mission. Immigration Enforcement is the responsibility of federal law enforcement agencies like ICE and CBP,” he said. “A small number of National Guard units receive a mere four to eight hours of civil disturbance training per year. This lack of training and experience greatly increases the risk of significant and potentially deadly mistakes in a charged operational environment.”

    3.) “My third concern is the effect on recruiting, retention and morale…Involvement of the military in a politically-charged domestic deportation efforts would only add to those challenges,” creating what he described as “a recipe for disillusionment and a poor advertisement for potential recruits.”

    4.) And “Finally, involving the military in a politically charged domestic issue like mass deportation would erode public trust in the military,” Manner argued. “Americans trust our military because it protects all of us, regardless of our politics, from the possibility of foreign aggression. When the military is tasked with carrying out domestic policies that may be controversial to some, it undermines the foundation of that trust. That, in turn, will increase risk and morale, recruitment, retention and readiness.”

    + Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin, last week during his tour of Asia: “People don’t realize how much my job is diplomatic.” People would be even more surprised at how little of Tony Blinken’s job as America’s chief diplomat is diplomatic.

    +++

    + Say it ain’t so, Don!

    + Presumably as a reward for putting up with Donald Jr (and perhaps a guarantee of her silence), Trump nominated Kimberly Guilfoyle as his ambassador to Greece, a nation she has repeatedly smeared on FoxNews for refusing to surrender to the austerity regime the EU and World Bank wanted to impose on it.

    “I mean, nobody likes freeloaders. It doesn’t matter if you make great yogurt. I don’t care. Suck it up. Get up in the morning. Go to work. You guys are retiring too early. I know you’ve got great weather, but it doesn’t matter. And that’s part of the problem. You have politicians making out-of-control promises, buying votes with entitlements that they can’t support…It’s a joke. But guess what? Nobody is punishing them. Like when the dog pees on the rug, the puppy, like train it.”

    + Is she bringing her whip to Athens?

    + What the English non-sense poet and artist Edward Leer read in a single half-hour while suffering from a bout of boredom, loneliness and insomnia on the Island of Corfu:

    “My drawing companion Edward is gone & I miss him terribly. I vow I have never felt more shockingly alone than the two or three evenings I have stayed in. Yet all this must be conquered if fighting can do it. Yet at all times, I have thought of, I hardly know what. The constant walking and noise prevent my application to any sort of work, & it is only from 6 to 8 in the morning that I can really attend to anything. Then, I am beginning bits of Plutarch and of Lucian’s dialogues. And, then, if I can’t sleep, my whole system seems to turn into pins, cayenne pepper & vinegar & I suffer hideously. You see, I have no means of carrying off my irritation: others have horses or boats; in short–I have only walking, and that is beginning to be impossible alone. I could not go to church today. I felt I should make faces at everybody, so I read some Greek of St. John, wishing for you to read it with–some of Robinson’s Palestine, some of Jane Eyre, some of Burton’s Mecca, some Friends in Council, some Shakespeare, some Vingt Ans après [Dumas], some Leake’s Topography, some Gardiner Wilkinson, some Grote, some Ruskin–& all in half an hour! O! Doesn’t he take it out of me in a raging worry? Just this moment I think I must have a piano: that may do me good. But then I remember Miss Hendon over my head has one & plays jocular jigs continually. Then what the devil can I do? Buy a baboon & a parrot & let them rush about the room?”

    —Journal entry, June 12, 1857

    + Jim Carrey on why he appears in Sonic 3, after announcing in 2022 that he was retiring from the movie business: ‘I bought a lot of stuff and need the money, frankly.’

    + Rep. Josh Gottheimer, running to replace Pat Murphy as governor of New Jersey, apparently faked his Spotify list to make it appear to be a Springsteen groupie…

    I guess they can’t revoke your soul for tryin’…

    Sound Grammar
    What I’m listening to this week…

    Bird in Kansas City
    Charlie Parker
    (Verve)

    Lights on a Satellite: Live at the Left Bank
    Sun Ra
    (Resonance)

    In France: Live at the 1977 Nancy Jazz Pulsations Festival

    BB King
    (Deep Digs/Elemental)

    Booked Up
    What I’m reading this week… 

    The Greatest of All Plagues: How Economic Inequality Shaped Political Thought From Plato to Marx

    David Lay Williams
    (Princeton)

    Planet Aqua: Rethinking Our Home in the Universe

    Jeremy Rifkin
    (Polity)

    Against the Crisis: Economy and Ecology in a Burning World
    by Ståle Holgersen
    (Verso)

    A Piece of Nature

    “Throughout the world, what remains of the vast public spaces are now only the stuff of legends: Robin Hood’s forest, the Great Plains of the Amerindians, the steppes of the nomadic tribes, and so forth… Rousseau said that the first person who wanted a piece of nature as his or her own exclusive possession and transformed it into the transcendent form of private property was the one who invented evil. Good, on the contrary, is what is common.”

    – Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri, Empire

    The post Roaming Charges: All a Friend Can Say is, “Ain’t It a Shame?” appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Abu Mohammad al-Jolani, military leader of Hayat Tahrir al-Sham. Screengrab from CNN interview.

    As the rebel forces led by Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (Syria Liberation Committee) seized Damascus, Syria’s capital, on December 7, 2024, the president of Syria, Bashar al-Assad boarded a flight to Moscow, Russia. It was the end of the rule of the Assad family that began when Hafez al-Assad (1930-2000) became president in 1971, and continued through his son Bashar from 2000—a 53-year period of rule. Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), which seized Damascus, was formed out of the remnants of the al-Qaeda affiliate in Syria, Jabhat al-Nusra (Front for the Conquest of Syria) in 2017, and led by its emir Abu Jaber Shaykh and its military commander Abu Mohammed al-Jolani.

    For the past seven years, HTS has been restrained in the city of Idlib, in Syria’s north. In 2014, a group of al-Qaeda veterans created the Khorasan network (led by Sami al-Uraydi, the religious leader), whose intent was to control the city and the Islamist movements. Over the next year, al-Nusra tried to form alliances with other Islamist forces, such as Ahrar al-Sham, particularly for the governance of the city. The Russian military intervention in 2015 damaged the ability of these groups to advance out of Idlib, which led to the formal break of many of the Islamists from al-Qaeda in 2016 and the creation of HTS in January 2017. Those who remained linked to al-Qaeda formed Hurras al-Din (or Guardians of the Religious Organization). By the end of the year, HTS had seized the initiative and become the major force inside Idlib, took over the local councils across the city and declared that it was the home of the Syrian Salvation Government. When the Syrian Arab Army, the government’s military force, moved toward Idlib in early 2020, Turkey invaded Syria’s north to defend the Islamists. This invasion resulted in the Russian-Turkish ceasefire in March 2020 that allowed the HTS and others to remain in Idlib unscathed. HTS rebuilt its ranks through alliances with Turkish-backed armed forces and with fighters from across Central Asia (including many Uyghur fighters from the Turkistan Islamic Party).

    Operation Deterrence of Aggression, launched by HTS in November 2024 with Turkish and Israeli support, whipped down highway M5 from Aleppo to Damascus in about fourteen days. The Syrian Arab Army dissolved before them and the gates of Damascus opened without enormous bloodshed.

    The Jihadi Blitzkrieg

    The surprise victory of HTS had been predicted in November by Iranian officials, who informed Assad about the weakness of the state’s defenses because of the sustained Israeli attacks on Syrian army positions, of the Israeli invasion of Lebanon, and of the war in Ukraine. When Iran’s foreign minister Abbas Araghchi met with Assad in Damascus after Aleppo fell to the rebels, Assad told Araghchi that this was not a defeat but a “tactical retreat.” That was clearly illusionary. Araghchi, knowing this, told Assad that Iran simply did not have the capacity to send new troops to defend Damascus. It had also been made clear to the Assad government that the Russians did not have the surplus capacity to defend the government, not even the Russian naval base in Tartus. During the HTS drive against the Syrian army, the Russian presidential envoy for Syria Alexander Lavrentyev said that he had been in touch with the incoming Trump administration to discuss a deal between “all parties” over the Syrian conflict. Neither Russia nor Iran believed that the Assad government would be able to unilaterally defeat the various rebels and remove the United States from its occupation of the eastern oil fields. A deal was the only way out, which meant that neither Iran nor Russia was willing to commit more troops to defend the Assad government.

    Since 2011, Israel’s air force has struck several Syrian military bases, including bases that hosted Iranian troops. These strikes degraded Syrian military capacity by destroying ordinance and materiel. Since October 2023, Israel has increased its strikes within Syria, including hitting Iranian forces, Syrian air defenses, and Syrian arms production facilities. On December 4, the heads of the militaries of Iran (Chief of Staff Major General Mohammad Bagheri), Iraq (Major General Yahya Rasool), Russia (Defense Minister Andrey Belousov), and Syria (General Abdul Karim Mahmoud Ibrahim) met to assess the situation in Syria. They discussed the movement of HTS down from Aleppo and agreed that with the fragile ceasefire in Lebanon and the Syrian government’s weakened forces, this was a “dangerous scenario.” While they said that they would support the government in Damascus, there were no concrete steps taken by them. The Israeli attacks inside Syria meanwhile increased the demoralization within the Syrian army, which has not been properly reorganized after the stalemate began with the rebels in Idlib in 2017.

    When Russia entered the conflict in Syria in 2015, the Russian military command insisted that the Syrian government no longer permit pro-government militia groups (such as the Kataeb al-Ba’ath and the Shabbiha) to operate independently. Instead, these groups were integrated into the Fourth and Fifth Corps under Russian command. Meanwhile, the Iranian officers organized their own battalions of Syrian soldiers. The soldiers’ declining economic standards combined with the foreign command accelerated the demoralization. Even the Republican Guard, tasked with defending Damascus and in particular the presidential palace, had lost much of its historical power.

    At no point after 2011 was the Syrian government in control of the territory of the country. Already, since 1973, Israel had seized the Golan Heights. Then, during 2011, Turkey had eaten into the borderlands of northern Syria, while the Kurdish resistance forces (YPG and PKK) had formed a zone alongside the Syria-Turkey border. Northwestern Syria had been taken by the rebels, who included not only HTS but also a range of Turkish-backed militia groups. Northeastern Syria was occupied by the United States, which had taken charge of the oil fields. In this region, the US forces contested the Islamic State, which had been pushed out of both northern Iraq and northeastern Syria, but which continued to appear in spurts. Meanwhile, in southern Syria, the government had made a series of hasty agreements with the rebels to provide an appearance of peace. In cities such as Busra al-Sham, Daraa, Houran, and Tafas, the government could not send any of its officials; these, like Idlib, had come under rebel control. When HTS moved on Damascus, the rebels in the south rose up as did the rebels in the country’s eastern edge along the border with Iraq. The reality of Assad’s weakness became apparent.

    Israel’s Advantage

    As if in a coordinated fashion, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu went to the occupied Golan Heights, which Israel seized from Syria in 1973, and announced, “This is a historic day in the history of the Middle East.” He then said that his government had ordered the Israeli army to invade the UN buffer zone between the Israeli occupation of Golan and the Syrian army posts that had been established during the armistice of 1974. Israeli tanks moved into the countryside of Quneitra Governorate and took over the main town. The border between Israel and Syria has now been shaped by this invasion, since Israel has now moved several kilometers into Syria to seize almost the entire length of the border.

    During the final days of the HTS advance to Damascus, the Israeli air force provided the rebels with air support. They bombed military bases and the headquarters of Syrian intelligence in the center of Damascus. With the excuse that they wanted to destroy weapons depots before the rebels seized them, the Israelis struck bases that housed Syrian troops and stockpiles of weapons that the Syrian army might have used to defend Damascus (this included the Mezzah Air Base). Israeli officials have said that they will continue these air strikes, but have not indicated whom they plan to target.

    The Israeli assault on Syria deepened during the protest movement in 2011. As fighting between the rebels and the Syrian government spread across southern Syria, near the Israeli border, Israel began to fire across the border at Syrian forces. In March 2013, for instance, the Israelis fired missiles at Syrian military posts, weakening them and strengthening the rebels. At the end of 2013, Israel created Division 210, a special military command, to begin engagements along the Israel-Syrian armistice line. Importantly, when the HTS predecessor and al-Qaeda affiliate Jabhat al-Nusra began to make gains along the Israeli line of control, Israel did not strike them. Instead, Israel hit the Syrian government through shooting down Syrian air force jets and assassinating senior Syrian allies (such as General Mohammad Ali Allahdadi, an Iranian general, in January 2015, and Samir Kuntar, a Fatah leader, in late 2015). A former press officer in Damascus told me that the Israelis effectively provided air support for the HTS assault on the capital.

    Syria’s Future

    Assad left Syria without making any announcement. It is said by former government officials in Damascus that some senior leaders left with him or left for the Iraqi border before the fall of Damascus. The silence from Assad has bewildered many Syrians who had believed fundamentally that the state would protect them from the onslaught of groups such as HTS. It is a sign of the collapse of the Assad government that his Republican Guard did not try to defend the city and that he left without any words of encouragement to his people.

    The country is polarized regarding the new government. Sections of the population that had seen their way of life degraded by the war and sanctions welcome the opening, and they have been on the streets celebrating the new situation. The larger context for the Middle East is not their immediate concern, although depending on Israel’s actions, this might change. A considerable section is concerned about the behavior of the Islamists, who use terms of disparagement against non-Sunni Muslims such as nusayriyya (for Alawites, the community of the al-Assad family) and rawafid (such as the large Shia population in Syria). Calling non-Sunni Muslims ahl al-batil or the “lost ones” and using strong Salafi language about apostasy and its punishment sets in motion fear amongst those who might be targets of attacks. Whether the new government will be able to control its forces motivated by this sectarian ideology remains to be seen.

    Such sectarianism is only the opening of the contradictions that will emerge almost immediately. How will the new government deal with the Israeli, Turkish, and US incursions into Syrian territory? Will it seek to win back that land? What will be the relationship between the Syrian government and its neighbors, particularly Lebanon? Will the millions of Syrian refugees return to their home now that the basis for their migration has been removed, and if they return, what will be awaiting them inside Syria? And centrally, what will all this mean for the ongoing genocide of the Palestinians by the Israelis?

    This article was produced by Globetrotter.

    The post The Fall of the Assad Government in Syria appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Broderick Crawford as Willie Stark in All the King’s Men, 1949.

    “The Indians, whom we call barbarous, observe much more decency and civility in their discourses and conversation, giving one another a fair silent hearing till they have quite done; and then answering them calmly, and without noise or passion.”

    – John Locke

    Passions, as John Locke warned, reach faster and further into the human heart than reasoned arguments. Anger, hate, revenge, violence, racism, misogyny and all the devils of human nature have been steadily churned up while any reasoned approach based on becoming informed in traditional Enlightenment ways of knowing, including a respect for authority greater than one’s own, are now rejected and despised by the irrationalism of passion. Passions cannot create any worthwhile dialectic but rather begin and end in their own fury.

    A man that incited an insurrection has yet won the popular vote. Regardless of Trump being found guilty of 34 charges, passionate attachment swipes these away. Trump promises to prosecute the police who defended the Capital but pardon the insurrectionists found guilty and now in jail. What could explain these travesties of reasoning except acknowledging that passionate conviction cannot be breached, rather like faith defying all reason.

    The weapons of establishing by reason what is true and who is guilty have been set aside as if they never existed. Trial by jury is just seen as “lawfare”; elections are corrupt unless Trump wins. Being astounded and upset are not the passions that form any kind of successful offense against a promised purge of Trump’s enemies. Within the pathology of a megalomaniac who is actually given power, an enemy is whoever doesn’t bend the knee to him.

    Trumpians explode when names are mentioned. Not arguments or views. Just names. “That guy should be in jail;” “she’s a Communist;” “he ruined the country;” “those verdicts were politically weaponized;” “Fauci is a crook;” “Obama incited racism;” “Bernie’s crazy.” AOC and the Squad elicit shouts of disgust. Biden was a laugh and so on. In short, serious positions are closed down immediately by passionate rejection, raging anger and an impulse to shut these elites up. Whereas historically, elites were the wealthy and powerful, they are now anyone who presumes to have the authority of a reasoned position. Those to be pilloried and vilified, arraigned and prosecuted are those  who have challenged Trump in any way, contesting his will to dominate. It’s clear from the election results that many voters have assumed Trump’s enemies as their own. The politics of one man’s passion has infected many. Even though there’s a Trump Bible, there’s no sign of the Seven Heavenly Virtues in Trump’s revenge plans.

    The enemies of God, Family and Country that the Passionate are ready to destroy make up a very weak, spineless bunch compared to the vehemence on the other side. Democrats didn’t deny the results of Trump’s win or take to the streets. You could say they’re passionately fearful, alarmed, disgusted and anxious to leave Trump’s world. Liberals, as well as all brands of socialists, “make the case,” construct a serious argument, “follow the path of logic” and so on within the Western Tradition of Reality and Rationality. All of that is now dismissed out of hand as tainted by political prejudice. Within the politics of passion, a socialist leaning elicits more anger than even a Liberal one. In the U.S.. We shall see if “the Leftists” are rounded up in the days ahead, arraigned as insurrectionary threats to the country, liable to storm Mar-a-Lago.

    Regardless of whether Americans are aware of the role market economics plays in bringing the whole country to a pre-Civil war condition, that cause remains primary. Human induced global warming will not go away because some say it doesn’t exist. Ironically, rather than move toward a politics of distribution, those injured by a market rule economics have moved in support of such, and an angry response to whatever opposes or moderates such an economics.

    Passions do not erupt over the wealth divide issue; the pernicious link between extreme wealth and power doesn’t register among Americans. Perhaps because a spin and spectacle society operates in the playground of the passions and the U.S. is such a society. Power lobbies here on the frequency of spin, spectacle, juicing the passions. In a severe winner/loser divide anger, hate, retaliation are juiced. The view of economics as the underlying problem is an argument, a case being made. It requires an attentiveness that has become slow, old and over in a TikTok world. TikTok is not dangerous because it shapes the American mind but rather because it confounds reasoning and leaves you with only the responses of the passions.

    Just before Trump won the election, the Passionate promised a bloody shootout if Trump lost. Fear and trembling on the Liberal side and a rush to cover, not to their guns. What the sides are is about as clear as mud. A whole lot of Americans want to exterminate the “Deep State,” a monster going after God, Guns, Country, Family. A bureaucracy of Liberal elites. A psychiatrist would point out the delusionary at work here. As much as the Democratic Party has been in search of a platform and therefore a clear view of the opposition, it does have reasons to fear and oppose Trump.

    A politics of passion of course does not admit this, whether evidence presented in two impeachments of Trump or 34 felony convictions. Incredibly, all of the facts and evidence presented were jettisoned at once because here passion not reason is the arbiter. Example: when asked what charges would be brought against Pelosi or Harris or Biden or Hillary or Schiff, et al, the passionate response is: It was for what they did. And what they did was get in Trump’s way. No Evidence needed. End of trial.

    This situation itself reveals a societal confusion precipitated by that society’s undermining of rational determination of anything. All this being said, there was enough anger and antagonism sparked by the “cultural” priorities of Liberals and enough disgust and fear sparked by Trump and those rallying to him to engender war talk. And lost on a far horizon is the economics that since Reagan has shaped a plutocratic order that has been wearing down a middle class democracy for the past four decades. The aftershock of that not recognized by those subjected to it but existing nonetheless, as a child not knowing fire burns will yet burn the hand he puts into it. But the capacity to acknowledge what is reasonable, what is the case and what is not is far from being able now to disclose where the fault lines are.

    A key question here is whether the destruction that Trump will rain on wage earners, while at the same time nurturing dividend recipients, will dampen the passion of the former for Trump. Counter-passions may erupt. Donald Trump isn’t playing paddle ball with us. His is a knife fight in a phone booth (the last one on the planet) politics. Reason isn’t in there. Historical parallels of reason evacuated, or gone mad, reveal the extreme potentialities of the politics of passion.

    It’s a crap shoot whether Trump’s Border Czar will hit the WTF headlines when he does what he says he’s going to do, which amounts to doing what Stalin’s chief serving as head of the People’s Commissariat for Internal Affairs (NKVD,) Lavrentiy Beria, did. He oversaw the deportations of hundreds of thousands of Poles, Balts, and Romanians to remote areas or to Gulag camps. The hatred and fear already infused in the MAGAs may applaud whatever harsh punishment the Czar administers. We’ll have to wait and see.

    Who will be the new Joseph Goebbels, Ministry for Public Enlightenment and Propaganda in Nazi Germany, who spread Nazi ideology. It controlled the media and theater. Trump has no ideology but the cult of Trump worship and the hatred of those outside that cult is clearly already here. We’ll see if Trump brings Maggie Haberman and other investigative reporters in for interrogation, by which I mean how Goebbels will he go?

    A selection of Mao’s sayings were compiled into the LITTLE RED BOOK, which became revered within his cult of personality. In May 1966, with the help of the Cultural Revolution Group, Mao launched the Revolution and said that bourgeois elements had infiltrated the government and society with the aim of restoring capitalism. Mao called on young people to bombard the headquarters, and proclaimed that “to rebel is justified”. Trump’s revision of this replaces capitalism with the Deep State; both Mao and Castro maintained the right to rebel (Mao) and our revolution is ongoing (Castro) at the same time as they sought to create an impregnable order grounded in themselves. Trump is entering this dilemma but he is neither Mao nor Castro in balancing this contradiction. But he will come to understand it.

    The simple answer as to why so many have adopted the pathology of a megalomaniac lies in the fact that the path of reasoning your way out of such has been shut down. What it takes to escape this destructiveness is not a university press publication, or education in critical/skeptical reasoning, or another denomination of Christianity. More likely, people will die, memories too as the past will fade even faster than it does now, fascinations will be branded elsewhere, and passions, which must be watered constantly, will wander elsewhere. There is no regime of thought that will survive Trump. Nothing dies faster than groundless passion.

    The post Who Gets Burnt in the Politics of Passion? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Broderick Crawford as Willie Stark in All the King’s Men, 1949.

    “The Indians, whom we call barbarous, observe much more decency and civility in their discourses and conversation, giving one another a fair silent hearing till they have quite done; and then answering them calmly, and without noise or passion.”

    – John Locke

    Passions, as John Locke warned, reach faster and further into the human heart than reasoned arguments. Anger, hate, revenge, violence, racism, misogyny and all the devils of human nature have been steadily churned up while any reasoned approach based on becoming informed in traditional Enlightenment ways of knowing, including a respect for authority greater than one’s own, are now rejected and despised by the irrationalism of passion. Passions cannot create any worthwhile dialectic but rather begin and end in their own fury.

    A man that incited an insurrection has yet won the popular vote. Regardless of Trump being found guilty of 34 charges, passionate attachment swipes these away. Trump promises to prosecute the police who defended the Capital but pardon the insurrectionists found guilty and now in jail. What could explain these travesties of reasoning except acknowledging that passionate conviction cannot be breached, rather like faith defying all reason.

    The weapons of establishing by reason what is true and who is guilty have been set aside as if they never existed. Trial by jury is just seen as “lawfare”; elections are corrupt unless Trump wins. Being astounded and upset are not the passions that form any kind of successful offense against a promised purge of Trump’s enemies. Within the pathology of a megalomaniac who is actually given power, an enemy is whoever doesn’t bend the knee to him.

    Trumpians explode when names are mentioned. Not arguments or views. Just names. “That guy should be in jail;” “she’s a Communist;” “he ruined the country;” “those verdicts were politically weaponized;” “Fauci is a crook;” “Obama incited racism;” “Bernie’s crazy.” AOC and the Squad elicit shouts of disgust. Biden was a laugh and so on. In short, serious positions are closed down immediately by passionate rejection, raging anger and an impulse to shut these elites up. Whereas historically, elites were the wealthy and powerful, they are now anyone who presumes to have the authority of a reasoned position. Those to be pilloried and vilified, arraigned and prosecuted are those  who have challenged Trump in any way, contesting his will to dominate. It’s clear from the election results that many voters have assumed Trump’s enemies as their own. The politics of one man’s passion has infected many. Even though there’s a Trump Bible, there’s no sign of the Seven Heavenly Virtues in Trump’s revenge plans.

    The enemies of God, Family and Country that the Passionate are ready to destroy make up a very weak, spineless bunch compared to the vehemence on the other side. Democrats didn’t deny the results of Trump’s win or take to the streets. You could say they’re passionately fearful, alarmed, disgusted and anxious to leave Trump’s world. Liberals, as well as all brands of socialists, “make the case,” construct a serious argument, “follow the path of logic” and so on within the Western Tradition of Reality and Rationality. All of that is now dismissed out of hand as tainted by political prejudice. Within the politics of passion, a socialist leaning elicits more anger than even a Liberal one. In the U.S.. We shall see if “the Leftists” are rounded up in the days ahead, arraigned as insurrectionary threats to the country, liable to storm Mar-a-Lago.

    Regardless of whether Americans are aware of the role market economics plays in bringing the whole country to a pre-Civil war condition, that cause remains primary. Human induced global warming will not go away because some say it doesn’t exist. Ironically, rather than move toward a politics of distribution, those injured by a market rule economics have moved in support of such, and an angry response to whatever opposes or moderates such an economics.

    Passions do not erupt over the wealth divide issue; the pernicious link between extreme wealth and power doesn’t register among Americans. Perhaps because a spin and spectacle society operates in the playground of the passions and the U.S. is such a society. Power lobbies here on the frequency of spin, spectacle, juicing the passions. In a severe winner/loser divide anger, hate, retaliation are juiced. The view of economics as the underlying problem is an argument, a case being made. It requires an attentiveness that has become slow, old and over in a TikTok world. TikTok is not dangerous because it shapes the American mind but rather because it confounds reasoning and leaves you with only the responses of the passions.

    Just before Trump won the election, the Passionate promised a bloody shootout if Trump lost. Fear and trembling on the Liberal side and a rush to cover, not to their guns. What the sides are is about as clear as mud. A whole lot of Americans want to exterminate the “Deep State,” a monster going after God, Guns, Country, Family. A bureaucracy of Liberal elites. A psychiatrist would point out the delusionary at work here. As much as the Democratic Party has been in search of a platform and therefore a clear view of the opposition, it does have reasons to fear and oppose Trump.

    A politics of passion of course does not admit this, whether evidence presented in two impeachments of Trump or 34 felony convictions. Incredibly, all of the facts and evidence presented were jettisoned at once because here passion not reason is the arbiter. Example: when asked what charges would be brought against Pelosi or Harris or Biden or Hillary or Schiff, et al, the passionate response is: It was for what they did. And what they did was get in Trump’s way. No Evidence needed. End of trial.

    This situation itself reveals a societal confusion precipitated by that society’s undermining of rational determination of anything. All this being said, there was enough anger and antagonism sparked by the “cultural” priorities of Liberals and enough disgust and fear sparked by Trump and those rallying to him to engender war talk. And lost on a far horizon is the economics that since Reagan has shaped a plutocratic order that has been wearing down a middle class democracy for the past four decades. The aftershock of that not recognized by those subjected to it but existing nonetheless, as a child not knowing fire burns will yet burn the hand he puts into it. But the capacity to acknowledge what is reasonable, what is the case and what is not is far from being able now to disclose where the fault lines are.

    A key question here is whether the destruction that Trump will rain on wage earners, while at the same time nurturing dividend recipients, will dampen the passion of the former for Trump. Counter-passions may erupt. Donald Trump isn’t playing paddle ball with us. His is a knife fight in a phone booth (the last one on the planet) politics. Reason isn’t in there. Historical parallels of reason evacuated, or gone mad, reveal the extreme potentialities of the politics of passion.

    It’s a crap shoot whether Trump’s Border Czar will hit the WTF headlines when he does what he says he’s going to do, which amounts to doing what Stalin’s chief serving as head of the People’s Commissariat for Internal Affairs (NKVD,) Lavrentiy Beria, did. He oversaw the deportations of hundreds of thousands of Poles, Balts, and Romanians to remote areas or to Gulag camps. The hatred and fear already infused in the MAGAs may applaud whatever harsh punishment the Czar administers. We’ll have to wait and see.

    Who will be the new Joseph Goebbels, Ministry for Public Enlightenment and Propaganda in Nazi Germany, who spread Nazi ideology. It controlled the media and theater. Trump has no ideology but the cult of Trump worship and the hatred of those outside that cult is clearly already here. We’ll see if Trump brings Maggie Haberman and other investigative reporters in for interrogation, by which I mean how Goebbels will he go?

    A selection of Mao’s sayings were compiled into the LITTLE RED BOOK, which became revered within his cult of personality. In May 1966, with the help of the Cultural Revolution Group, Mao launched the Revolution and said that bourgeois elements had infiltrated the government and society with the aim of restoring capitalism. Mao called on young people to bombard the headquarters, and proclaimed that “to rebel is justified”. Trump’s revision of this replaces capitalism with the Deep State; both Mao and Castro maintained the right to rebel (Mao) and our revolution is ongoing (Castro) at the same time as they sought to create an impregnable order grounded in themselves. Trump is entering this dilemma but he is neither Mao nor Castro in balancing this contradiction. But he will come to understand it.

    The simple answer as to why so many have adopted the pathology of a megalomaniac lies in the fact that the path of reasoning your way out of such has been shut down. What it takes to escape this destructiveness is not a university press publication, or education in critical/skeptical reasoning, or another denomination of Christianity. More likely, people will die, memories too as the past will fade even faster than it does now, fascinations will be branded elsewhere, and passions, which must be watered constantly, will wander elsewhere. There is no regime of thought that will survive Trump. Nothing dies faster than groundless passion.

    The post Who Gets Burnt in the Politics of Passion? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Getty Images and Unsplash+.

    The stakes are extremely high as the impact of fossil fuels on climate change goes to The Hague for hearings December 2-13, 2024 to determine whether nations are obligated to phase out fossil fuels. Will the esteemed court issue an opinion that truly impacts climate change?

    The court’s opinion is expected in 2025.

    {Special Notification: Antarctica is experiencing a frightening collapse that has polar scientists fearful and speaking out like never before. A link to an interview with James Woodford, a New Scientists’ reporter, who attended a recent emergency session with 450 polar scientists is found at the end of this article. Woodford: “Nobody could have foreseen Antarctic sea ice dropping off a cliff in the way that it has.”}

    James Hansen (Earth Institute, Columbia University) and three climate scientists from the Netherlands, conducted a panel discussion December 9th, 2024 regarding the International Court of Justice at the Hague, as part of hearings from scores of nations before it issues its advisory opinion on the Obligations of States in Respect of Climate Change: “The key issue is whether international law requires nations to phase out production, distribution and use of fossil fuels and otherwise pay damages to the most vulnerable and hardest hit of nations.” (Source: James Hansen, International Court of Justice Proceedings in The Hague, December 9, 2024)

    What if it is determined that “international law requires nations to phase out production, distribution and use of fossil fuels”? What happens next?

    For starters, the setting for this all-important trial has been extensive on a worldly basis: “As of publication, 98 states and 12 international organizations have registered to participate in oral hearings at the court Dec. 2–13. The engagement conveys the urgency and gravity of the climate crisis, and the importance states place on setting straight what international law requires.” (Source: Courts May Be More Effective on Climate Action Than UN, Bloomberg Law, Nov. 22, 2024)

    Potential benefits of the hearing before The Hague

    The court’s opinion should prove to be an antidote to the political inertia overhanging UN Conference of the Parties (COP) affairs. This strikes at the heart of 30 years of do-nothing conferences because of politically oriented negotiated outcomes that dilute, obstruct, and/or reduce to the lowest common denominator, making UN COPs a laughingstock.

    Also, the court can look beyond the UN climate convention or the Paris Agreement to identify responsibilities and duties, e.g., by relying upon longstanding customary international law.

    And the court’s advisory opinion can have concrete effects by carrying weight as “authoritative interpretations of binding law.”

    “The forthcoming legal opinions on climate change from the ICJ and Inter-American Court of Human Rights, should further clarify states’ obligations to curb drivers of the crisis—including through regulation of companies—and remedy mounting climate harms. They will also affirm the critical role of courts in enforcing ambitious climate action and accountability,” Ibid.

    Significantly, ICJ advisory opinions can become part of “customary international law,” which is then legally binding.

    Meanwhile, the world climate system has never been more vulnerable, to wit: Perilous Times on Planet Earth: 2024 The State of the Climate Report, 25 of 35 planetary vital signs are at record extremes. Two-thirds with record-extremes is viewed by climate scientists as a clear mandate for a planet “on the edge.”

    Climate Science – One of History’s Great Analytical Triumphs

    Superimposed on this extraordinary hearing at The Hague: “There has, of course, been a decades-long campaign aiming to discredit climate research and, in some instances, defame individual climate scientists. But if you step back from the smears, you realize that climatology has been one of history’s great analytical triumphs. Climate scientists correctly predicted, decades in advance, an unprecedented rise in global temperatures. They even appear to have gotten the magnitude more or less right.” (Source: Paul Krugman, The Stench of Climate Change Denial, The New York Times, May 27, 2024)

    Climate deniers should take a moment to correlate their denialism with a remarkable stretch of scientists’ warnings hitting the mark, bullseye, on target. Yet, twenty-five percent (25%) of America’s congressional members are climate deniers. In sharp contrast to this demonstration of ignorant denialism, climate scientists have been spot-on.

    Nevertheless, according to James Hansen: “Nations of the world meet at annual COP meetings (Conferences of the Parties), where they promise to reduce emissions to ‘net zero’ at some distant date, an almost meaningless pledge. There is no plan to actually stabilize climate…Global temperature took an unprecedented leap of half a degree Celsius in the past two years, which confounded the climate research community… We are headed to global warming greater than 2°C.”

    What happens at 2°C (above pre-industrial)

    “Mortality from extreme heat could surpass that of all infectious diseases combined, and rival that of cancer and heart disease.” (Source: Why Heat Waves of the Future May Be Even Deadlier Than Feared, The New York Times, October 25, 2024)

    Heatwaves that have already been documented taking tens of thousands of lives will morph into “Super Heatwaves” with temperatures exceeding 50C (122F). Already, serious deathly heat waves have become prominent in hotspots of the globe, see: Mysterious Global Hotspots.

    Regions of the planet will become uninhabitable. In some parts of the world the combination of heat and humidity will reach lethal levels for hours, days, and weeks.

    Parts of the globe subject to severe drought will increase by 50%. The Mediterranean, southern Africa and parts of Australia and South America will be particularly affected. The Amazon rainforest already suffers from repeating bouts of scorching drought. Intense and prolonged droughts will decimate food crops and cause high rates of livestock deaths, leading to severe food shortages.

    One of the most worrying changes will be the weakening of the Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation (AMOC) which includes the Gulf Stream, dramatically altering weather patterns throughout the Northern Hemisphere. Europe is especially vulnerable.

    With 2C of warming, according to Earth.org, global mean sea level is projected to rise by 1.51-3.25 feet this century, although more recent research indicates that is a low, low number.

    Antarctic Emergency Session of 450 Polar Scientists – The Link

    Regarding the threat of sea level rise well above expectations, of significant interest for the world at large, the following link is a YouTube video interview about the emergency proceedings of 450 polar scientists: Antarctica Emergency: Scientists Shocked as Sea Ice Melts / New Scientists Weekly 279.

    What 2C of Warming Will Look Like: A Comprehensive Assessment, Earth.org. d/d September 2, 2024.

    The post Climate Change Trial at The Hague appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.